IBM ERserver - Solutions Technical Support Web Site

Transcription

IBM
ERserver
http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/eserver/xseries/library/configtools.html
Configuration and Options Guide
August 30, 2005
12
1
2
IBM
ERserver
http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/eserver/xseries/library/configtools.html
Configuration and Options Guide
August 30, 2005
12
1
2
Contents
Summary of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Chapter 19. Datacenter Solution Program .
205
Information Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Chapter 20. eServer 326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Server Product Positioning. . . . . . . . . . . . ix
xSeries™ Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Chapter 21. BladeCenter® and
BladeCenter® T Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
IntelliStation® Video Adapter Selection
Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix
Chapter 22. BladeCenter® HS20 - MT 8843.
251
Chapter 1. Intellistation M Pro 6218 . . . . . . 1
Chapter 23. BladeCenter® HS40 . . . . . . 257
Chapter 2. Intellistation M Pro 6225 . . . . . . 9
Chapter 24. BladeCenter® JS20. . . . . . . 263
Chapter 3. Intellistation Z Pro 6223 . . . . . 19
Chapter 25. BladeCenter® LS20. . . . . . . 267
Chapter 4. Intellistation A Pro 6217 . . . . . 29
Chapter 26. Blade Server Storage and I/O
Expansion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Chapter 5. xSeries 206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Chapter 6. xSeries 226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Chapter 7. xSeries 236 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Chapter 8. xSeries 255 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Chapter 9. xSeries 260 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Chapter 10. xSeries 306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Chapter 11. xSeries 336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Chapter 12. xSeries 343 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Chapter 27. VMware Offerings . . . . . . . . 275
Chapter 28. xSeries Network Operating
System Preloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Chapter 29. IBM and Third Party Software
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Chapter 30. EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit
289
Chapter 31. TotalStorage DS300 Disk
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Chapter 13. xSeries 346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Chapter 14. xSeries 366 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Chapter 15. xSeries 445 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Chapter 16. xSeries 455 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Chapter 17. xSeries 460 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Chapter 18. RXE-100 Remote Expansion
Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
© Copyright IBM Corp. 2004
iii
Chapter 37. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100
Storage Expansion Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Storage Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Fibre Channel Storage Expansion Unit 321
Chapter 40. Additional Fibre Channel
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Chapter 41. External Storage Configuration
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Chapter 42. Rack Cabinets and Options 331
Chapter 43. Rack Console Options . . . . 343
Chapter 44. xSeries Rack Power
Configurator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Appendix A. Internal Tape Drive Attributes.
369
Appendix B. External Tape and Tape Library
Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Appendix C. UPS Runtime Estimate
(minutes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Appendix D. System Management Overview
393
Appendix E. xSeries I/O Option Attributes .
401
Appendix F. BladeCenter® Power Module
Upgrade Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Appendix G. xSeries DC Power and NEBScompliant Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Important Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
iv
COG
Summary of Changes
•
Removed withdrawn system BladeCenter HS20-8832
•
Removed withdrawn system Intellistation A Pro 6224
•
Added new system xSeries 260 Tower Server and Express Models
•
Added new system Intellistation M Pro 6218
•
Various maintenance and support updates
v
vi
COG
Information Sources
Table 1. Information Sources
Audience
Where to go
How to get
IBM xSeries Configuration and Options Guide
Customers
www-1.ibm.com/
servers/eserver/xseries/library/conf
igtools/cog.html
external site
http://www1.ibm.com/servers/eserver/serverpr
oven/compat/us/
Select <xSeries Compatibility>
Business Partners
www-1.ibm.com/
partnerworld/pwhome.nsf/weblook
/index.html
User ID and password required.
IBM Employees
PC Marketing Essentials (US) on
Lotus Notes database
D03DB035\p_dir\pcpartnr\
marketng\me4fe-us.nsf
Main menu --> Configuration and Options Guide
www-1.ibm.com/
servers/eserver/xseries/library/conf
igtools/cog.html
external site
cfgtools@us.ibm.com
E-mail
Feedback
IBM xSeries and Netfinity Rack Configurator
Customers
www.pc.ibm.com/us/eserver/
xseries
Select <Configuration Tools>
Business Partners
www.pc.ibm.com/partner/us/
User ID and password required.
IBM Employees
Lotus Notes database
D03DB035\p_dir\pcpartnr\
marketng\me4fe-us.nsf
Main menu --> Configurators
Feedback
cfgtools@us.ibm.com
E-mail
IBM xSeries Configuration Aid
Customers,
Business Partners,
IBM Employees
www.pc.ibm.com/qtechinfo/
MIGR-41411.html
-
xseries/library/configtools.html
-
Feedback
cfgtools@us.ibm.com
E-mail
PC Sales Guide/Configurator and WorkPad Pricer (updated twice per week)
Business Partners
psg.partner.boulder.ibm.com/partne User ID and password required.
r/fpages.nsf/HTML/
United+States.PSGC/$FILE/pcconfig
.html
vii
Table 1. Information Sources
Audience
Where to go
How to get
IBM Employees
w3-1.ibm.com/psg/essentials/us/
me4fe-us.nsf/$$FrameSet?ReadForm
Select Configurators.
Feedback
BMSHD08@us.ibm.com
E-mail
Latest Product & Technical Information
Customers
xseries or call 1-800-772-2227
-
Business Partners
www.pc.ibm.com/partner/us/ or
call 1-800-426-7763
Select Products & Services (user ID and password
required).
IBM Employees
Lotus Notes database D03DB035\
p_dir\pcpartnr\marketng\
me4fe-us.nsf
From main menu or by brand category.
Technical spec
sheets (PSREF)
xseries/library.html
Select Technical spec sheets (PSREF).
IBM Datacenter
Solutions
www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/
xseries/windows/datacenter.html
Clustering (US, LA,
CAN)
xseries/clustering/index.html
Select appropriate category or server.
Benchmark Results
xseries/benchmarks/
Select appropriate category or server.
Options/NOS/
Server
Compatibility
www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat
Select appropriate Product Type.
Active PCI
www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat
Select <xSeries Compatibility>, <Active PCI Info>.
IBM Storage
Products
www.storage.ibm.com
Select appropriate category.
Adv Sys Mgmt
Adapter Firmware
xseries
Select Servers, select Intel-based Servers, select Fixes,
select Get Fixes, select appropriate category.
Flash BIOS Updates
xseries
select Get Fixes, select device drivers by server, select
appropriate category.
ServeRAID™
Updates
xseries
select Get Fixes, select appropriate category.
VMware
xseries/vmware.html
-
Options
Continuation
Program
www.pc.ibm.com/ww/ocp
-
Additional URLs
viii
COG
-
Server Product Positioning
When in a competitive situation, this table suggests the appropriate IBM xSeries server to bid against other
vendors’ equipment. However, as an IBM business partner, you may determine that customer-specific
requirements may make an alternative IBM solution a better choice.
ix
Value
Universal/Tower
Departmental/Mission
Critical
Universal/Tower
IA-64
Rack-optimized
IBM: eServer 326,
xSeries 343
Dell: PowerEdge 7150
HP: ProLiant rx5670
IA-32>
4-way
Modular Enterprise
Scalable Nodes
IBM: xSeries 455
HP: Proliant rx2600
IBM: xSeries 445 (Xeon
MP)
HP: ProLiant DL740,
DL760 G2
Unisys: ES7000
IBM: xSeries 255
HP:ProLiant ML570
4-way
IBM: xSeries 365
HP: ProLiant ML560 &
580 G2
IBM: xSeries 445 (Xeon)
HP: ProLiant DL580G2
IBM: eServer
BladeCenter HS40
2-way
Uni
x
COG
IBM: xSeries 226
IBM: xSeries 235
Dell: PowerEdge 1600SC Dell: PowerEdge 2500
HP: ProLiant ML350G3
HP:ProLiant ML370
IBM: xSeries 206
Dell: PowerEdge 700
HP: ProLiant ML110
IBM: xSeries 336, xSeries
346
Dell: PowerEdge 1750,
2650
HP: ProLiant DL360G3,
DL380
IBM: xSeries 306
Dell: PowerEdge 750
HP: ProLiant DL320
IBM: eServer
BladeCenter HS20
IBM: eServer
BladeCenter JS20 32/64
bit
xSeries™ Selection Guide
This table provides a reasonable approximation of selecting the appropriate server based on the number of
users supported in a particular application environment. Customer environments are unique and are
unlikely to be precisely represented by this table. External Storage Units are utilized when internal capacities
are exceeded. Steps for using this table are provided after the table footnotes. These are not published
benchmark results. See “Benchmark Results” on the ‘Information Sources’ page for a URL to view published
benchmark results.
Performance numbers are based on Windows 2003 Advanced Server. Other Network Operating System
(NOS) results could vary.
Extensive SAP sizings are available from IBM/SAP Competency Centers. Contact your IBM Marketing
Representative for additional information.
Using the Selection Guide
1.
2.
3.
4.
Select the desired server operating environment (or one that most closely matches).
Select number of users equal or greater than planned maximum number of users.
Move up to the top row of the columns chosen in step 2, to determine which servers should be
considered as possible solutions.
Evaluate other features of those servers in order to determine which server is the most appropriate.
xi
xSeries 205 3.06GHz/
533MHz-512KB Pentium 4
xSeries 206 3.0GHz/ 800MHz-1MB
L2 Cache Pentium 4
xSeries 306 3.0GHz/800MHz1MB L2 Cache Pentium 4
xSeries 225 Dual 3.06GHz/
533MHz-512KB Xeon
533MHz-2MB L3 Xeon
xSeries 345 Dual 3.2GHz/533MHz2MB L3 Xeon
3650
5140
6150
7200
11070
13550
13550
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2GB
2GB
4GB
4GB
8GB
8GB
8GB
20 to 35
25 to 30
30 to 50
40 to 50
50 to 70
70 to 90
70 to 90
>1 or
Fibre
>1 or
Fibre
> 1 or
Fibre
> 1 or
Fibre
>2 or
Fibre
Fibre
>2 or
Fibre
1
1
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
2500
2880
3500
4030
6050
6500
6500
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2GB
2GB
3GB
3GB
4GB
4GB
4GB
20 to 25
20-30
30 to 40
35 to 45
50 to 65
55 to 70
55 to 70
# RAID
Adapters
1 to 2
1 to 2
1 to 2
>=1 to
Fibre
>4
>2 or
Fibre
>2 or
Fibre
# 100Mbps
Ethernet
Connections
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
1 to 2 Gb
2 x 1Gb
2 x 1Gb
Lotus® Notes®
# Users
1760
2020
2750
3670
4810
5870
5870
10% Power Users
40% Mail
50% Mail & DB
# Processors
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2GB
2GB
2GB
3GB
3GB
3GB
3GB
10 to 20
15 to 20
20 to 25
25 to 30
30 to 40
35 to 50
35 to 50
1 to 2
1 to 2
1 to 2
> 1 or
Fibre
> 1 or
Fibre
> 1 or
Fibre
> 1 or
Fibre
>2
>2
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
Application/Expectation of
Maximum # of Users
DB Transaction
Processing
# Users
Select, Update and
Delete; Does not
include image or
Decision Support
Memory
# Processors
# Hard Disk
Drives
# RAID
Adapters
# Network
Connections
File and Print
# Users
Application is
stored locally. (For
server stored
applications - cut
number of users in
half).
# Processors
Memory
# Hard Disk
Drives
Memory
# Hard Disk
Drives
# RAID
Adapters
# Network
Connections
xii
COG
xSeries 206 3.0GHz/ 800MHz-1MB
L2 Cache Pentium 4
xSeries 306 3.0GHz/800MHz1MB L2 Cache Pentium 4
533MHz-512KB Xeon
533MHz-2MB L3 Xeon
xSeries 345 Dual 3.2GHz/533MHz2MB L3 Xeon
1750
-
1750
-
3250
3250
3250
1
-
1
-
2
2
2
1GB
-
1GB
-
2GB
2GB
2GB
# Hard Disk
Drives
12
-
12
-
22
22
22
# RAID
Adapters
1
-
1
-
1
1
1
# Network
Connections
1
-
1
-
1
1 to 2
1 to 2
SAP 3-Tier
Distributed
Version 4.0b
Processing
# Users
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
# Processors
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Memory
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sales and
Distribution
Application
(Minimum of 16-20
Servers)
# Hard Disk
Drives
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
# RAID
Adapters
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
# Network
Connections
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SAP Central Version
4.0b
# Users
170
-
170
-
180
180
180
2
-
2
-
2
2
2
Processing
Memory
2GB
-
2GB
-
2GB
2GB
2GB
Sales and
Distribution
Application
# Hard Disk
Drives
12 to 24
-
12 to 24
-
12 to 24
12 to 24
12 to 24
>1
-
>1
-
>1
>1
>1
1
-
1
-
1
1
1
Maximum # of Users
Microsoft®
Exchange
Server 2000
# Users
# Processors
Memory
100% Med Users
30MB Mailbox
(One Server)
# Processors
# RAID
Adapters
# Network
Connections
xiii
xSeries 255 Quad 3.0GHZ/
400MHz-4MB L3 Xeon MP
400MHz-6MB L3 Itanium 21
xSeries 445 Four-way 3.0GHz/
xSeries 445 Eight-way 3.0GHz/
22190
27280
13280
27280
41600
2
4
4
2
4
8
12GB
12GB
32GB
16GB
32GB
64GB
70 to 90
110 to 130
130 to 160
60 to 80
130 to 170
210 to 250
# RAID
Adapters
>2 or
Fibre
>5 or Fibre
>4 or Fibre
>2 or Fibre
>4 or
Fibre
>4 or
Fibre
# Network
Connections
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
File and Print
# Users
6130
8780
9210
6750
9210
N/A
Application is stored
locally. (For server
stored applications cut number of users in
half).
# Processors
2
4
4
2
4
-
4GB
4GB
4GB
4GB
4GB
-
50 to 70
75 to 100
75 to 100
55 to 75
75 to 100
-
>2 or
Fibre
>4 or Fibre
>4 or Fibre
>2 or Fibre
>4 or
Fibre
-
2 x 1Gb
2 x 1Gb
2 x 1Gb
2 x 1Gb
2 x 1Gb
-
5530
6900
7250
-
7250
N/A
2
4
4
-
4
-
3GB
4GB
4GB
-
4GB
-
35 to 45
45 to 60
45 to 60
-
45 to 60
-
# RAID
Adapters
>1 or
Fibre
>2 or Fibre
>2 or Fibre
-
>2 or
Fibre
-
# Network
Connections
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
-
1
-
DB Transaction
Processing
Select, Update and
Delete; Does not
include image or
Decision Support
# Users
# Processors
Memory
# Hard Disk
Drives
Memory
# Hard Disk
Drives
# RAID
Adapters
# 100Mbps
Ethernet
Connections
Lotus® Notes®
# Users
10% Power Users 40%
Mail
# Processors
50% Mail & DB
# Hard Disk
Drives
xiv
COG
Memory
533MHz-1MB L3 Xeon
13810
Application/Expectation of Maximum #
of Users
400MHz-6MB L3 Itanium 21
xSeries 445 Four-way 3.0GHz/
xSeries 445 Eight-way 3.0GHz/
# Processors
# Users
Microsoft® Exchange
Server 2000
533MHz-1MB L3 Xeon
Application/Expectation of Maximum #
of Users
3250
6000
-
-
-
-
2
4
-
-
-
-
2GB
4GB
-
-
-
-
100% Med Users
Memory
30MB Mailbox
# Hard Disk
Drives
22
34
-
-
-
-
# RAID
Adapters
1
1
-
-
-
-
1 to 2
2
-
-
-
-
# Users
-
4800
-
-
-
-
# Processors
-
4
-
-
-
-
Version 4.0b
Memory
-
>4GB
-
-
-
-
Processing
# Hard Disk
Drives
-
48 to 60
-
-
-
-
Sales and Distribution
Application
(Minimum of 16-20
Servers)
# RAID
Adapters
-
>3
-
-
-
-
# Network
Connections
-
1
-
-
-
-
SAP Central Version
4.0b
# Users
180
375
-
-
-
-
2
4
-
-
-
-
2GB
>2GB
-
-
-
-
12 to 24
24 to 36
-
-
-
-
>1
>2
-
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
-
-
# Network
Connections
SAP 3-Tier
Distributed
# Processors
Processing
Memory
Sales and Distribution
Application
# Hard Disk
Drives
(One Server)
# RAID
Adapters
# Network
Connections
Notes:
1. Performance numbers for the xSeries 382 are based on using 64-bit software applications.
xv
xSeries 445 16-way 3.0GHz/
xSeries 455 Quad 1.5GHz/
400MHz-6MB L3 Cache Itanium 2
BladeCenter (chassis)
BladeCenter HS20 Dual 3.2GHz/
533MHz-1MB L3 Xeon
BladeCenter HS40
eServer 325 Dual AMD Opteron
Model 246-1MB L2 Cache1
57330
31370
180700
12900
19360
15190
8
4
(Blade
Center
2
4
2
64GB
56GB
numbers are
8GB
12GB
12GB
# Hard Disk
Drives
290 to 340
150 to 190
derived by
60 to 80
100 to 120
75 to 90
# RAID
Adapters
>4 or Fibre
>4 or Fibre
multiplying
by
Fibre
Fibre
Fibre
Maximum # of Users
DB
Transaction
Processing
# Users
# Processors
Select,
Update and
Delete; Does
not include
image or
Decision
Support
Memory
# Network
Connections
1Gb
1Gb
14 HS20s)
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
File and
Print
# Users
N/A
10140
24530
6130
7980
7670
# Processors
-
4
(Blade
Center
2
4
2
Memory
-
4GB
numbers are
4GB
4GB
4GB
# Hard Disk
Drives
-
85 to 110
derived by
50 to 70
65 to 90
65 to 90
# RAID
Adapters
-
>4 or Fibre
multiplying
by
Fibre
Fibre
Fibre
# 100Mbps
Ethernet
Connections
-
2 x 1Gb
14 HS20s)
2 x 1Gb
2 x 1Gb
2 x 1Gb
N/A
-
73770
5270
6850
6360
Application
is stored
locally. (For
server stored
applications
cut number
of users in
half).
Lotus Notes
# Users
10% Power
Users 40%
Mail
# Processors
-
-
(Blade
Center
2
4
2
Memory
-
-
numbers are
3GB
4GB
4GB
50% Mail &
DB
# Hard Disk
Drives
-
-
derived by
30 to 45
40 to 55
40 to 50
# RAID
Adapters
-
-
multiplying
by
Fibre
Fibre
2 or Fibre
# Network
Connections
-
-
14 HS20s)
1Gb
1Gb
1Gb
xvi
COG
BladeCenter (chassis)
BladeCenter HS20 Dual 3.2GHz/
533MHz-1MB L3 Xeon
-
-
45500
3250
# Processors
-
-
(Blade
Center
2
100% Med
Users
Memory
-
-
numbers are
2GB
# Hard Disk
Drives
-
-
derived by
32
# RAID
Adapters
-
-
multiplying
by
Fibre
# Network
Connections
-
-
14 HS20s)
2
# Users
-
-
-
-
# Processors
-
-
-
-
Memory
-
-
-
-
# Hard Disk
Drives
-
-
-
-
# RAID
Adapters
-
-
-
-
# Network
Connections
-
-
-
-
# Users
-
-
-
180
# Processors
-
-
-
2
30MB
Mailbox
SAP 3-Tier
Distributed
Version 4.0b
Processing
Sales and
Distribution
Application
(Minimum of
16-20
Servers)
SAP Central
Version 4.0b
Processing
Memory
-
-
-
2GB
Sales and
Distribution
Application
# Hard Disk
Drives
-
-
-
12 to 24
(One Server)
# RAID
Adapters
-
-
-
Fibre
# Network
Connections
-
-
-
1
eServer 325 Dual AMD Opteron
Model 246-1MB L2 Cache1
xSeries 455 Quad 1.5GHz/
400MHz-6MB L3 Cache Itanium 2
# Users
BladeCenter HS40
xSeries 445 16-way 3.0GHz/
Microsoft
Exchange
Server2000
Maximum # of Users
Notes:
1. Performance numbers for the eServer 325 are based on using 32-bit software applications. Usage of 64-bit
software applications may increase performance.
xvii
xviii
COG
extreme 3D
Y
128/
128MB
128/
64-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 3820 x
2160 (digital)
2 DVI-I
2 digital, hybrid
or analog (any
combination)
Z Pro
6221
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
3400 PCle
High
Advanced 3D
Y
256MB
256-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 3820 x
2400 (digital)
2 DVI-I
2 digital, hybrid
or analog (any
combination)
M Pro
6225,
Z Pro
6223
NVIDIA
Quadro NVS
280 PCle
Performance
2D
Y
64MB
64-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 1280 x
1024 (digital)
2 DVI-D or 2
analog (both
require pigtails
convert the
DMS59)
2 digital/
hybrid or 2
analog/
hybrid
M Pro
6225,
Z Pro
6223,
A Pro
6224
ATI FireGL
V3100 PCle
Entry 3D
Y
128MB
128-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 1600 x
1200 (digital)
1 DVI-I and 1
analog
1 digital/ hybrid
or 2 analog/
hybrid
M Pro
6225
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
4000
Extreme 3D
Y
256MB
256-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 3820 x
2400 (digital)
2 DVI-I
2 digital,
hybrid or analog
(any
combination)
A Pro
6224
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
3000
extreme 3D
Y
256MB
128-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 3820 x
2400 (digital)
2 DVI-I
2 digital, hybrid
or analog (any
combination)
M Pro
6225
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1300 PCle
Advanced 3D
Y
128MB
128-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 3820 x
2400 (digital)
2 DVI-I
2 digital, hybrid
or analog (any
combination)
M Pro
6225,
Z Pro
6223
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1100
Advanced 3D
Y
128MB
128-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 3820 x
2400 (digital)
2 DVI-I
2 digital, hybrid
or analog (any
combination)
A Pro
6224,
M Pro
6230,
Z Pro
6221
System Support2
Signal Width
Number/Type Monitors Supported
Memory
Monitor Connector Type
Dual-head Graphics
3Dlabs
Wildcat4™
71103, 4
Video Adapter1
Imaging
Resolution Supported
(each head)
IntelliStation® Video Adapter Selection Guide
xix
Y
128MB
128-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 3820 x
2400 (digital)
2 DVI-I
2 digital, hybrid
or analog (any
combination)
M Pro
6230,
Z Pro
6221
NVIDIA
Quadro4
980XGL
advanced 3D
Y
128MB
128-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 3840 x
2400 (digital)
2 DVI-I
2 digital, hybrid
or analog (any
combination)
M Pro
6230,
Z Pro
6221
NVIDIA
Quadro4
580XGL
entry 3D
Y
64MB
128-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 1600 x
1200 (digital)
analog (both
require pigtails
to convert the
LFH60)
2 digital/
hybrid or 2
analog/
hybrid
M Pro
6220,
M Pro
6230
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
500 AGP
entry 3D
Y
128MB
128-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 1600 x
1200 (digital)
1 DVI-I and 1
Analog
1 digital/
hybrid or 2
analog/
hybrid
M Pro
6230
NVIDIA
Quadro4
280NVS
highperformance
2D
Y
64MB
128-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 1280 x
1024 (digital)
analog (both
require pigtails
to convert the
LFH60)
2 digital/
hybrid or 2
analog/
hybrid
A Pro
6224,
M Pro
6220,
M Pro
6230,
Z Pro
6221
Matrox
Millennium
G450 DVI
entry 2D
Y
32MB
64-bit
2048 x 1536
(analog), 1280 x
1024 (digital)
1 DVI-I
1 digital/
hybrid or 2
analog/hybrid
(requires pigtail
shipped with
adapter)
Z Pro
6221
System Support2
Signal Width
Number/Type Monitors Supported
Memory
Monitor Connector Type
Dual-head Graphics
Resolution Supported
(each head)
Imaging
extreme 3D
Video Adapter1
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1000
Notes:
1. Available only as standard equipment in an IntelliStation workstation model or configured to order via
CTO.
2. See IntelliStation system At-A-Glance sections to identify models that include these standard video
adapters.
3. Requires more space than the planar provides between slots, preventing the installation of an optional
PCI adapter in the first PCI slot.
4. Models shipped with this video adapter do not support video playback in DVD devices.
xx
COG
Chapter 1. Intellistation M Pro 6218
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
Bays (Total/Avail)
1GB
SATA
Fixed
80GB/ 48/32/48/
320GB 16X Combo
Drive
1/
4
5/ 1
4
4/
3
621812Y
3.0/800 2M L2
1/1
1GB/
4GB
ATI FireGL
V3100
PCIExpress
Video
Adapter
Tower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
80GB/ 48/32/48/
320GB 16X Combo
Drive
1/
4
5/ 1
4
4/
3
621820Y
3.2/800 2M L2
1/1
1GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
PCIExpress
Video
Adapter
Tower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
80GB/ 48/32/48/
320GB 16X Combo
Drive
1/
4
5/ 1
4
4/
3
621822Y
3.2/800 2M L2
1/1
1GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1400
PCIExpress
Video
Adapter
Tower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
80GB/ 48/32/48/
320GB 16X Combo
Drive
1/
4
5/ 1
4
4/
3
621832Y
3.4/800 2M L2
1/1
1GB/
4GB
ATI FireGL
V3100
PCIExpress
Video
Adapter
Tower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
80GB/ 48/32/48/
320GB 16X Combo
Drive
1/
4
5/ 1
4
4/
3
621845Y
3.6/800 2M L2
1/1
2GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1400
PCIExpress
Video
Adapter
Tower
1GB
SCSI
Fixed
73GB/ 48/32/48/
219GB 16X Combo
Drive
1/
3
5/ 1
4
4/
3
PCI-X Slots
Internal HDD Interface
Tower
Slots (Total/Avail)
Storage Controller4
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
PCIExpress
Video
Adapter
Optical Drive
Integrated Ethernet
1GB/
4GB
Internal HDD Storage (Std/Max)
Form Factor
1/1
Video Adapter (PCle)3
3.0/800 2M L2
Memory (Std/Max)2
CPU/FSB Speed (GHz/MHz) - Cache
621810Y
Number of Processors (Std/Max)
Part Number1
Table 2. Intellistation M Pro 6218 At-A-Glance
1
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
Bays (Total/Avail)
1GB
SCSI
Fixed
73GB/ 48/32/48/
219GB 16X Combo
Drive
1/
3
5/ 1
4
4/
3
621855Y
3.8/800 2M L2
1/1
1GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
PCIExpress
Video
Adapter
Tower
1GB
SCSI
Fixed
73GB/ 48/32/48/
219GB 16X Combo
Drive
1/
3
5/ 1
4
4/
3
621857Y
3.8/800 2M L2
1/1
2GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1400
PCIExpress
Video
Adapter
Tower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
80GB/ 48/32/48/
320GB 16X Combo
Drive
1/
4
5/ 1
4
4/
3
621859Y
3.8/800 2M L2
1/1
2GB/
4GB
3DLabs
Wildcat
Realizm
800
PCIExpress
Video
Adapter
Tower
1GB
SCSI
Fixed
73GB/ 48/32/48/
219GB 16X Combo
Drive
1/
3
5/ 1
4
4/
3
621884Y
3.2/800 2M L2
DC
1/1
2GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1400
PCIExpress
Video
Adapter
Tower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
80GB/ 48/32/48/
320GB 16X Combo
Drive
1/
4
5/ 1
4
4/
3
Note:
Intellistation M Pro 6218 also provides two 9-pin serial ports, one 25-pin serial port, eight USB (two front, six
rear), one keyboard, one mouse, one Gigabit Ethernet, and two IEEE 1394 ports (one front, one rear).
PCI-X Slots
Tower
Slots (Total/Avail)
Storage Controller4
ATI FireGL
V7100
PCIExpress
Video
Adapter
Optical Drive
Integrated Ethernet
2GB/
4GB
Form Factor
1/1
Video Adapter (PCle)3
3.6/800 2M L2
Memory (Std/Max)2
621847Y
Part Number1
Table 2. Intellistation M Pro 6218 At-A-Glance (continued)
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model numbers which are
not orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 6218-10Y is 6218-10U. See
the product-specific, Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
GAV to MTM mapping for the A.P. geography follows the same pattern. Substitute the last character with
a country-specific designator.
2
COG
2.
3.
4.
The IntelliStation M Pro 6218 supports up to 8 GB of PC2-4200 CL3 ECC DDR2 RoHS SDRAM DIMM
memory. To achieve maximum memory capacities, standard memory replacement may be required with
the currently supported memory DIMMs.
The ATI FireGL V7100 and 3DLabs Wildcat Realizm 800 require the external PCI Express power direct
from the power supply. Slot 1 will not be available when using the 3Dlabs Wildcat Realizm 800 graphics
adapter.
SAS Storage Controller is optional on the Intellistation M Pro 6218. SCSI models require a SCSI controller
and cable, which are included with models that have a SCSI HDD installed. Mixed SATA and SAS, SATA
and SCSI; and SAS and SCSI HDDs configuration are not supported.
Intellistation M Pro 6218 Processor Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
39M6259
-
0603
Intel Pentium 4 Dual Core processor 840 , with EM64T
(3.2 GHz 2M L2)
25R7493
-
0294
Intel Pentium 4 Processor 630, with EM64T (3.0 GHz 2M
L2)
10Y, 12Y
25R7494
-
0295
L2)
20Y, 22Y
25R7495
-
0297
L2)
32Y
25R7496
-
0296
L2)
45Y, 47Y
Description
SMP Support
84Y
Intellistation M Pro 6218 Memory Options
SBB Number
Option Number
30R5154
Feature Code
0530
30R5148
30R5155
30R5149
1GB DDR2 533 DIMM Memory
2GB (2x1GB) PC2-4200 CL3 ECC DDR2 RoHS SDRAM DIMM
0532
30R5150
512MB DDR2 533 DIMM Memory
512MB (1 x 512MB) PC2-4200 ECC DDR2 RoHS SDRAM DIMM
0531
30R5156
Description
2GB DDR2 533 DIMM Memory
4GB (2x2GB) PC2-4200 CL3 ECC DDR2 RoHS SDRAM DIMM
Notes:
1. Memory DIMMs must be installed in pairs. Each pair must be identical.
Standard Memory Configuration
Model
Std. DIMM Configuration
22Y, 32Y, 55Y
2x512MB DDR2-533MHz
45Y, 47Y, 57Y, 59Y, 84Y
2x1024MB DDR2-533MHz
3
Figure 1. M Pro 6218 system board
4
COG
Intellistation M Pro 6218 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage
Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported
Max
Qty
2.5
3
1
Diskette Drives
39M0452
-
5302
Internal Floppy Drive with CBL/Bezel
Simple-Swap SATA HDDs
39M4501
39M4500
5290
80GB 7200 rpm Simple-Swap SATA HDD
SL
4, 2, 3, 5
4
39M4505
39M4504
5291
SL
4, 2, 3, 5
4
39M4509
39M4508
5292
SL
4, 2, 3, 5
4
25R7632
73P8002
5258
SL
4, 2, 3, 5
4
25R7633
73P8003
5280
SL
4, 2, 3, 5
4
-
73P8006
-
SL
4, 2, 3, 5
4
Nonhot-swap SCSI HDDs
32P0752
32P0785
5220
73G 15K rpm SCSI U320 (Non-Hot-Swap)
SL
4, 2, 5
3
32P0754
32P0724
5222
73G 10K rpm SCSI U320 (Non-Hot-Swap)
SL
4, 2, 5
3
32P0755
32P0725
5223
146GB 10K rpm SCSI U320 (Non-Hot-Swap)
SL
4, 2, 5
3
26K5683
26K5679
5226
73GB 15K Ultra320 SCSI NHS
SL
4, 2, 5
3
26K5682
26K5678
5227
SL
4, 2, 5
3
90P1334
90P1314
5225
146GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI NON-HotSwap SSL HDD
SSL
4, 2, 5
3
90P1327
32P0799
5224
SL
4, 2, 5
3
Simple-swap SAS HDDs
26K5727
-
5259
36GB 15K SAS (simple swap)
SL
4, 2, 5
3
26K5728
-
5264
SL
4, 2, 5
3
26K5729
-
5265
SL
4, 2, 5
3
26K5739
-
5266
SL
4, 2, 5
3
26K5740
-
5267
SL
4, 2, 5
3
26K5741
-
5268
SL
4, 2, 5
3
Optical Drives
26K8792
32R2905
4103
CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combo Drive
HH
1
1
26K8793
32R2906
4104
Multi-Burner Plus
HH
1
1
24R9301
-
-
48X CDROM Drive
HH
1
1
02R3278
-
-
DVD-ROM Drive
HH
1
1
5
Notes:
1. A maximum of three HDDs for SAS or SCSI models or four SATA HDDs in SATA models are supported.
The third SAS or SCSI and the fourth SATA HDD must have a optional tray. The fourth SATA HDDs
must come with a ServerRAID 7t card, and all four SATA cables must be connected to the ServerRAID 7t
card.
2. HostRAID does not support the ServerRAID 7t card in SATA models.
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
1
5.25
HH
Yes
Std. Optical
2
5.25
HH
Yes
Optical/Tap/SATA HDD/ SCSI HDD/ SAS
HDD
3
3.5
SL
Yes
SATA HDD / FDD
4
3.5
SL
Yes
SATA HDD / SCSI HDD/ SAS HDD
5
3.5
SL
No
SATA HDD / SCSI HDD/ SAS HDD
6
3.5
SL
No
No Usage. Prohibited by a bar.
Figure 2. M Pro 6218 front view
6
COG
Usage
Intellistation M Pro 6218 I/O Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Adapter
Length
Description
PCI Support
Slots
Supported
Storage Controllers
13N2252
13N2249
1656
Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2
Half
64bit/133MHz
4
71P8651
71P8648
1651
ServeRAID 7t SATA Controller
Half
64bit/64MHz
4
Networking
25P2889
06P3601
1526
10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter
Half
32bit/33MHz
4
31P9605
31P9601
1512
PRO/1000 MT Server Adapter by
Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
4
73P3505
73P3501
1508
NetXtreme 1000 Express Ethernet
Adapter
Half
PCI E 1X
1
73P4105
73P4101
1510
NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet Adapter
2
Half
64bit/133MHz
4
Intellistation M Pro 6218 Power and Accessories
SBB Number
Option Number
Description
Power1
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
21301TX
IBM UPS 750T LV
21302TX
IBM UPS 750T HV
21303TX
IBM UPS 1000T LV
21304TX
IBM UPS 1000T HV
21305TX
IBM UPS 1500T LV
21306TX
IBM UPS 1500T HV
21307TX
IBM UPS 750T JV
21308TX
IBM UPS 1000T JV
21309TX
IBM UPS 1500T JV
Notes:
1. The IntelliStation M Pro 6218 models have a 400-watt, voltage-sensing power supply that operates with
either 115 V ac or 230 V ac.
7
SBB Number
Option Number
Description
Monitors
90P0717
L150p 15" TFT Monitor (Hybrid)
90P0729
90P0733
Keyboard and Mouse
33L3252
SpaceBall 3D Input Device (Business Black)
39M7228
USB UltraNav Keyboard - USB
90P0777
Enhanced Performance Keyboard - USB
90P0740
Sleek 2-Button Mechanical Ball Mouse - PS/2
90P0741
ScrollPoint Pro 800 DPI Optical Mouse - USB & PS/2
90P0742
ScrollPoint 800 DPI Optical Mouse - USB & PS/2
90P0743
Optical Wheel Mouse - USB
90P0777
Enhanced Performance Keyboard - USB
Intellistation M Pro 6218 Tape Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
-
00N7991
-
-
71P9145
-
8
COG
Bays
Supported
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Ext Tape
Encl
20/40GB DDS/4 4mm
Internal Tape Drive
-
-
-
-
36/72GB DDS/5 Internal
Tape Drive
-
-
-
-
Tape Drives
Integrated Ethernet4
Storage Controller5
Internal HDD Storage (Std/Max)6, 7
Optical Drive
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)8
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
40GB/
750GB9
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
5/
3
4/
3
622511Y
3.4/800
- 1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
ATI
FireGL
V3100
Minitower
1Gb
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73.4GB/
440.4GB10
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
5/
3
4/
3
622520Y
3.6/800
- 1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
ATI
FireGL
V3100
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB11
CD-RW
(48x/32x
/48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622522Y
3.6/800
- 1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
FX 1300
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB11
CD-RW
(48x/32x
/48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622523Y
3.6/800
- 1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
FX 1300
Minitower
1Gb
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73.4GB/
440.4GB10
CD-RW
(48x/32x
/48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622525Y
3.6/800
- 1MB
L2
1/
1
1GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
FX 3400
Minitower
1Gb
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73.4GB/
440.4GB10
CD-RW
(48x/32x
/48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622526Y12
3.6/800
- 1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB11
CD-RW
(48x/32x
/48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622532Y
3.8/8001MB L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
FX 1300
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB11
CD-RW
(48x/32x
/48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622535Y
3.8/8001MB L2
1/
1
1GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
FX 3400
Minitower
1Gb
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73.4GB/
440.4GB10
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
5/
3
4/
3
Form Factor
3.4/800
- 1MB
L2
Video Adapter (PCle)
Memory (Std/Max)3
622510Y
Part Number1
Processor Quantity (Std/Max)
CPU/FSB Speed (GHz/MHz) - Cache2
9
Memory (Std/Max)3
Storage Controller5
Bays (Total/Avail)
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB11
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622540Y
3.0/
800 2MB L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622542Y
3.0/
800 2MB L2
1/
1
1GB/
4GB
ATI
FireGL
V3100
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622544Y
3.0/
800 2MB L2
1/
1
1GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
FX 1400
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622550Y
3.2/
800 2MB L2
1/
1
1GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622552Y
3.2/
800 2MB L2
1/
1
1GB/
4GB
ATI
FireGL
V3100
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622554Y
3.2/
800 2MB L2
1/
1
1GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
FX 1400
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
622564Y
3.4/
800 2MB L2
1/
1
1GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
FX 1400
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622566Y
3.4/
800 2MB L2
1/
1
2GB/
4GB
ATI
FireGL
V7100
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622567Y
3.4/
800 2MB L2
1/
1
2GB/
4GB
ATI
FireGL
V7100
Minitower
1Gb
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73.4GB/
440.4GB
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622574Y
3.6/
800 2MB L2
1/
1
2GB/
4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
FX 1400
Minitower
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
750GB
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
5/
3
4/
3
622579Y
3.6/
800 2MB L2
1/
1
2GB/
4GB
3DLabs
Realizm
800
Minitower
1Gb
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73.4GB/
440.4GB
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
5/
3
4/
3
10
COG
Optical Drive
3.8/8001MB L2
Form Factor
622536Y12
Part Number1
5/
3
4/
3
Note:
CD-RW
(48x/32x/
48x)
80GB/
750GB
Bays (Total/Avail)
Fixed
SATA
Optical Drive
SATA
1Gb
Minitower
Storage Controller5
NVIDIA
Quadro
FX 1400
1GB/
4GB
Form Factor
1/
1
Memory (Std/Max)3
3.2/800
- 2MB
L2
6225E5Y
Part Number1
5/
3
4/
3
Intellistation M Pro 6225 also provides eight USB ports (two in front, six in rear), two IEEE 1394A ports (one
front/one rear), two 9-pin serial ports and one 25-pin parallel port. A diskette drive is not provided. All models
ship with a keyboard and mouse. See’Power and Accessories’ for power information.
Notes:
the product-specific, Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
GAV to MTM mapping for the A.P. geography follows the same pattern. Substitute the last character
with a country-specific designator.
2. Intel Pentium 4 microprocessor with Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), L2 cache and an
800MHz front-side bus.
3. PCD2-3200 ECC DDR2 SDRAM DIMMs. Maximum capacity requires replacing the standard DIMMs.
4. Single-port Broadcom 5721 copper gigabit Ethernet controller with Wake-on-Lan support.
5. SCSI models provide a single-channel, U320 SCSI controller implemented via a mini-PCI SCSI adapter.
SATA models provide two SATA controllers, supporting one SATA HDD per controller.
6. Maximum storage capacity for SCSI models is based on three 250GB SATA HDDs which requires
installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t controller and replacement of the standard HDD. Standard
configuration supports two SATA HDDs.
7. Maximum storage capacity for SCSI models is based on three 146.8GB SCSI HDDs.
8. The standard graphics adapter occupies slot 2.
9. Model ships standard with a single 40GB, 7200 rpm SATA HDD.
10. Model ships standard with a single 73.4GB, 10K rpm SCSI HDD.
11. Model ships standard with a single 80GB, 7200 rpm SATA HDD.
12. Ships with Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3 License. Other models ship preloaded with Microsoft
Windows XP Professional.
11
Intellistation M Pro 6225 Memory Options
SBB Number1
Option Number
25K9324
73P3524
512MB (2x256MB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 DIMM Kit
25K9325
73P3525
1GB (2x512MB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 DIMM Kit
73P3629
73P3526
2GB (2x1GB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 DIMM Kit
Note:
Memory Options
4Gb of memory is supported via four DIMM slots. A single DIMM configuration is valid if installed in socket
DIMM 1. Otherwise, DIMMs must be configured in matched pairs starting with DIMM sockets 1 and 3, then 2
and 4. Single DIMM models require the standard DIMM either be matched or removed, before adding
additional memory in pairs.
Notes:
1. Quantity two of each SBB PN must be ordered to equal its corresponding option.
Standard DIMM Configuration
Model
40Y and all 1XY, 2XY and
3XY models except 25Y
and 35Y
2 x 256MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 DIMM
25Y, 35Y, 42Y, 44Y, 64Y,
E5Y and all 5XY models
2 x 512MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 DIMM
66Y, 67Y and all 7XY
models
12
COG
2 x 1GB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 DIMM
Figure 3. M Pro 6225 system board
13
Intellistation M Pro 6225 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage
Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity2
Fixed (Nonhot-swap) Ultra320 HDDs
-
26K5678
36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD
SL
3, 4, 5
3
-
26K5679
SL
3, 4, 5
3
32P0751
32P0784
36.4GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD
SL
3, 4, 5
3
32P0754
32P0724
SL
3, 4, 5
3
32P0752
32P0785
SL
3, 4, 5
3
-
90P1314
SL
3, 4, 5
3
32P0755
32P0725
SL
3, 4, 5
3
Fixed SATA HDDs
25K9321
22P7185
40GB 7200 rpm SATA HDD
SL
3, 4, 5
3
74P5102
09N4253
SL
3, 4, 5
3
90P0581
09N4254
SL
3, 4, 5
3
SL
3, 4, 5
3
DVD-ROM/CD-RW Combo Drive
HH
1, 2
2
26K7188
73P8006
250GB 7200 rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD
3
Optical Devices
26K8792
32R2905
24R9301
-
48X CDROM Drive
HH
1, 2
2
24R9301
-
DVD-ROM Drive
HH
1, 2
2
Notes:
1. Installation may require removing standard devices.
2. Three SATA HDDs are supported with the installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t controller. Two
HDDs are supported in the standard configuration.
3. Installation of this HDD option will require removing the simple-swap tray that ships with the HDD.
14
COG
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
Std. Optical
2
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
Optical/Tape/Zip
3
89mm (3.5in)
SL
Yes
HDD/Tape/Zip
4
89mm (3.5in)
SL
Yes
HDD
5
89mm (3.5in)
SL
No
Std. HDD
Figure 4. M Pro 6225 front view
15
Intellistation M Pro 6225 I/O Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI Support
Slots
Supported
Storage Controllers
71P8651
71P8648
ServeRAID-7t SATA Controller
Half
64-bit/
66MHz
3, 4
-
13N2249
Half
64-bit/
66MHz
3, 4
Networking
73P2705
73P2701
PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Ethernet Adapter
Half
64-bit / 133MHz
3, 4
-
06P3601
Half
32-bit/33MHz
3, 4
-
-
-
Other I/O
-
-
-
Notes:
1.
Support is for tape only. Tape support requires the PCI slot in which the adapter is installed be defined as
the boot device slot via the BIOS setup utility.
Figure 5. M Pro 6225 rear view
16
COG
Intellistation M Pro 6225 Power and Accessories
Option
Number
Description
Power
Intellistation M Pro 6225 includes a single 400w voltage-sensing power supply and a single line cord.
Tower Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)1
21301TX
UPS750TLV
21302TX
UPS750THV
21303TX
UPS1000TLV
21304TX
UPS1000THV
21305TX
UPS1500TLV
21306TX
UPS1500THV
Notes:
1. For runtimes and UPS attributes, see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Description
Monitors
-
9503DG5
T221 Stealth Black Color Monitor
-
90P0726
C170 17in CRT Flat Panel Monitor (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), business black
-
90P0717
L150p 15in LCD Flat Panel Monitor (381mm, 15in viewable image), business black
-
90P0729
L191p 19in TFT Monitor (Hybrid)
-
90P0733
-
39R6094
L171p 17" TFT Monitor
Keyboard and Mouse
02R3206
25R6968
Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys, business black
-
90P0777
USB Keyboard Enhanced Performance Keyboard - US English
-
39M7228
USB Travel Keyboard with UltraNav - US English
-
90P0740
Sleek 2-Button Mouse, business black
13M7124
90P0743
USB Optical Wheel Mouse
02R3486
90P0742
Optical 3-button ScrollPoint Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 and USB
02R3434
90P0741
Optical 3-button ScrollPoint Pro Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 and USB
-
33L3252
SpaceBall 3D Input Device
Other Accessories
-
22P7196
Portable 40GB USB 2.0 Hard Drive with Rescue and Recovery
17
Intellistation M Pro 6225 Tape Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Bays
Supported1
SCSI/IDE
Interface
49P3228
48P7042
20/40GB TR7 Internal
IDE Tape Drive
2, 3
Std. IDE
89mm (3.5in)
SL or 133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
32P8861
00N7991
20/40GB DDS/4 4mm
Internal Tape Drive
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in)
HH or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
4559HHX
71P9176
71P9145
36/72GB DDS/5
Internal SCSI Tape
Drive
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in)
HH or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop or
Rack Shelf
(2.52in tall)
-
Tape Drives
Form Factor
Ext Tape
Enclosures
External Tape
Enclosures
-
4559HHX
Half-High Tape
Enclosure
Note:
An IDE tape drive can be connected to the standard 2-drop IDE cable on all models. SCSI tape drives on SCSI
models can be connected to the standard 3-drop SCSI cable when two or less SCSI HDDs are installed. SCSI
tape drives on SCSI models with three HDDs and all SATA models require an optional SCSI controller.
External connections on all models require an optional SCSI controller.
Note:
Additional tape drive and tape library attributes, requirements and options can be found in the Tape Drive
Attributes and Tape Library Attributes appendices, respectively.
Notes:
1.
18
The standard optical drive is installed in bay 1.
COG
Chapter 3. Intellistation Z Pro 6223
Intellistation Z Pro (6223) also provides six USB ports (two front/four rear), two IEEE 1394A ports (one
front/one rear), two 9-pin serial ports and one 25-pin parallel port. A keyboard and mouse is also provided.
A diskette drive is not provided.
Internal HDD Storage (Std/Max)7.8
Minitower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
1000GB
CD-RW/
DVD
(48x-32x48x-16x)
6/4 6/5
6223-41Y
3.2/800
2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
PCIExpress
Minitower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
1000GB
CD-RW/
DVD
(48x-32x48x-16x)
6/4 6/5
6223-42Y
3.2/800
2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
FX 1400
Minitower
1GB
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73GB/
587.2GB
CD-RW/
DVD
(48x-32x48x-16x)
6/4 6/5
6223-43Y
3.2/800
2MB L2
2/
2
2GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1400
Minitower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
1000GB
CD-RW/
DVD
(48x-32x48x-16x)
6/4 6/5
6223-51Y
3.4/800
2MB L2
1/
2
2GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1400
Minitower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
1000GB
CD-RW/
DVD
(48x-32x48x-16x)
6/4 6/5
6223-52Y
3.4/800
2MB L2
2/
2
1GB/
16GB
3DLabs
Wildcat
Realizm 800
Minitower
1GB
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73GB/
587.2GB
CD-RW/
DVD
(48x-32x48x-16x)
6/4 6/5
6223-53Y10
3.4/800
2MB L2
2/
2
2GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1400
Minitower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
1000GB
CD-RW/
DVD
(48x-32x48x-16x)
6/4 6/5
PCI Slots (Total/Avail)9
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
PCIExpress
Bays (Total/Avail)
Storage Controller6
1GB/
16GB
Optical Drive
1/
2
Form Factor4
Memory (Std/Max)3
3.0/800
2MB L2
6223-31Y
Part Number1
Table 4. Intellistation Z Pro 6223 At-A-Glance
19
Internal HDD Storage (Std/Max)7.8
Minitower
1GB
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73GB/
587.2GB
CD-RW/
DVD
(48x-32x48x-16x)
6/4 6/5
6223-68Y10
3.6/800
2MB L2
2/
2
2GB/
16GB
3DLabs
Wildcat
Realizm 800
Minitower
1GB
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73GB/
587.2GB
CD-RW/
DVD
(48x-32x48x-16x)
6/4 6/5
6223-3EY
3.0/800
2M L2
2/
2
2GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1400
PCIExpress
Video
Adapter
Minitower
1GB
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73GB/
587.2GB
48X/32X/
48X Max
CD-RW
6/4 6/5
PCI Slots (Total/Avail)9
ATI FireGL
V7100
PCIExpress
Bays (Total/Avail)
Storage Controller6
2GB/
16GB
Optical Drive
2/
2
Form Factor4
Memory (Std/Max)3
3.6/800
2MB L2
6223-64Y
Part Number1
Table 4. Intellistation Z Pro 6223 At-A-Glance
Notes:
1. Model numbers provided are worldwide generally available variant (GAV) model number which are not
orderable as listed and need to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following
nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 6223-10Y is 6223-10U. See the
product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers. GAV
to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character
with the country-specific designator.
2. Intel Xeon processor with Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), L2 cache and an 800MHz (quadpumped) Front Side Bus (FSB).
3. High-speed, two-way interleaved PC2-3200 RDIMMs. Maximum capacity requires replacing the
standard DIMMs.
4. A 5U tower-to-rack conversion kit is available. See ’Power and Accessories.’
5. Broadcom 5721 copper gigabit Ethernet controller with Wake-on-LAN support.
6. Integrated dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI storage controller on SCSI models, two SATA controllers on
SATA models supporting one SATA HDD per controller. Both the SCSI and SATA integrated controllers
support Integrated ServeRAID-7e (RAID-0 and RAID-1).
7. Maximum storage capacity for SATA models is based on four 250GB SATA HDDs which requires
installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t RAID controller and replacement of the standard HDD.
Standard configuration will support two SATA HDDs.
8. Maximum storage capacity for SCSI models is based on three 146.8GB HDDs.
9. The standard graphics adapter occupies the PCI Express slot.
10. Ships with Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3 License. Other models ship preloaded with Microsoft
Windows XP Professional.
20
COG
Intellistation Z Pro 6223 Processor Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
90P1050
13N0675
0343
-
Note:
SMP Support1
Processor Options
3.6GHz/800MHz-1MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor
2xY
25R8900
3xY
-
25R8901
4xY
-
13N0676
5xY
-
13N0677
6xY
Z Pro (6223) processor options support Intel’s Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T).
Notes:
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be
identical in type, speed and cache size.
Intellistation Z Pro 6223 Memory Options
SBB
Number1
Option
Number
Feature
Code
90P0870
73P3523
0501
512MB (2x256MB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit
90P1218
73P3522
0502
1GB (2x512MB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit
73P2873
73P2865
0503
1GB (2x512MB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit2
73P2874
73P2866
0504
2GB (2x1GB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit2
73P2875
73P2867
0512
4GB (2x2GB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit2, 3
73P4794
73P4792
0505
4GB (2x2GB) PC2-3200 Single Rank ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit
Note:
Memory Options
8GB of memory is supported via six DIMM slots with currently available options. Z Pro (6223) supports 16GB
of memory using the 4GB Single Rank DIMM. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory DIMMs in
matched pairs is required beginning with DIMM slots 1 and 2, then 3 and 4, then 5 and 6.
Notes:
2. Supports Chipkill. Mixing Chipkill DIMMs with nonChipkill DIMMs will disable all Chipkill function.
3. 2GB DIMMs can only be installed in slots 1, 2, 3 and 4. If mixing 2GB DIMMs with other size DIMMs,
only two 2GB DIMMs can be installed and they must be installed in slots 1 and 2.
21
Model
28Y, 29Y, 31Y, 41Y, 42Y,
52Y
2 x 512MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
43Y, 51Y, 53Y, 6xY, 3EY
2 x 1GB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
DIMM 3
Slot 2, PCI
Slot 3, PCI
Slot 4, PCI-X
DIMM 4
Slot 1, PCI
Express x16
DIMM 5
DIMM 2
DIMM 1
DIMM 6
Slot 5, PCI-X
Slot 6, PCI-X
Battery
Figure 6. Z Pro 6223 System Board
22
COG
Microprocessor 2
Microprocessor 1
Intellistation Z Pro 6223 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage
Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Height
Bays
Supported1
Max
Qty2
40GB Serial ATA HDD
SL
3 ... 6
4
SL
3 ... 6
4
SL
3 ... 6
4
SL
3 ... 6
4
Description
SATA HDDs3
-
22P7185
74P5102
09N4253
5229
90P0581
09N4254
5230
31R0877
73P8006
5263
4
26K5682
26K5678
5227
SL
3 ... 6
4
26K5683
26K5679
5226
SL
3 ... 6
4
32P0751
32P0784
5238
SL
3 ... 6
4
32P0754
32P0724
5222
SL
3 ... 6
4
32P0752
32P0785
5220
SL
3 ... 6
4
90P1334
90P1314
5225
SL
3 ... 6
4
32P0755
32P0725
5223
SL
3 ... 6
4
HH
1, 2
2
48X CDROM Drive
HH
1, 2
2
DVD-ROM Drive
HH
1, 2
2
Optical Devices
26K8792
32R2905
24R9301
-
02R3278
-
4103
4102
Notes:
1. May require removing standard devices.
2. Four SATA HDDs are supported with the installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t controller. Two
3. Mixing SATA and SCSI HDDs is not supported.
4. Installation of this HDD option will require removing the simple-swap tray that ships with the HDD.
5. Required to enable a 68-pin high density external SCSI connector. Connects to the second channel of the
integrated SCSI controller.
23
Intellistation Z Pro 6223 Bay Usage
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
Optical
2
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
Optical/Tape/Zip
3
89mm (3.25in)
SL
Yes
FDD/HDD
4 ... 6
89mm (3.25in)
SL
No
HDD1
Note:
HDDs are installed in the following order: bays 6, 5 and 4.
Notes:
1. Standard HDD is installed in bay 6.
Figure 7. Z Pro 6223 Front View
24
COG
Intellistation Z Pro 6223 I/O Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
Storage Controllers1
13N2194
13N2190
1665
ServeRAID-6i+ Integrated RAID
Controller
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
5
71P8651
71P8648
1651
ServeRAID-7t SATA Controller
Half
64-bit/
66MHz
4 ... 6
13N2252
13N2249
1656
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
4 ... 6
Networking
73P2705
73P2701
1513
Pro/1000 MT Dual Port Ethernet Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
4 ... 6
02R3435
22P6501
1521
Pro/1000T Desktop Adapter by Intel
Half
32-bit/
33MHz
2 ... 6
24P9559
22P4501
1522
Intel Pro/100S Desktop Ethernet Adapter
Half
32-bit
2 ... 6
73P4005
73P4001
1509
NetXtreme 1000 SX + Fiber Ethernet
Adapter
-
-
4 ... 6
73P4105
73P4101
1510
NetXtreme 1000 T + Ethernet Adapter
-
-
4 ... 6
73P4205
73P4201
1511
NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet
Adapter
-
-
4 ... 6
-
-
-
Other I/O
-
-
-
Notes:
1. Currently only one type of RAID is supported at a time; for example, ServeRAID-7e (RAID-0 or RAID-1
with integrated controller), ServeRAID-4Lx or ServeRAID-7t, etc.
2. Support is for tape only. Tape support requires the PCI slot in which the adapter is installed be defined as
3. Due to homologation variances, modem availability may differ by country.
25
Figure 8. Z Pro 6223 Rear View
26
COG
Intellistation Z Pro 6223 Power and Accessories
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Description
Power
-
-
Intellistation Z Pro 6223 includes a 530w voltage-sensing power supply and a single line
cord.
Tower Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
-
21301TX
UPS750TLV
-
21302TX
UPS750THV
-
21303TX
UPS1000TLV
-
21304TX
UPS1000THV
-
21305TX
UPS1500TLV
-
21306TX
UPS1500THV
Rack-mount Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
-
32P1020
APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMB
-
32P1022
APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMiB
Rack/Tower Conversion Kits
-
13N2455
5Ux20D Tower-to-Rack Kit
Monitors
-
9503DG5
T221 Stealth Black Color Monitor
-
90P0726
C170 17in CRT Flat Screen Monitor (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), business black
-
90P0729
-
90P0717
-
90P0733
-
39R6094
Keyboard and Mouse1
02R3206
25R6968
Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys, Business Black
-
90P0777
-
39M7228
02R3421
90P0740
Sleek 2-Button Mouse, Business Black
02R3434
90P0741
02R3486
90P0742
13M7124
90P0743
-
33L3252
Other Accessories
-
-
-
27
Notes:
1. Intellistation Z Pro 6223 ships standard with an IBM 104-key keyboard and three-button mouse.
Intellistation Z Pro 6223 Tape Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Bays
Supported1
Interface
(bit)
49P3228
48P7042
5354
20/40GB TR7 Internal IDE
Tape Drive
1, 2, 3
Std. IDE
89mm (3.5in)
SL or 133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
32P8861
00N7991
5353
20/40GB DDS/4 4mm
Internal Tape Drive
1, 2
16 Ultra2
LVD
89mm (3.5in)
HH or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
71P9176
71P9145
5355
SCSI Tape Drive
1, 2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in)
HH or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
-
59P6746
5359
80/160GB VXA-2 SCSI Tape
Drive
1, 2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop or
Rack Shelf
(2.52in tall)
-
-
-
-
-
Tape Drives
Form Factor
Ext Tape
Encl
External Tape Enclosures
-
4559HHX
Half-High Tape Enclosure
Associated Options
-
-
-
Note:
The integrated SCSI controller is available on SATA models for tape support only (internal or external).
Note:
Notes:
1. Installation may require removing a standard device.
28
COG
Chapter 4. Intellistation A Pro 6217
Storage Controller
Bays(Total/Avail)
PCI-X Slots (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
2GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1400
MiniTower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
1000GB6
48X/32X/
48X/16X
Max CDRW/DVDROM
1/ 6/
4
4
5/
48
6/
5
621737Y9
2521MB
L2
2/
2
8GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
MiniTower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
1000GB6
48X/32X/
48X/16X
Max CDRW/DVDROM
1/ 6/
4
4
5/
48
6/
5
621736Y
2521MB
L2
2/
2
4GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1400
MiniTower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
1000GB6
MultiBurner
Plus
1/ 6/
4
4
5/
48
6/
5
621735Y
2521MB
L2
2/
2
2GB/
16GB
3DLabs
Wildcat
Realizm 800
MiniTower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
1000GB6
MultiBurner
Plus
1/ 6/
4
4
5/
3
6/
4
621733Y
2521MB
L2
1/
2
2GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1400
MiniTower
1GB
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73GB/
1200GB7
48X/32X/
48X/16X
Max CDRW/DVDROM
1/ 6/
4
4
5/
48
6/
5
621730Y
2521MB
L2
1/
2
2GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
MiniTower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
1000GB6
48X/32X/
48X/16X
Max CDRW/DVDROM
1/ 6/
4
4
5/
48
6/
5
621728Y9
2501MB
L2
2/
2
4GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
3400
MiniTower
1GB
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73GB/
1200GB7
48X/32X/
48X/16X
Max CDRW/DVDROM
5/
48
6/
5
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
Integrated Ethernet
1/
2
Optical Drive
2751MB
L2
Form Factor3
Memory (Std/Max)2
621762U
Part Number1
Table 5. Intellistation A Pro 6217 At-A-Glance
-
6/
4
29
Storage Controller
Bays(Total/Avail)
PCI-X Slots (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
2GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro FX
1400
MiniTower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
1000GB6
48X/32X/
48X/16X
Max CDRW/DVDROM
1/ 6/
4
4
5/
48
6/
5
621721Y
2501MB
L2
2/
2
2GB/
16GB
NVIDIA
Quadro
NVS 280
MiniTower
1GB
SATA
Fixed
SATA
80GB/
1000GB6
48X/32X/
48X/16X
Max CDRW/DVDROM
1/ 6/
4
4
5/
48
6/
5
621768Y
2751MB
L2
2/
2
4GB/
16GB
3DLabs
Wildcat
Realizm 800
MiniTower
1GB
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73GB/
1200GB7
48X/32X/
48X/16X
Max CDRW/DVDROM
1/ 6/
4
4
5/
3
6/
4
621738Y9
2521MB
L2
2/
2
8GB/
16GB
3DLabs
Wildcat
Realizm 800
MiniTower
1GB
U320
Fixed
SCSI
73GB/
1200GB7
48X/32X/
48X/16X
Max CDRW/DVDROM
1/ 6/
4
4
5/
3
6/
4
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
Integrated Ethernet
1/
2
Optical Drive
2501MB
L2
Form Factor3
Memory (Std/Max)2
621722Y
Part Number1
Table 5. Intellistation A Pro 6217 At-A-Glance (continued)
Notes:
1. IntelliStation A Pro 6217 also provides an integrated Broadcom 5703ci Gb Ethernet controller (WOL, ASF
2.0), five USB ports (three rear / two front), two 9-pin serial ports, two IEEE 1394A ports (one front/one
rear) and one 25-pin parallel port. It supports a single 530w power supply, and ships with a keyboard
and mouse but without a diskette drive.
2. To achieve maximum memory capacity, an additional CPU must be installed to provide support for four
additional DIMMs
3. A rack mount kit is available.
4. Maximum capacity for fixed (nonhot-swap) SCSI models is based on four 300GB fixed (nonhot-swap)
SCSI HDDs.
installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t RAID controller and replacement of the standard HDD.
Standard configuration will support two SATA HDDs.
6. SATA model ships standard with a single 80GB, 7200 rpm SATA HDD.
7. SCSI model ships standard with a single 73GB, 10K rpm SCSI HDD.
8. PCI slot four is not available for models using the 3DLabs Wildcat Realizm 800 PCIExpress Video
Adapter.
9. Models 28Y, 37Y, 38Y ships with Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3 License. Other models ship preloaded
with Microsoft Windows XP Professional.
30
COG
Intellistation A Pro 6217 Processor Options
Processor Options1
SMP Support2
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Code
25R7853
-
0348
Opteron Processor Model 275
62Y
25R7861
-
0349
22Y
90P1996
-
0255
33Y, 30Y
Notes:
1. Installing a second CPU provides an additional four memory DIMM slots for a total of eight.
2. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. Processor models must match
within a system.
31
Intellistation A Pro 6217 Memory Options
SBB Number1
Option Number
Feature Code
22P9270
73P2269
0511
2GB DDR PC2700 RDIMM (512Mbit)
73P3240
38L5221
0525
1GB PC3200 CL2.5 ECC DDR DRAM RDIMM (512Mbit)
73P3234
73P3239
2GB PC3200 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit
0524
73P3233
73P3241
Note:
38L5222
Memory Options2, 3
512MB PC3200 CL2.5 ECC DDR DRAM RDIMM (256Mbit)
0526
2GB PC3200 CL2.5 ECC DDR DRAM RDIMM (512Mbit)
Single processor systems support a maximum of 8GB via four DIMM slots. Dual processor systems will
support a maximum of 16GB via 8 DIMM slots. The optional processor complex card contains four DIMM slots.
Notes:
1. Each SBB number contains a single DIMM.
2. Each memory option kit contains two matching Chipkill DIMMs totaling the specified amount. For
example, option 73P3233 contains two 512MB DIMMs.
3. Memory must be installed in matched pairs, starting with DIMM slots 1 and 2. While memory
interleaving across processor complex cards is not supported, optimum system performance requires at
least two DIMMs installed on each card.
Figure 9. A Pro 6217 system board
32
COG
Model
62U, 35Y, 33Y, 30Y, 22Y, 21Y
2 x 1GB PC3200 CL2.5 ECC DDR DRAM RDIMM (512Mbit)
36Y, 28Y, 68Y
37Y, 38Y
Intellistation A Pro 6217 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage
Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Bays
Supported
Height
Maximum
Quantity1
SATA HDDs2
74P5102
-
5229
80GB 7200 rpm SATA
3 ... 6
SL
4
90P0581
-
5230
160GB 7200 rpm SATA
3 ... 6
SL
4
73P8015
-
5243
250GB 7200 rpm SATA with
EZ tray3
3 ... 6
SL
4
Fixed (Nonhot-swap)
Ultra320 HDDs
90P1334
90P1314
5225
146GB 15K rpm Ultra320
SCSI
3 ... 6
SL
4
90P1327
32P0799
5224
300GB 10K rpm Ultra320
SCSI
3 ... 6
SL
4
32P0752
32P0785
5220
73.4GB 15K rpm Ultra320
SCSI HDD
3 ... 6
SL
4
32P0751
32P0784
5238
SCSI HDD
3 ... 6
SL
4
32P0754
32P0724
5222
SCSI HDD
3 ... 6
SL
4
32P0755
32P0725
5223
SCSI HDD
3 ... 6
SL
4
48X CDROM Drive
1, 2
HH
2
Optical Drives4
24R9301
-
26K8792
32R2905
4103
DVD-ROM/CD-RW
Combo Drive
1, 2
HH
2
26K8793
32R2906
4104
Multiburner Drive
1, 2
HH
2
02R3278
-
4102
DVD-ROM Drive
1, 2
HH
2
Notes:
1. Up to four SATA HDDs are supported with the installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t SATA RAID
controller.
2. Mixing of different HDD technologies is supported. Follow installation order provided with the Bay
33
3.
4.
34
Usage table.
Installation of this HDD option will require removing the simple-swap tray that ships with the HDD.
Standard optical drive is installed in Bay 1.
COG
Bay1
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
133 mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
Std. Optical
2
133 mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
Optical/Tape
3
89 mm
(3.5in)
SL
Yes
Zip, Tape, HDD
4 ... 6
89 mm
(3.5in)
SL
No
Std. HDD2
Notes:
1. The installation order for adding additional HDDs depends upon the A Pro model. For SCSI models,
install all additional SCSI HDDs, then install any SATA HDDs. For SATA models, install all additional
SATA HDDs, then install any SCSI HDDs.
2. Standard HDD is installed in bay 4.
Figure 10. A Pro 6217 front view
35
Intellistation A Pro 6217 I/O Options
SBB Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI Support
Slots
Supported1
Storage Controllers
13N2194
13N2190
1665
ServeRAID 6i+ Integrated
RAID Controller
-
-
3
13N22512
13N2249
1657
(low-profile)
-
-
-
Half
64bit/133MHz
1 ... 5
-
-
1 ... 5
Networking3
31P9605
31P9601
1512
10/100 Ethernet Server
Adapter
73P4005
73P4001
1509
NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber
Ethernet Adapter 2
Notes:
1. Intellistation A Pro 6217 Models with the 3DLabs Wildcat Realizm 800 PCIExpress Video Adapter video
adapter installed will not have access to PCI slot 4.
2. SBB 13N2251 support is for tape only. Tape support requires the PCI slot in which the adapter is installed
be defined as the boot device slot via the BIOS setup utility.
3. All Models also provide an integrated Intel gigabit Ethernet controller that supports WOL and ASF.
4. Option number 73P4001 contains both a standard (ATX) bracket and a low-profile bracket and therefore
is supported in all slots, when using the appropriate bracket. The SBB number 73P4005 contains a
standard (ATX) bracket only and therefore is supported in slots 3 and 4 only.
Figure 11. A Pro 6217 rear view
36
COG
Intellistation A Pro 6217 Power and Accessories
Option
Number
Description
Power
21301TX
UPS750TLV
21302TX
UPS750THV
21307TX
UPS 750T JV
Notes:
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Description
-
09N4300
Monitors
-
90P0717
L150 15in LCD Flat Panel Monitor, (381mm, 15in viewable image), business black
-
90P0729
-
90P0733
Keyboard and Mouse1
02R3206
25R6968
Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys, business black2
-
39M7228
02R3421
90P0740
13M7124
90P0743
02R3486
90P0742
02R3434
90P0741
-
33L3252
Other Accessories
-
-
-
37
Notes:
1. A Pro 6217 Models ship standard with a 104-key keyboard and 3-button mouse.
2. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a
keyboard tray with a flat panel display.
Intellistation A Pro 6217 Tape Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
49P3228
48P7042
5354
71P9176
71P9145
32P8861
00N7991
38
COG
Bays
Supported
Storage
Interface
20/40GB TR7 Internal
IDE Tape Drive
2
Std. IDE
89mm
(3.5in) SL or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
5355
20/40GB DDS/5
Internal Tape Drive
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm
(3.5in) SL or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
5353
20/40GB DDS/4 4-mm
Internal Tape Drive
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm
(3.5in) SL or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
Tape Drives
Form Factor
Ext Tape
Encl
Chapter 5. xSeries 206
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
256MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
80GB/
640GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
4
5/
5
84821MX
2.8/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
H N 1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
440.4GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84821RX
2.8/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
587.2GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
4
5/
5
84821SX
2.8/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
256MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
640GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84822MX
3.0/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
H N 1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
440.4GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84822RX
3.0/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
587.2GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
4
5/
5
84822SX
3.0/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
256MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
640GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84823MY
3.2/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
H N 1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
440.4GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84823RY
3.2/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
587.2GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84823SY
3.2/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
256MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
640GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
Optical Drive
1/
1
Storage Controller6
Power Supply Quantity (Std/Max)5
2.4/
400256KB
L29
Integrated Ethernet
Form Factor
Hot-Swap (Power, Slots, HDD, Fans)
System Management Processor
Memory (Std/Max)4
84829MX9
Part Number1, 2
Table 6. xSeries 206 At-A-Glance
39
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
H N 1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
440.4GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84824RY10
3.2/
800-1MB
L210
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
587.2GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84824SY10
3.2/
800-1MB
L210
1/
1
256MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
640GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84825MY10
3.4/
800-1MB
L210
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
H N 1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
440.4GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84825RY10
3.4/
800-1MB
L210
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
587.2GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84825SY10
3.4/
800-1MB
L210
1/
1
256MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
640GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
8482E1Y
2.4/4001MB L29
1/
1
256MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
640GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
8482E2Y
3.2/8002MB L2
1/
1
1GB/
4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1Gb
SATA11
Simpleswap
0GB/
640GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
8482E3Y
3.2/8002MB L2
1/
1
1GB/
4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1GB
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
440.4GB
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84879MY12
2.4/400256KB L2
1/
1
256MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1GB
SATA
Fixed
80GB/
320GB13
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84872MY12
3.0/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
H N 1GB
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
440.4GB13
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84872RY12
3.0/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
587.2GB13
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
4
5/
5
40
COG
N 1GB
Optical Drive
1/
1
Storage Controller6
3.2/
800-1MB
L210
Integrated Ethernet
Form Factor
Memory (Std/Max)4
84824MY10
Part Number1, 2
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
256MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1GB
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
500GB13
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84874MY12
3.2/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
H N 1GB
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
440.4GB13
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84874RY12
3.2/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1GB
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
587.2GB13
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
4
5/
5
84874SY12
3.2/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
256MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1GB
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
500GB13
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84875MY12
3.4/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
H N 1GB
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
440.4GB13
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
84875RY12
3.4/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1GB
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
587.2GB13
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
4
5/
5
84875SY12
3.4/
800-1MB
L2
1/
1
256MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1GB
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
500GB13
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
5/
5
Optical Drive
1/
1
Storage Controller6
3.0/
800-1MB
L2
Integrated Ethernet
Form Factor
Memory (Std/Max)4
84872SY12
Part Number1, 2
xSeries 206 Storage Servers (NAS)
848761Y14
3.2/8001MB L2
1/
1
512MB
/4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1GB
SATA
Simpleswap
640GB15
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
1
5/
4
848771Y14
3.4/8001MB L2
1/
1
1GB/
4GB
Minitower
1/
1
-
N 1GB
SATA
Simpleswap
1TB15
CDROM
(48x-20x)
7/
1
5/
4
Note:
A Network Attached Storage (NAS) server is built and deployed to handle file serving only. The servers and
clients that utilize the NAS file server connect through standard Ethernet connections and communicate with
standard TCP/IP protocols.
Note:
xSeries 206 is housed in a mini-tower mechanical with a rack mount kit available. This system also provides an
integrated Intel gigabit Ethernet controller (WOL, ASF 2.0), four USB ports (two front/two rear), two RS-232
serial ports, one parallel port, an integrated ATI 7000M video controller with 16MB of memory, supports a
single 340w power supply, ships with a keyboard and mouse, and includes a one year parts and labor
warranty.
41
Notes:
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8482-1Mx is 8482-1MU.
See the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model
numbers.
2. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies: 1Mx --> 11X, 1Rx --> 14X, 1Sx --> 15X, 2Mx -->
21X, 2Rx --> 24X, 2Sx --> 25X, 9Mx --> 91X, 3MY --> 31X, 3RY --> 34X, 3SY --> 35X, 4MY --> 41X, 4RY -->
44X, 4SY --> 45X. Models 3xX and 4xX will need the last digit (X) substituted with a country-specific
designator. For example, Model 34X may become 34L.
3. Unless footnoted otherwise, models ship with Intel Pentium 4 processors with advanced transfer L2
cache and 800MHz Front-side Bus (FSB).
4. 8482 Models with a 3.0GHz CPU or below, ship with PC2700 ECC DDR unbuffered DIMMs. 8482 Models
with a 3.2GHz CPU ship with PC3200 ECC DDR unbuffered DIMMs. All 8487 Models ship with PC3200
ECC DDR unbuffered DIMMs
5. See "Power and Accessories" section for more information on the power supplies.
6. Integrated single channel Ultra320 SCSI storage controller on SCSI models, two SATA controllers on
SATA models supporting one SATA HDD per controller. Both the SCSI and SATA integrated controllers
7. Maximum capacity for hot-swap SCSI models is based on three 146.8GB hot-swap SCSI HDDs.
Maximum capacity for fixed, or nonhot-swap, SCSI models is based on four 146.8GB nonhot-swap SCSI
HDDs.
8. Maximum storage capacity for SATA models is based on four 160GB SATA HDDs, which requires
installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t RAID controller and may require replacement of any standard
HDD. Standard configuration will support two SATA HDDs.
9. Intel Celeron processor with 400MHz Front-side Bus (FSB).
10. Intel Pentium 4 processor with Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), L2 cache and an 800MHz
Front Side Bus (FSB).
11. The 8482-E2Y machine type includes a ServeRAID 7t adapter.
12. The 8482 machine type carries a one year limited parts and labor warranty. 8487 carries a three year
limited parts and labor warranty.
13. Capacities for the 8487 are based on installation of 250GB SATA HDDs or 146.8GB SCSI HDDs.
14. xSeries 206 Storage Server NAS is included and preconfigured with Microsoft Windows® Storage Server
2003 preinstalled on the system. IBM Storage Server is limited to file server function only.
15. xSeries 206 Storage Server NAS includes a preconfigured ServeRAID 7t adapter and four SATA drives
setup for RAID-1 and RAID-5.
42
COG
xSeries 206 Memory Options
Memory Description1, 2
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Code
74P5096
06P4053
-
256MB PC2700 ECC DDR DIMM
74P5097
06P4054
-
74P5098
06P4055
-
1GB PC2700 ECC DDR DIMM
74P5112
06P4049
-
74P5113
06P4050
-
74P5114
06P4051
-
Note:
All DIMM options are unbuffered DIMMs.
Notes:
1. A maximum of 4GB of memory is supported via 4 DIMM slots.
2. A single DIMM configuration is valid if installed in socket DIMM 1. Otherwise, DIMMs must be
configured in matched pairs starting with DIMM sockets 1 and 3, then 2 and 4. Single DIMM models
require the standard DIMM either matched or removed, before adding additional memory in pairs.
PC2700 and PC3200 DIMMs can coexist in the same system if configured in matched pairs. However, all
memory will operate at the lowest installed speed.
Model
Std DIMM Configuration
9Mx, 1Sx, 2Sx, E1Y
1 x 256MB PC2700 ECC DDR DIMM
1Mx, 1Rx, 2Mx, 2Rx
2SY, 3SY, 4SY, 5SY, 9MY
3MY, 3RY, 4MY, 4RY, 5MY,
5RY
E2Y, E3Y
1 x 1GB PC3200 ECC DDR DIMM
43
xSeries 206 Internal Cabling
Hot-swap SCSI models
xSeries 206 hot-swap SCSI models are cabled internally with a single, point-to-point
(68-pin to SCA-2), nonterminated, 16-bit Ultra320 SCSI cable connecting the SCSI
controller to the hot-swap backplane. The backplane provides termination for the
SCSI bus.
Fixed (Nonhot-swap) SCSI models
xSeries 206 fixed SCSI models are cabled internally with a single, 4-drop (68-pin),
terminated, 16-bit Ultra320 SCSI cable, connecting the SCSI controller to installed
HDDs.
Simple-swap SATA
Simple-swap SATA models provide two point-to-point SATA cables supporting one
SATA HDD each.
All models provide a single ATA-100 IDE connector supporting two IDE devices, one
device being the standard optical cabled via a 2-drop IDE cable.
44
COG
xSeries 206 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity
Simple-swap SATA HDDs2
02R8747
73P8002
5245
SL
6, 7
23
02R8748
73P8003
5246
SL
6, 7
23
26K7188
73P8006
5269
250GB 7200 rpm Simple-swap SATA HDD3
SL
6, 7
23
SL
4 ... 7
4
Fixed (Nonhot-swap) Ultra320 HDDs2
-
26K5678
-
32P0751
32P0784
5238
SL
4 ... 7
4
32P0754
32P0724
5222
SL
4 ... 7
4
32P0752
32P0785
5220
SL
4 ... 7
4
32P0755
32P0725
5223
SL
4 ... 7
4
4
Hot-swap Ultra320 HDDs
-
30R5094
-
73GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap
HDD
SSL
5 ... 7
-
-
30R5095
-
HDD
SSL
5 ... 7
-
-
30R5096
-
HDD
SSL
5 ... 7
-
-
30R5097
-
HDD
SSL
5 ... 7
-
-
32P0727
-
73.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap
HDD
-
-
-
-
32P0728
-
HDD
-
-
-
Hot-swap Ultra320 SCSI HDDs2
90P1386
90P1380
5232
HDD
SSL
5 ... 7
-
90P1335
90P1318
5204
HDD
SSL
5 ... 7
3
90P1387
90P1381
5233
HDD
SSL
5 ... 7
-
90P1329
90P1305
5202
HDD
SSL
5 ... 7
3
90P1336
90P1319
5205
HDD
SSL
5 ... 7
3
90P1388
90P1382
5234
HDD
SSL
5 ... 7
-
90P1330
90P1306
5203
HDD
SSL
5 ... 7
3
Optical Devices5
45
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
26K8792
32R2905
4103
24R9301
-
4115
24R9301
-
-
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity
HH
1,2
2
48X CDROM Drive
HH
1,2
2
HH
1,2
2
Description
DVD-ROM Drive
6
External Storage Expansion Units
-
09N7296
-
Form
Factor
EXP Rack-to-Tower Conversion Kit
-
Notes:
1. May require removing standard devices
2. Mixing of different HDD technologies is not supported.
3. Four SATA HDDs are supported with the installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t RAID controller.
4. These HDDs are supported on machine types 8482-E1Y, 8482-E2Y, and 8482-E3Y.
5. The xSeries 206 IDE controller supports a maximum of two “parallel” IDE devices (IDE optical drives,
IDE tape drives, etc.
6. Not supported by the onboard SCSI controller.
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
133mm (5.25in)
HH
yes
Std. Optical
2
1
133mm (5.25in)
HH
yes
Optical/Tape
3
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes
Std. FDD
4
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes
HDD2
5 ... 7
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes/no3
Std. HDD4
1
Note:
HDDs are installed in the order of bays seven through four, i.e., 7, 6, 5, 4.
Notes:
1. Supports removable media devices only. Hard disk drives are not supported.
2. Bay 4 supports fixed HDDs only.
3. Bays six and seven are front-accessible on SATA models, bays five, six and seven are front-accessible on
hot-swap models, and bays five, six and seven are not front-accessible on nonhot-swap models.
4. Standard HDD on nonopen-bay models is installed in bay seven.
46
COG
47
xSeries 206 I/O Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support1
Slots
Supported
02R0996
02R0988
1653
ServeRAID-6M Controller (256MB
Cache)
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
1, 2
02R0995
32P0033
1654
Cache)
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
1, 2
13N2194
13N2190
1665
ServeRAID-6i+ Controller
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1
71P8651
71P8648
1651
ServeRAID-7t SATA RAID Controller
Half
64-bit/
66MHz
1 ... 5
-
13N2249
-
Half
64-bit/
66MHz
3, 4
Fibre Storage Controllers and Options3
-
202612E
-
TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch, 12-port
-
-
-
-
2005H08
-
TotalStorage SAN Fabric Switch Model
H08
-
-
-
-
2005H16
-
H16
-
-
-
-
3534F08
-
TotalStorage SAN Switch F08, 8-port
-
-
-
4
Networking
25P2889
06P3601
1526
Half
32-bit/
33MHz
1 ... 5
31P9605
31P9601
1512
PRO/1000 MT Server Ethernet Adapter
by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 5
73P4005
73P4001
1509
Adapter5
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 5
73P4105
73P4101
1510
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 5
73P4205
73P4201
1511
Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 5
Half
32-bit/
33MHz
2
-
-
1 ... 5
-
-
1 ... 5
System Management
02R1676
59P2984
-
Remote Supervisor Adapter II
Point of Sale (POS)
-
48
COG
08L2683
08L2684
-
PCI Store Loop Adapter6
PCI NVRAM Adapter
6
Notes:
1. xSeries 206 SCSI models ship with single channel, Ultra320 SCSI Controller installed in a dedicated miniPCI slot. SATA models ship with two integrated SATA controllers. Both the SCSI and SATA controllers
support Integrated ServeRaid-7e (RAID-0 and RAID-1).
3. See Additional Fibre Channel Components Section for additional configuration information.
4. xSeries 206 includes an integrated copper-based, full-duplex, Intel gigabit Ethernet controller.
6. The PCI Store Loop adapter contains NVRAM which is required to run the 4690 OS system. PCI solutions
implemented via Ethernet use the PCI NVRAM adapter to provide NVRAM.
49
xSeries 206 Power and Accessories
Option Number
Feature Code
Description
Power1
21301TX
-
UPS750TLV
21302TX
-
UPS750THV
21303TX
-
UPS1000TLV
21304TX
-
UPS1000THV
21305TX
-
UPS1500TLV
21306TX
-
UPS1500THV
Rack-mount Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2
32P1020
-
32P1022
-
2130R30
-
UPS3000XLV
2130R31
-
UPS3000XHV
32P1692
-
UPS Extend Run Battery Pack
Notes:
1. The xSeries 206 includes a 340w voltage sensing power supply with a single line cord.
50
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
-
09N4300
-
Rack Console Connectivity1
-
09N4290
-
NetBAY 1x4 Console Switch
-
09N4291
-
Monitors
-
17231UX
-
1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Travel keyboard)2
-
17231NX
-
1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)2
-
17232UX
-
2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with PS/2 US keyboard)3
-
17232NX
-
Keyboard and Mouse4
02R3206
25R6968
8800
Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys business black5
02R3421
90P0740
8901
Sleek 2-button Mouse, business black
13M7124
90P0743
8908
Note:
Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information concerning IBM racks and rack-supported devices.
Notes:
1. Refer to the Rack Console Option section for information regarding console connectivity using these
options.
2. Includes a 17in Flat Panel Monitor.
4. xSeries 206 models ship standard with a mouse and full-size keyboard.
5. Installation within a rack requires an optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share
a keyboard tray with a flat panel display.
51
xSeries 206 Tape Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Bays
Supported
SCSI
Interface
32P8861
00N7991
5353
20/40GB DDS/4
4mm Internal Tape
Drive2
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in) HH
or 133mm (5.25in)
HH
45591UX
71P9176
71P9145
5355
36/72GB DDS/5
Internal SCSI Tape
Drive
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in) HH
or 133mm (5.25in)
HH
45591UX
-
59P6745
-
80/160GB VS160
SCSI Tape Drive
2
Ultra160
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in) HH
or 133mm (5.25in)
HH
45591UX
71P9166
59P6746
5359
80/160GB VXA-2
SCSI Tape Drive2
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
45591UX
-
59P6717
-
100/200GB LTO
Tape Drive
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
45591UX
-
59P6719
-
40/80GB DLT VS80
Internal SCSI Tape
Drive
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm (5.25in)
HH
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Stand-alone or
5U Rack3
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
1U Rack
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Tape Drives
Form Factor
Ext Tape
Enclosures1
Tape Autoloaders
-
18P9133
-
TotalStorage
Ultrium LVD Tape
Drive 3580 Model
L23
External Tape
Enclosures
-
45591UX
-
NetBay 1U xSeries
Tape Enclosure
External Tape
Libraries4
-
-
-
Associated Options
-
-
-
-
Note:
Hot-swap models do not support installation of a SCSI tape drive on the same bus that supports the hot-swap
backplane. The standard SCSI controller can be used if an optional RAID controller is installed for the HDDs.
SATA models will require an optional SCSI controller to support SCSI tape drives.
Note:
Notes:
1. To determine external cable requirements, not the tape drive’s SCSI interface, the appropriate SCSI
controller from the system configurator section and the desired enclosure, then refer to Appendix D:
Cables-Storage Units-Controllers.
2. Rack mount requires an optional rack kit. See tape drive appendix for more information.
3. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI terminator (P/N 00M7956).
4. Tape library attributes and options are located in the tape library appendix.
52
COG
Optical Drive
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
Tower
1/
1
-
N 1GB
SATA
Simpleswap
80GB/
1000GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
8648-0AY
2.8/800
1MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/ H N 1GB
1
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
8648-0BY
2.8/800
1MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
2/ P N 1GB
2 H
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
8648-0EY
2.8/800
1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Tower
1/ H N 1GB
1
Dual
U320
Hotswap
72.8GB/ CD-ROM
(48x 880.8GB10
20x)
9/
5
6/
6
8648-10Y
3.0/800
1MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/
1
N 1GB
SATA
Simpleswap
80GB/
1000GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
8648-1AY
3.0/800
1MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/ H N 1GB
1
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
8648-1BY
3.0/800
1MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
2/ P N 1GB
2 H
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
8648-20Y
3.2/800
1MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/
1
-
N 1GB
SATA
Simpleswap
80GB/
1000GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
8648-40Y
3.0/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/
1
-
N
1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
80GB /
1000GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
8648-50Y
3.2/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/
1
-
N
1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
80GB /
1000GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
8648-60Y
3.4/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/
1
-
N
1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
80GB /
1000GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
8648-4AY
3.0/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/ H N
1
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
8648-5AY
3.2/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/ H N
1
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
-
Storage Controller7
512MB/
16GB
1/
2
Memory (Std/Max)3
2.8/800
1MB L2
Form Factor4
8648-00Y
Part Number1
53
Storage Controller7
Optical Drive
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/ H N
1
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
8648-4BY
3.0/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
2/ P N
2 H
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9 6/
/7 6
8648-5BY
3.2/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
2/ P N
2 H
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9 6/
/7 6
8648-6BY
3.4/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
2/ P N
2 H
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9 6/
/7 6
8648-4EY
3.0/800
2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Tower
1/ H N
1
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
848800Y11
2.8/800
1MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
8GB
Tower
1
/
1
-
N
1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
80GB /
1000GB
848810Y11
3.0/800
1MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
8GB
Tower
1
/
1
-
N
1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
8488-40Y
3.0/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/
1
-
N
1Gb
SATA
8488-50Y
3.2/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/
1
-
N
1Gb
8488-60Y
3.4/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/
1
-
N
84880AY11
2.8/800
1MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
8GB
Tower
1
/
1
84881AY11
3.0/800
1MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
8GB
Tower
84882AY11
3.2/800
1MB L2
Cache
1/
2
512MB/
8GB
8488-4AY
3.0/800
2MB L2
1/
2
8488-5AY
3.2/800
2MB L2
1/
2
54
COG
1/
2
Memory (Std/Max)3
3.4/800
2MB L2
Form Factor4
8648-6AY
Part Number1
72.8GB/ CD-ROM
880.8GB10 (48x-20x)
9/
5
6/
6
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
80GB /
1000GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
Simpleswap
80GB/
1000GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
SATA
Simpleswap
80GB/
1000GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
80GB/
1000GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
H N
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
1
/
1
H N
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
Tower
1
/
1
H N
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
5
6/
6
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/ H N
1
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/ H N
1
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
Storage Controller7
Optical Drive
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
512MB/
16GB
Tower
1/ H N
1
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
84880BY12
3.0/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
2/ P N
2 H
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
84881BY11
3.2/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
2/ P N
2 H
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
84882BY11
3.4/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
2/ P N
2 H
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
8488-4BY
3.0/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
2/ P N
2 H
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
8488-5BY
3.2/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
2/ P N
2 H
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
8488-6BY
3.4/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Tower
2/ P N
2 H
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
7
6/
6
84880EY11
2.8/800
1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Tower
1/ H N
1
1Gb
Dual
U320
Hotswap
72.8GB/ CD-ROM
880.8GB10 (48x-20x)
9/
5
6/
6
8488-E4Y
3.0/800
2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Tower
2/ P N
2 H
1Gb
Dual
U320
ServeRAID
6i+
219.0GB/ CD-ROM
880.8GB12 (48x-20x)
9/
4
6/
5
1/
2
Memory (Std/Max)3
3.4/800
2MB L2
Form Factor4
8488-6AY
Part Number1
848870Y13
3.0/800
2MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB14
Tower
1/
1
-
N
1Gb
SATA15
ServeRAID 7t
1TB15
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
7/
1
6/
5
848880Y13
3.4/800
2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB14
Tower
1/
1
-
N
1Gb
U32016
ServeRAID
6i+
72GB16
CD-ROM
(48x-20x)
9/
5
5/
4
Note:
Note:
xSeries 226 also provides four USB ports (two front, two rear), two 9-pin serial ports, one 25-pin parallel port,
keyboard port, mouse port, video port and an integrated ATI Radeon 7000M graphics controller with 16 MB of
video memory. A keyboard and mouse is also provided.
55
Notes:
the product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last
character with a country-specific designator.
2. Intel Xeon processor with Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), L2 cache and an 800MHz
(quad-pumped) Front Side Bus (FSB).
standard DIMMs. x226 will support 16GB of memory using a supported 4GB DIMM.
4. A 4U tower-to-rack conversion kit is available. See ‘Power and Accessories.’
5. See ‘Power and Accessories’ section for more information on the power supplies.
6. Broadcom 5721 copper gigabit Ethernet controller with Wake-on-LAN support.
7. Integrated dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI storage controller on SCSI models, two SATA controllers on SATA
models supporting one SATA HDD per controller. Both the SCSI and SATA integrated controllers
installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t controller and replacement of the standard HDD. Standard
configuration will support two SATA HDDs.
9. Maximum storage capacity for hot-swap SCSI models is based on six 146.8GB hot-swap HDDs.
10. Models 0EY and 8648-4EY ship standard with 2 x 36.4GB SCSI HDDs.
11. The 8648 machine type carries a one year limited parts and labor warranty. 8488 machine type carries a
three year limited parts and labor warranty.
12. Model 8488-E4Y ships standard with 3 x 73GB SCSI HDDs.
13. xSeries 226 Storage Server NAS is preconfigured with Microsoft Windows Storage Server 2003 included
and preinstalled on the system. IBM Storage Server is limited to file and print server function only.®
14. xSeries 226 Storage Server operating system supports a maximum of 4GB of memory.
15. xSeries 226 Storage Server NAS includes a preconfigured ServeRAID 7t adapter and four SATA drives
setup for RAID-1 and RAID-5.
16. xSeries 226 Storage Server NAS includes a preconfigured ServeRAID 6i+ adapter and two 36.4GB Hot
Swap SCSI 15K disk drives setup for RAID-1. The Windows Storage Server 2003 operating system is
installed on these drives.
xSeries 226 Processor Options
SBB Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
13N1622
13N0671
0367
2.8GHz/800MHz-1MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor
0xY
13N1431
13N0672
0368
3.0GHz/800MHz 1MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor
1xY
13N1432
13N0673
0377
2xY
25R7356
25R8900
0380
4xY
25R7357
25R8901
0382
5xY
25R7358
13N0676
0383
6xY
Note:
Processor Options
SMP
Support1
x226 processor options support Intel’s Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T).
Notes:
1.
56
One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be
COG
SBB
Number1
Option
Number
90P0870
Feature
Code
0501
73P3523
90P1218
Memory Options
256MB PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR-2 SDRAM RDIMM
0502
512MB DDR-II SDRAM DIMM
73P3522
73P2865
73P2874
0504
1GB PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR-2 SDRAM RDIMM
73P2866
73P2875
0512
73P4794
0505
2GB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM SDRAM (chip-kill)
73P2867
73P2873
0503
73P4206
Note:
512MB (1x512MB) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
16GB of memory is supported via six DIMM slots with currently available options. x226 supports 16GB of
memory using a 4GB DIMM. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory DIMMs in matched pairs is
required beginning with DIMM slots 1 and 2, then 3 and 4, then 5 and 6.
Notes:
2. If xSeries 226 comes standard with a single 512MB DIMM, a single 512MB DIMM (P/N 90P1218) must be
added to slot 2 before adding more memory. After adding a single 512MB DIMM (P/N 90P1218),
additional memory can be added in matched pairs.
3. Supports Chipkill. Mixing Chipkill DIMMs with nonChipkill DIMMs will disable Chipkill function.
Model
00Y, 0AY, 0BY, 10Y, 1AY,
1BY, 20Y
2 x 256MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM (nonChipkill)
0EY, 4EY, E4Y
40Y, 4AY, 4BY, 50Y, 5AY,
5BY, 60Y, 6AY, 6BY
57
DIMM 3
Slot 3 PCI
DIMM 4
Slot 2 PCI
Slot 4 PCI-X
Slot 1 PCI
Express x 16
Slot 5 PCI-X
DIMM 2
DIMM 1
DIMM 5
DIMM 6
Slot 6 PCI-X
Battery
Microprocessor 2
Remote Supervisor
Adapter II
Figure 12. xSeries 226 System Board
58
COG
Microprocessor 1
Microprocessor 2 VRM
xSeries 226 hot-swap SCSI models are cabled internally with a single, 1-drop LVD
SCSI cable, connecting one channel of the integrated, dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI
controller to the hot-swap backplane.
Simple-swap SATA
xSeries 226 simple-swap SATA models provide two point-to-point SATA cables
connecting the two integrated SATA controllers to the SATA simple-swap backplane.
An optional SCSI cable is available to connect the second SCSI channel to the back of
the chassis, enabling an external 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI connector.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Max
Qty2
90P1398
73P8002
5206
SL
4 ... 7
4
90P1399
73P8003
5219
SL
4 ... 7
4
-
73P8006
-
SL
4 ... 7
4
36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD
SSL
-
-
36.4GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD
SSL
4 ... 9
6
SSL
-
-
3
-
90P1380
-
90P1335
90P1318
5204
-
90P1381
-
90P1329
90P1305
5202
SSL
4 ... 9
6
90P1336
90P1319
5205
SSL
4 ... 9
6
-
32P0727
-
-
-
-
-
32P0728
-
-
-
-
-
90P1382
-
SSL
-
-
90P1330
90P1306
5203
SSL
4 ... 9
6
Optical Devices
26K8792
32R2905
4103
HH
1, 2
2
24R9301
-
4115
48X CDROM Drive
HH
1, 2
2
02R3278
-
-
DVD-ROM Drive
HH
1, 2
2
59
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
External Storage Expansion Units4
Bays
Supported1
Max
Qty2
Form
Factor
-
17331RU
-
EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit
Rack
(3U)
-
17401RU
-
FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit
Rack
(3U)
-
1724100
-
FAStT100 Storage Server
Rack
(3U)
-
172260U
-
Rack
(3U)
-
17226LU
-
FAStT600 Entry Storage Server
Rack
(3U)
Notes:
2. Four SATA HDDs are supported within the installation of the optional ServeRAID-7t controller. Two
4. FAStT options require an optional Fibre controller be installed in the system.
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
Std. Optical
2
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
Optical/Tape
3
89mm (3.5in)
SL
Yes
Std. FDD
4
89mm (3.5in)
SL
Yes
HDD
5
89mm (3.5in)
SL
Yes
HDD
6
89mm (3.5in)
SL
Yes
HDD
7
89mm (3.5in)
SL
Yes
Std. HDD1
82
89mm (3.5in)
SL
Yes
HDD
92
89mm (3.5in)
SL
Yes
Std. HDD1
Notes:
1. Standard HDD is installed in bay 7 on SATA models; bay 9 on SCSI models.
2. Bays 8 and 9 are available on SCSI models only.
60
COG
Bay 1
Bay 2
Bay 3
Bay 4
Bay 5
Bay 6
Bay 7
Bay 8
Bay 9
Figure 13. xSeries 226 front view (SCSI)
Figure 14. xSeries 226 front view (SATA)
61
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI Support
Slots
Supported
Hot-Plug
Capable1
02R0996
02R0988
1653
ServeRAID-6M
Controller (256MB
Cache)
Full
64-bit/133MHz
4 ... 6
-
02R0995
32P0033
1654
ServeRAID-6M
Controller (128MB
Cache)
Full
64-bit/133MHz
4 ... 6
-
13N2194
13N2190
1665
ServeRAID-6i+
Controller
Half
64-bit/133MHz
5
-
-
71P8648
-
ServeRAID-7t SATA
Controller
Half
64-bit/66MHz
4 ... 6
-
-
13N2249
-
Ultra320 SCSI
Controller 23
Half
64-bit/133MHz
4 ... 6
-
Fibre Storage
Controllers and
Options4
24P0963
24P0960
1650
FC2-133 Host Bus
Adapter
Half
64-bit/133MHz
4 ... 6
-
-
1724100
-
FAStT100 Storage
Server
-
-
-
-
-
172260U
-
FAStT600 Storage
Server
-
17226LU
-
FAStT600 Entry
Storage Server
-
-
-
-
-
17421RU
-
FAStT700 Storage
Server
-
-
-
-
-
174290U
-
FAStT900 Storage
Server
-
-
-
-
-
2005H16
-
TotalStorage SAN
Fabric Switch Model
H16
-
-
-
-
-
202612E
-
TotalStorage SAN
12M-1 Switch, 12-port
-
-
-
-
Networking
25P2889
06P3601
1526
Adapter
Half
32-bit/33MHz
2 ... 6
-
31P9605
31P9601
1512
PRO/1000 MT Server
Ethernet Adapter by
Intel
Half
64-bit/133MHz
4 ... 6
-
73P2705
73P2701
1513
PRO/1000 MT Dual
Port Server Ethernet
Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/133MHz
4 ... 6
-
62
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Adapter
Length
PCI Support
Slots
Supported
Hot-Plug
Capable1
73P3505
73P3501
1508
NetXtreme 1000
Express Ethernet
Adapter
Half
PCI E 1X
4 ... 6
-
73P4005
73P4001
1509
NetXtreme 1000 SX +
Fiber Ethernet
Adapter5
Half
64-bit/133MHz
4 ... 6
-
73P4105
73P4101
1510
NetXtreme 1000 T +
Ethernet Adapter
Half
64-bit/133MHz
4 ... 6
-
73P4205
73P4201
1511
NetXtreme 1000 T +
Dual Port Ethernet
Adapter
Half
64-bit/133MHz
4 ... 6
-
Half
32-bit/33MHz
2
-
-
-
-
-
Description
System Management
02R1676
59P2984
-
Remote Supervisor
Adapter II
Other I/O
-
-
-
-
Notes:
1. xSeries 226 does not have any Active-PCI slots.
2. Currently only one type of RAID is supported at a time; for example, ServeRAID-7e (RAID-0 or RAID-1
with integrated controller), ServeRAID-4Lx or ServeRAID-7t, etc.
4. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.
63
Figure 15. xSeries 226 rear view
64
COG
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Power1
21301TX
-
UPS 750TLV
21302TX
-
UPS 750THV
21303TX
-
UPS 1000TLV
21304TX
-
UPS 1000THV
21305TX
-
UPS 1500TLV
21306TX
-
UPS 1500THV
Rack Mount Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2
32P1020
-
32P1022
-
2130R30
-
UPS3000XLV3
2130R31
-
UPS3000XHV3
32P1692
-
UPS Extend Run Battery Pack3
Notes:
1. Nonredundant power models include a single 530w nonhot-swap power supply and line cord.
Redundant power models include two 514w power supplies and two line cords.
2. For runtimes and UPS attributes, see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate (minutes).
3. Height is 2U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
65
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
-
26K6122
-
4U Extended Depth Tower to Rack Conversion Kit 3
-
1735L04
-
NetBay Local Console Manager
-
1735R16
-
NetBay Remote Console Manager
-
32P1636
-
250mm KVM Conversion Option
-
32P1652
-
1.5m KVM Conversion Option
-
09N4290
-
NetBay 1x4 Console Switch
-
09N4291
-
Monitors
-
90P0717
-
-
17231UX
-
1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Travel keyboard)
-
17231NX
-
1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)
-
17232UX
-
-
17232NX
-
-
90P0726
-
C170 17in CRT Flat Panel Monitor (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), business black
Keyboard and Mouse
02R3206
25R6968
8800
-
90P0777
-
-
73P3144
-
Space Travel PS2 Keyboard - US English
-
39M7228
-
02R3421
90P0740
8901
-
90P0743
-
Note:
Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for more information concerning IBM racks and rack-supported
devices.
Notes:
1. USB accessories are not compatible with the NetBay console switches. They attach to a single USBcapable server.
66
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
49P3228
48P7042
5354
32P8861
00N7991
71P9176
Ext
Tape
Encl
Bays
Supported1
Storage
Interface
20/40GB TR7 Internal IDE Tape
Drive
2
Std. IDE
89mm (3.5in)
SL or 133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
5353
20/40GB DDS/4 4mm Internal
Tape Drive
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in)
HH or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
71P9145
5355
36/72GB DDS/5 Internal SCSI
Tape Drive
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in)
HH or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
71P9166
59P6746
5359
Drive
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
-
59P6717
-
100/200GB LTO Tape Drive
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
-
59P6719
-
40/80GB DLT VS80 Internal SCSI
Tape Drive
2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
-
59P6745
-
80/160GB DLT VS160 SCSI Tape
Drive
2
Ultra160
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
-
59P6736
-
160/320GB SDLT SCSI Tape
Drive Option
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
-
59P6744
-
200/400GB LTO Full-High Tape
Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
-
25R0012
-
400/800GB LTO Generation 3
SCSI Tape Drive
-
Ultra160
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
Tape Drives
Form Factor
Tape Autoloaders
-
36232LX
-
200/400GB 2U LTO Generation 2
Tape Autoloader 3623 Model
2LX
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
36232SX
-
1.28TB/2.56TB 36232SX SDLT320
Tape Autoloader
-
Ultra320
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
5U Rack
-
-
-
-
-
External Tape Libraries
-
4560SLX
-
SDLT/LTO Modular Tape
Library
Associated Options
-
-
-
-
Note:
The integrated SCSI controller is available on SATA models for tape support only (internal or external).
Note:
Notes:
67
68
COG
88410EY
2.8/8001MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
884111Y
3.0/800 1MB L2
1/
2
884115Y
3.0/8002MB L2
884116Y
1/
2
P, S,
H, F
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Tower
1/
2
P, S,
H, F
Y
Dual
1GB
1GB/
16GB
Tower
1/
2
P, S,
H, F
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Tower
1/
2
P, S,
H, F
Y
Dual
1GB
3.0/8002MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Tower
1/
2
P, S,
H, F
Y
884125Y
3.2/800 2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Tower
1/
2
P, S,
H, F
884135Y
3.4/800 2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Tower
1/
2
884141Y
3.6/800 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Tower
884145Y
3.6/800 2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
8841E1Y
3.0/800 2MB L2
1/
2
8841E2Y
3.2/800 2MB L2
2/
2
Note:
Internal HDD Storage (Std/Max)10
Optical Drive
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
0GB/
1.3TB
CD-ROM
(48x-24x)
10
/8
6/
6
220.2GB/
1.3TB12
CD-ROM
(48x-24x)
10
/5
6/
6
Hotswap
0GB/
1.3TB
CD-ROM
(48x-24x)
10
/8
6/
6
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
1.3TB
CD-ROM
(48x-24x)
10
/8
6/
6
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
1.3TB
CD-ROM
(48x-24x)
10
/8
6/
6
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
1.3TB
CD-ROM
(48x-24x)
10
/8
6/
6
P, S,
H, F
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
1.3TB
CD-ROM
(48x-24x)
10
/8
6/
6
1/
2
P, S,
H, F
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
1.3TB
CD-ROM
(48x-24x)
10
/8
6/
6
Tower
1/
2
P, S,
H, F
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
1.3TB
CD-ROM
(48x-24x)
10
/8
6/
6
2GB/
16GB
Tower
1/
2
P, S,
H, F
Y
Dual
1GB
Serve HotRAID- swap
7k11
220.2GB/
1.3TB
CD-ROM
(48x-24x)
10
/5
6/
6
2GB/
16GB
Tower
1/
2
P, S,
H, F
Y
Dual
1Gb
Serve
Raid7k11
Hotswap
220.2GB/
1.3TB
CD-ROM
(48x-24x)
10
/5
6/
6
Form Factor5
Hotswap
Memory (Std/Max)3, 4
Storage Controller9
1/
2
2.8/8001MB L2
Hot-swap (Power, Slots, HDD, Fans)7
884101Y
Part Number1
512MB/ Tower
16GB
Serve HotRAID- swap
7k11
xSeries 236 also provides three USB ports (one front, two rear), two 9-pin serial ports, one systems management
RS-485 port, one systems management Ethernet port, keyboard port, mouse port, video port and an integrated
ATI Radeon 7000M graphics controller with 16 MB of video memory. A keyboard and mouse is also provided.
69
Notes:
standard DIMMs with 2GB DIMMs.
4. Memory-mirroring, hot-spare memory and Chipkill functions are supported. Chipkill is available on
DIMMs 512MB and greater.
5. A 5U tower-to-rack conversion kit is available.
7. x236 provides one Active-PCI slot.
8. Dual Broadcom 5721 Gigabit Ethernet controllers.
9. The integrated dual-channel, Ultra320 SCSI controller supports integrated RAID-0, 1 and 10.
10. Maximum capacity is based on nine 146.8GB HDDs and requires installing the optional Ultra320 3-pack
kit.
11. Models 0EY, E1Y, and E2Y ship standard with a ServeRAID-7k Controller (256MB) connected to three
73.4GB SCSI HDDs.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
13M7939
13N0681
0369
2.8GHz/800MHz 1MB L2 Cache Xeon Processor
0xY
13M7940
13N0688
0370
1xY
25K9555
13N0683
0374
-
25K9556
13N0684
0375
3.4GHz/800MHz 1 MB L2 Cache, Xeon Processor
-
25K9557
13N0685
0376
4xY
13M8285
25R8902
0354
ExY, 1xY
13M8286
25R8903
0371
2xY, ExY
13M8287
13N0686
0372
3xY
13M8288
13N0687
0373
4xY
Note:
Processor Options
SMP
Support1
x236 processor options support Intel’s Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T)
Notes:
70
COG
SBB Number1
Option
Number
Feature Code
90P0870
73P3523
0501
90P1218
73P3522
0502
73P2873
73P2865
0503
73P2874
73P2866
0504
73P4794
73P4792
0505
Note:
Memory Options
16GB of memory is supported via eight DIMM slots. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory
DIMMs in matched pairs is required beginning with DIMM slots one and two, then three and four, then five
and six, then DIMM slots seven and eight. Memory-mirroring requires all installed DIMMs to match and
effectively reduces available memory by half. Hot-spare memory requires all installed DIMMs to match except
for the last pair which must be of equal size or greater than other installed pairs.
Notes:
Model
01Y
2 x 256MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM
0EY, 1xx, 2xx,
3xx, 4xx
E1Y, E2Y
2 x 1GB PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM
71
Figure 16. xSeries 236 system board
72
COG
xSeries 236 models are cabled internally with a single, 1-drop LVD SCSI cable,
connecting one channel of the integrated, dual channel Ultra320 SCSI controller to the
hot-swap backplane.
The second SCSI channel can be used to connect to the optional Ultra320 3-Pack HDD
kit, an optional SCSI tape or can be used for external attachment via the optional
Ultra320 SCSI External Interface Kit enabling an external 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI
connector.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Max
Qty2
Hot-swap Ultra320 HDDs3
-
30R5094
-
HDD
SSL
5 ... 10
-
-
30R5095
-
HDD
SSL
5 ... 10
-
-
30R5096
-
HDD
SSL
5 ... 10
-
-
30R5097
-
HDD
SSL
5 ... 10
-
-
32P0727
-
HDD
-
-
-
-
32P0728
-
HDD
-
-
-
90P1386
90P1380
5232
HDD
SSL
5 ... 10
-
90P1335
90P1318
5204
HDD
SSL
5 ... 10
9
90P1387
90P1381
5233
HDD
SSL
5 ... 10
-
90P1329
90P1305
5202
HDD
SSL
5 ... 10
9
90P1336
90P1319
5202
HDD
SSL
5 ... 10
9
90P1388
90P1382
5234
HDD
SSL
5 ... 10
-
90P1330
90P1306
5203
HDD
SSL
5 ... 10
9
90P1331
90P1307
5231
HDD
SSL
5 ... 10
9
73
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Max
Qty2
-
1 + 23
1
Associated Options
33P3127
33P2751
4221
Ultra320 3-Pack HDD Kit4
5
Optical Devices
26K8792
32R2905
4103
HH
1 .. 3
2
24R9301
-
4115
48X CDROM Drive
HH
1 .. 3
2
24R9301
-
HH
1 .. 3
2
DVD-ROM Drive
6
Form
Factor
-
17331RU
Rack
(3U)
-
171010U
Rack
(3U)
-
17401RU
Rack
(3U)
-
1724100
Rack
(3U)
-
172260U
Rack
(3U)
-
17226LU
Rack
(3U)
Notes:
1. Bays 1 and 2 can be converted to support three additional HDDs for a total of nine HDDs.
2. Maximum quantity of supported HDDs requires installation of the optical Ultra320 3-Pack HDD kit. Six
HDDs are supported without this kit.
3. These HDDs are offered for machine type 8841-E2Y.
4. The Ultra320 3-Pack HDD Kit converts bays 1 and 2 into three additional HDD bays.
5. An optical drive ships standard in bay 3.
6. An optical SCSI, RAID or Fibre controller is required in order to attach to the system.
74
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
11
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
Optical/Tape/HDD2
21
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
Optical/Tape/HDD2
3
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
Std. Optical
4
89mm (3.5in)
SL
Yes
Std. FDD
5
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
6
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
7
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
8
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
9
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
10
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
COG
75
Notes:
1. Bays 1 and 2 can be combined to support one full-high device.
2. The optional Ultra320 3-Pack HDD Kit converts bays 1 and 2 into three additional hot-swap HDD bays.
Figure 17. xSeries 236 Front View
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
HotPlug
Storage Controllers
02R0996
02R0988
1653
Cache)1
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
4, 5, 6
-
02R0995
32P0033
1654
Cache)1
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
4, 5, 6
-
71P8653
71P8642
1663
ServeRAID-7k Controller2
-
-
-
-
13N2252
13N2249
1656
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
4, 5, 6
-
-
-
-
-
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
4, 5, 6
X
Associated Options
02R2046
02R2068
9252
Ultra320 Internal Single-drop 24in LVD
SCSI Cable1
Fibre Storage Controllers and
Options4
24P0963
24P0960
1650
-
1724100
-
-
-
-
-
172260U
-
-
-
-
-
-
17226LU
-
-
-
-
-
-
17421RU
-
-
-
-
-
-
174290U
-
-
-
-
-
-
2005H16
-
H16
-
-
-
-
76
COG
FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
-
202612E
-
Description
TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch, 12port
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
HotPlug
-
-
-
-
77
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
HotPlug
Networking
25P2889
06P3601
1526
Half
32-bit/
33MHz
4, 5, 6
X
31P9605
31P9601
1512
PRO/1000 MT Server Ethernet
Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
4, 5, 6
X
73P2705
73P2701
1513
PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server
Ethernet Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
4, 5, 6
X
73P3505
73P3501
1508
Adapter
Half
PCI E 1X
2, 3
-
73P3605
73P3601
1507
IBM iSCSI Server Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
4, 5, 6
-
73P4005
73P4001
1509
Adapter5
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
4, 5, 6
-
73P4105
73P4101
1510
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
4, 5, 6
-
73P4205
73P4201
1511
Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
4, 5, 6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
System Management
73P9342
73P9341
1608
SlimLine2
Other I/O
-
-
-
-
Notes:
1. Ultra320 Internal Single-drop 24” LVD SCSI Cable option is required when connecting internal HDDs to
ServeRAID-6M adapters.
2. Installs into a dedicated slot. Does not consume a PCI slot. Quantity one allowed.
78
COG
79
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Power1
25K9560
-
670w Hot-Swap Power Supply (North America)
24R9258
-
670w Hot-Swap Power Supply (Worldwide)2
21301TX
-
UPS 750TLV
21302TX
-
UPS 750THV
21303TX
-
UPS 1000TLV
21304TX
-
UPS 1000THV
21305TX
-
UPS 1500TLV
21306TX
-
UPS 1500THV
32P1020
-
32P1022
-
2130R30
-
UPS3000XLV4
2130R31
-
UPS3000XHV4
32P1692
-
21306RX
-
UPS 7500XHV5
21308RX
-
UPS 10000XHV5
25R5582
-
Notes:
1. xSeries 236 ships with a single 670w hot-swap capable power supply and line cord. A second hot-swap
power supply is optional for redundancy.
2. Does not ship with a line cord.
3. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
6. Height is 3U. Available for UPS 7500XHV and UPS 10000XHV. Maximum of four per UPS.
80
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
-
13N0956
-
5U Extended Depth Tower-to-Rack Conversion Kit1
-
1735L04
-
-
1735R16
-
-
32P1636
-
-
32P1652
-
-
09N4290
-
-
09N4291
-
Monitors
-
90P0717
-
L150p 15in LCD Flat Panel Monitor (381mm, 15in viewable image),
business black
-
17231UX
-
1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Travel keyboard)
-
17231NX
-
1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (without keyboard)
-
17232UX
-
-
17232NX
-
-
90P0726
-
C170 17in CRT Flat Panel Monitor (406.4mm, 16in viewable image),
business black
Keyboard and Mouse
-
25R6968
-
-
90P0777
-
-
90P0743
-
-
90P0740
-
Other Accessories
Note:
-
-
-
Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for information concerning IBM racks and rack-supported
devices.
Notes:
1. Rack kit is 24in deep.
81
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Bays
Supported1
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Ext Tape
Encl
71P9176
71P9145
5355
Tape Drive
1, 2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm
(3.5in)
HH or
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
45594UX
71P9166
59P6746
5359
80/160GB VXA-2 SCSI Tape Drive
1, 2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
45591UX
-
59P6717
-
1, 2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
45594UX
-
59P6745
-
Drive
1, 2
Ultra160
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
45591UX
-
59P6736
-
160/320GB SDLT SCSI Tape Drive
Option
1, 2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
45594UX
71P9165
59P6744
5358
Drive
1, 2
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
4559FHX
45594UX
-
25R0012
-
SCSI Tape Drive
1, 2
Ultra160
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
4559FHX
45594UX
Tape Drives
Tape Autoloaders
-
36232SX
-
1.28TB/2.56TB 36232SX SDLT320
Tape Autoloader
-
Ultra320
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
36232LX
-
Tape Autoloader 3623 Model 2LX
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
45591UX
-
NetBay 1U xSeries Tape Enclosure
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
1U Rack
-
-
45594UX
-
4U Rackmount SCSI Tape
Enclosure
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
4U Rack
-
-
4559HHX
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop
or Rack
Shelf
(2.52in
tall)
-
-
4559FHX
-
Full-High Tape Enclosure
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop
or Rack
Shelf
(4.41in
tall)
-
Note:
82
COG
Notes:
83
84
COG
Storage Controller
Optical Drive
Bays (Total/Avail)6
Slots (Total/Avail)
Tower
2/
4
P, Y 1Gb
S,
H,
F
Dual
U160
Hotswap
0/
1761.6GB
48x20x
16/
14
7/
7
86857EU
2.0/400 1MB L3
2/
4
4GB/
24GB
Tower
2/
4
P, Y 1Gb
S,
H,
F
ServeRAID6M7
Hotswap
220.2GB/
1761.6GB7
48x20x
16/
11
7/
6
86857RX
2.0/400 1MB L3
1/
4
512MB
/24GB
Rack
(7U)
2/
4
P, Y 1Gb
S,
H,
F
Dual
U160
Hotswap
0/
1761.6GB
48x20x
16/
14
7/
7
8685A1X
2.2/400 2MB L3
1/
4
512MB
/24GB
Tower
2/
4
P, Y 1Gb
S,
H,
F
Dual
U160
Hotswap
0/
1761.6GB
48x20x
16/
14
7/
7
8685ARX
2.2/400 2MB L3
1/
4
512MB
/24GB
Rack
(7U)
2/
4
P, Y 1Gb
S,
H,
F
Dual
U160
Hotswap
0/
1761.6GB
48x20x
16/
14
7/
7
8685B1X
2.7/400 2MB L3
1/
4
1GB/
24GB
Tower
2/
4
P, Y 1Gb
S,
H,
F
Dual
U160
Hotswap
0/
1761.6GB
48x20x
16/
14
7/
7
8685BRX
2.7/400 2MB L3
1/
4
1GB/
24GB
Rack
(7U)
2/
4
P, Y 1Gb
S,
H,
F
Dual
U160
Hotswap
0/
1761.6GB
48x20x
16/
14
7/
7
8685C1X
3.0/400 4MB L3
1/
4
1GB/
24GB
Tower
2/
4
P, Y 1Gb
S,
H,
F
Dual
U160
Hotswap
0/
1761.6GB
48x20x
16/
14
7/
7
Integrated Ethernet
512MB
/24GB
Memory (Std/Max)4
1/
4
2.0/400 1MB L3
Power Supply Quantity (Std/Max)
868571X
Form Factor
Part Number1, 2
85
Bays (Total/Avail)6
Slots (Total/Avail)
P, Y 1Gb
S,
H,
F
Optical Drive
2/
4
Rack
(7U)
Form Factor
1GB/
24GB
Storage Controller
Memory (Std/Max)4
1/
4
Integrated Ethernet
3.0/400 4MB L3
8685CRX
Part Number1, 2
Dual
U160
Hotswap
0/
1761.6GB
48x20x
16/
14
7/
7
Notes:
1. Tower models ship standard with keyboard and mouse. See Power and Accessories section for tower-torack conversion kit.
2. Rack models are housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ship standard without a keyboard or
mouse. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
3. Intel Xeon MP processor with integrated full-speed ECC L3 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) access to
memory and I/O buses.
4. Advanced Chipkill ECC memory, supporting two and four-way interleaving and hot-spare
configurations. Maximum memory is based on 12 2GB DIMMs.
5. Maximum internal HDD storage capacity is based on 12 hot-swap 146.8GB HDDs, which requires the
optional 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit. Both the standard and optional hot-swap HDD
backplanes are Ultra320. The integrated controller is Ultra160.
6. Total number of bays includes the standard bays plus six additional bays provided by installation of the
optional 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit.
7. Model 7EU ships standard with a ServeRAID-6M Controller (256MB) connected to three 73.4 GB SCSI
HDDs.
86
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Processor Options
SMP
Support1
90P0017
73P8805
-
2.0GHz/400MHz-1MB L3 Cache Upgrade with Xeon Processor MP
7xX
26K5912
13N0747
-
AxX
26K5913
13N0746
-
BxX
26K5914
13N0745
-
CxX
Notes:
1. Three additional processors may be installed, providing a maximum of four. All processors must be
identical in type, speed, and cache size. See diagram for order of installation.
Figure 19. Top view of x255 planar
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Featire
Code
25P2754
33L3281
-
256MB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM
25P2755
33L3283
-
512MB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM
33L3186
33L3285
-
1GB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM
73P2574
33L3287
-
2GB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM3
Notes:
1. To support two-way interleaving, optional DIMMs must be installed in pairs up to a maximum of six
DIMMs including the standard DIMMs. To support four-way interleaving, the first two optional DIMMs
are installed to complete one four-way set, then the next two sets are installed, each of which includes
four matching DIMMs. All DIMMs in a set must be the same density and technology, but the sets are not
required to match other sets. Four-way interleaving provides improved performance benefits over twoway interleaving. Chipkill support is provided on the memory card. See DIMM order of Installation table
below.
2. Hot-spare memory is supported for both two and four-way interleaving.
3. When 2GB DIMMs are installed, the BIOS and diagnostic firmware must be later than version 1.02.
87
Model
71X, 7RX, A1X, ARX
2 x 256MB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM
Bxx, Cxx
2 x 512MB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM
7EU
4 x 1GB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM
Figure 20. x255 memory riser card
DIMM Order of Installation and Hot Spare Memory Configuration
Interleaving
DIMM Set
Quantity of DIMMs
Bank
Spare Memory1
2-way2
D2, D8
2
3
-
2-way
D4, D10
4
2
Bank 3
2-way
D6, D12
6
1
Bank 3
4-way2
D1, D2, D7, D8
4
3
-
4-way
D3, D4, D9, D10
8
2
Bank 3
4-way
D5, D6, D11, D12
12
1
Bank 3
Notes:
1. Two DIMMs installed in D2 and D8 are standard in base models with two-way interleaving enabled. If
two-way interleaving is maintained, then a pair of DIMMs can be installed in D4 and D8 and two more in
D6 and D12. If four-way interleaving is enabled, DIMMs must be added in D1 and D7 to complete Bank
3, then four DIMMs are added in Bank 2 and four more DIMMs can be added in Bank 1.
2. If Hot Spare Memory is enabled by the system BIOS, memory bank 3 is used as a spare bank in the event
of DIMM failure. Bank 3 serves as a hot spare for both banks 1 and 2. Hot Spare Memory does not apply
when only two DIMMs are installed or when only four DIMMs are installed with four-way interleaving.
Hot Spare Memory is not addressable by the CPU until activated. Memory density and technology must
be the same in both the active and spare banks.
88
COG
xSeries 255 Internal SCSI Cabling
The xSeries 255 contains 10 standard bays with the option of adding an additional six
HDD bays. The six standard slim-line hot-swap HDD bays are located on the upper
left half of the front of both tower and rack models. Four removable media bays are
located on the right-side front of the chassis. The top bay contains the standard floppy
disk drive and the second bay from the top contains the standard CD-ROM drive. The
remaining two removable media bays support tape or optical drive options.
The standard Ultra320 hot-swap backplane supports six hot-swap HDD bays. The
backplane is connected to the integrated dual-channel, Ultra160 SCSI controller
through a standard 16-bit LVD SCSI cable. If internal RAID support is required, this
cable can be used to connect the backplane to a supported RAID controller. A second
optional hot-swap backplane with six hot-swap HDD bays is supported for
installation directly below the standard backplane. The optional backplane can be
configured as an independent SCSI bus with the addition of an optional SCSI storage
controller or it can be configured with the six standard hot-swap HDD bays by
connecting each of the hot-swap backplanes to separate connectors of a two- or fourchannel RAID controller. The optional backplane cannot be connected to the
integrated SCSI controller if the standard backplane remains connected, and there is
no accommodation for connecting the two backplanes directly.
Supported internal tape drives include a 34-inch terminated SCSI cable for connecting
optional tape drives to either a supported SCSI controller or to channel A of the
integrated SCSI controller if the hot-swap backplane is connected to an optional
controller. The standard CD-ROM is cabled to the IDE port on the planar through a
two-drop IDE cable.
External attachment of supported SCSI devices requires installation of the optional
External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164), which provides a SCSI cable with an
external 0.8mm VHDCI connector that attaches to the rear of the chassis and connects
at the other end to the 68-pin connector of channel B on the planar.
89
xSeries 255 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity1
HDD
SSL
-
-
36.4GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hotswap HDD
SSL
1... 12
12
HDD
SSL
-
-
Description
-
90P1380
-
90P1335
90P1318
5204
-
90P1381
-
90P1329
90P1305
5202
SSL
1... 12
12
90P1336
90P1319
5205
SSL
1... 12
12
-
90P1382
-
HDD
SSL
-
-
90P1330
90P1306
5203
SSL
1... 12
12
-
32P0727
-
-
-
-
-
32P0728
-
-
-
-
Associated Options
32P1945
32P8163
-
6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion
Kit3
-
6... 12
1
33P3129
32P8164
-
External SCSI Interface Kit4
-
-
1
Optical Devices5
26K8792
32R2905
4103
Bays
Supported
DVD-ROM/CD-RW Combo Drive6
A, B, C
7
-
90
17331RU
-
Form
Factor
Rack (3U)
8
-
-
09N7296
-
EXP Rack-to-Tower Conversion Kit
-
171010U
-
Rack (3U)
-
17401RU
-
Rack (3U)
-
172260U
-
FAStT600 Storage Server (US line cord,
English pubs)
Rack (3U)
-
17226LU
-
Rack (3U)
-
1724100
-
Rack (3U)
COG
Notes:
1. Maximum quantity requires installation of 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit (P/N 32P8163),
which supports bays seven through 12.
2. xSeries 255 contains an Ultra320 hot-swap backplane connected to an integrated Ultra160 storage
controller. In order to support Ultra320 speeds, an Ultra320 storage controller must be installed.
3. xSeries 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit is used to provide an additional hot-swap backplane
supporting a single SCSI channel with up to six HDDs.
4. Required to enable a 0.8mm VHDCI external connector for external SCSI attachment to the second
channel of the integrated controller. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers for
additional information.
5. Standard optical drive is installed in Bay A.
6. Audio and video are not supported for DVD-ROM drives. The drive reads data signals only.
7. Not supported by the onboard external SCSI port. To configure an external SCSI storage devices, select
an optional SCSI controller then refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to confirm that
the controller supports the desired External Storage Expansion Unit and to select a supported cable. For
HDD or other expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section. For Fibre Channel storage
devices, refer to the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section.
8. To convert an EXP Storage Unit to a tower form factor the EXP Rack-to-Tower Conversion Kit is
required.
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
-
89mm (3.5in)
SL
Yes
FDD
RM A
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
CD-ROM
133mm (5.25in)
1
Yes
Open
1
RM B
Note:
HH
RM C
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Yes
Open
(1... 12)2
HS
SL
Yes
Open
Install HDDs in the same order as bays are numbered, i.e., bays one to 12.
Notes:
1. Two half-high (HH) bays can be combined to support a single full-high (FH) device.
2. Optional 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit (P/N 32P8163) is required to support bays seven
through 12.
Figure 21. xSeries 255 front view
91
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Option
Number
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Slots
Support1 Supported1
HotPlug2
02R0996
02R0988
1653
Cache)4
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 7
-
02R0995
32P0033
1654
Cache)4
Full
64-bit
133MHz
1 ... 7
-
-
13N2249
-
Ultra 320 SCSI Controller 25
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 7
-
-
-
-
-
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 7
X
Internal RAID Cable
02R2046
02R2068
9252
Ultra320 Internal Single-drop 24in
LVD SCSI Cable4
Options6
24P0963
24P0960
1650
-
174290U
-
FAStT900 Storage Server (US line
cord)
-
-
-
-
-
17421RU
-
FAStT700 Fibre Channel Storage
Server
-
-
-
-
-
172260U
-
cord, English pubs)
-
-
-
-
-
1724100
-
-
-
-
-
-
2005H08
-
TotalStorage SAN Fabric Switch
Model H08
-
-
-
-
-
2005H16
-
Model H16
-
-
-
-
-
202612E
-
TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch,
12-Port
-
-
-
-
Networking7
31P9605
31P9601
1512
Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 7
X
25P2889
06P3601
1526
Half
32-bit
1 ... 7
X
73P3605
73P3601
1507
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 7
-
73P4005
73P4001
1509
Adapter8
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 7
-
73P4105
73P4101
1510
NetXtreme 1000 T + Ethernet
Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 7
-
73P4205
73P4201
1511
NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 7
-
92
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Option
Number
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Slots
Support1 Supported1
HotPlug2
Other I/O9
-
1519100
1519100
Integrated xSeries Adapter for
iSeries10
Full
64-bit/
66MHz
210
-
Half
32-bit/
33MHz
1
-
System Management
02R1676
59P2984
-
Remote Supervisor Adapter II11
Notes:
1. The 5v slots support universal or 5v adapters. The 3.3v slots support universal or 3.3v adapters. A higher
frequency adapter plugged into a lower frequency slot will operate at the slot frequency. A lower
frequency (e.g., 33MHz) adapter plugged into a higher frequency (e.g., 66MHz) slot limits other adapters
installed on the same bus to the lower frequency. A 64-bit adapter installed into a 32-bit slot will transfer
data at 32-bit rates. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based
servers.
2. Slots two through seven are hot-plugable. For Network Operating System support access
www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.
3. All models include a dual-port, dual-channel, 64-bit Wide Ultra160 SCSI controller with one internal
connector connected to the standard hot-swap backplane with a standard Ultra160 SCSI cable. The
second connector supports one external port, which is enabled by installing an External SCSI Interface
Kit (P/N 32P8164) with a 0.8mm VHDCI connector.
4. Cable option 02R2068 is required when connecting internal HDDs to ServeRAID-6M adapters.
7. xSeries 255 includes an integrated copper Broadcom 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet controller, which
supports Wake on LAN.
9. xSeries 255 includes four USB ports, one external serial port and two integrated RS-485 system
management interconnect ports located on the back of the system chassis. Connection of the standard
service processor to other servers in an interconnect network requires a customer-supplied Cat5 cable.
10. The Integrated xSeries Adapter for iSeries allows interconnectivity with an IBM eServer iServer server.
This card occupies two slot positions. It is restricted to slot two. Remote Supervisor Adapter I or II must
also be installed.
11. Connection of the external AC power supply provided with the option is not required.
93
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Power1
48P7713
31P6133
-
370w Reversed Fan Hot-swap Redundant Power Supply
-
21301TX
-
UPS750TLV
-
21302TX
-
UPS750THV
-
21303TX
-
UPS1000TLV
-
21304TX
-
UPS1000THV
-
21305TX
-
UPS1500TLV
-
21306TX
-
UPS1500THV
Rack-mount Uninterruptible Power Supply
94
-
32P1020
-
-
2130R30
-
UPS3000XLV3
-
2130R31
-
UPS3000XHV3
-
32P1692
-
-
21306RX
-
UPS 7500XHV4
-
21308RX
-
UPS 10000XHV4
-
25R5582
-
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Monitors6
-
90P0717
-
business black
-
17231UX
-
-
17231NX
-
-
17232UX
-
-
17232NX
-
Notes:
1. xSeries 255 includes two 370w hot-swap power supplies with the ability to accept two additional 370w
Reversed Fan Hot-swap Redundant Power Supplies (P/N 31P6133). Each power supply bus in rack
models includes an IEC 9ft rack power cable (P/N 36L8886) for attachment to NetBAY Rack Plus and
high voltage UPS units. The US country kit for rack models includes two NEMA 5-15P cords (P/N
6952300) for connection to a low voltage UPS, low voltage PDU or wall outlet. Tower models ship with
two 1.8m NEMA 5-15P cords (P/N 6952301). Each of the two standard power supplies is installed on a
separate bus. Installation of one optional power supply on each bus is required to achieve full power
redundancy. Additional power cords are not used.
6. xSeries 255 uses an integrated ATI Rage XL video controller with 8MB of memory.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Codes
Description
Conversion Kits
-
32P1474
-
Rack and NetBAY1
Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for information concerning IBM
racks and rack-supported devices.
Console Connectivity2
-
1735L04
-
NetBAY Local Console Manager
-
1735R16
-
NetBAY Remote Console Manager
-
32P1636
-
-
32P1652
-
-
09N4290
-
-
09N4291
-
95
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Codes
Description
Keyboard and Mouse3
02R3206
25R6968
8800
32P4092
90P0740
-
13M7124
90P0743
8908
Notes:
1. xSeries 255 rack models are housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and require one of the racks listed in
the Rack Cabinets and Options section.
2. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these
options.
3. xSeries 255 rack models ship without a keyboard or mouse.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Bays
Supported
Storage
Interface
32P8861
00N7991
5353
20/40GB DDS/4 4mm
Internal Tape Drive2
B, C
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in)
HH or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
45591UX
71P9187
59P6745
5356
80/160GB VS160 SCSI
Tape Drive
B, C
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
45591UX
-
59P6717
-
100/200GB LTO Tape
Drive
B, C
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
24P7303
59P6736
5361
160/320GB SDLT Tape
Drive
B, C
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
71P9165
59P6744
5358
200/400GB LTO Full-High
Tape Drive
B, C
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
-
25R0012
-
-
Ultra160
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
Tape Drives
400/800GB LTO
Generation 3 SCSI Tape
Drive
Form Factor
Ext Tape
Enclosures1
Tape Autoloaders
96
-
00N7992
-
120/240GB DDS/4 Tape
Autoloader
B+C
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
-
36232LX
-
200/400GB 2U LTO
Generation 2 Tape
Autoloader 3623 Model
2LX
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
36232SX
-
1.28TB/2.56TB 36232SX
SDLT320 Tape Autoloader
-
Ultra320
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
18P9133
-
TotalStorage Ultrium LVD
Tape Drive 3580 Model
L23
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Stand-alone
or 5U Rack3
-
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
-
3581L28
-
-
3581F28
-
Bays
Supported
Storage
Interface
Form Factor
Tape 2U Autoloader 3581
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Stand-alone
or 2U Rack3
-
TotalStorage Ultrium Fibre
Tape 2U Autoloader 3581
-
2Gb Fibre
Channel
Stand-alone
or 2U Rack3
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
1U Rack
-
-
-
-
-
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
-
-
Tape Drives
Ext Tape
Enclosures1
-
45591UX
-
NetBay 1U xSeries Tape
Enclosure
External Tape Libraries5
-
-
-
Associated Options
33P3129
Note:
32P8164
-
Notes:
1. To determine external cable requirements, note the tape drive’s SCSI interface, the appropriate SCSI
controller from the system configurator section and the desired enclosure, then refer to ’Cables - Storage
Units - Controllers’.
2. The standard internal media power cable is not long enough to connect to this tape drive in xSeries 255.
An optional longer media power cable is available (FRU# 24P1054).
4. An external cable is included. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a rack (allow an additional 1U in rack
for fixed shelf).
6. Required to connect one channel of the integrated SCSI controller to the 0.8mm VHDCI external port,
which cannot be enabled if both channels of the integrated controller are connected internally. If both
SCSI channels are being used for internal use, an optional SCSI controller is required to support external
SCSI tape attachment.
97
98
COG
Form Factor
Hot-swap (Power, Slots, HDD, Fans)
Integrated Ethernet
Storage Controller3
Optical Drive
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
3.16GHz
667MHz - 1M L2
Cache
1/
4
2GB/
32GB
Tower
(7U)
2/
3
P, Y
H,
F,
S
Dual
1GB
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/
3600GB
48x-20x
CD-ROM
16/
14
6/
6
88651RY
3.16GHz
667MHz - 1M L2
Cache
1/
4
2GB/
32GB
Rack
(7U)
2/
3
P, Y
H,
F,
S
Dual
1GB
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/
3600GB
48x-20x
CD-ROM
16/
14
6/
6
886521Y
3.66GHz
667MHz - 1M L2
Cache
1/
4
2GB/
32GB
Tower
(7U)
2/
3
P, Y
H,
F,
S
Dual
1GB
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/
3600GB
48x-20x
CD-ROM
16/
14
6/
6
88652RY
3.66GHz
667MHz - 1M L2
Cache
1/
4
2GB/
32GB
Rack
(7U)
2/
3
P, Y
H,
F,
S
Dual
1GB
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/
3600GB
48x-20x
CD-ROM
16/
14
6/
6
886512Y
3.16GHz
667MHz - 1M L2
Cache
1/
4
1GB/
32GB
Tower
(7U)
2/
3
P, Y
H,
F,
S
Dual
1GB
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/
3600GB
48x-20x
CD-ROM
16/
14
6/
6
88651SY
3.16GHz
667MHz - 1M L2
Cache
1/
4
1GB/
32GB
Rack
(7U)
2/
3
P, Y
H,
F,
S
Dual
1GB
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/
3600GB
48x-20x
CD-ROM
16/
14
6/
6
8865E1Y
3.66GHz
667MHz - 1M L2
Cache
2/
4
4GB/
32GB
Tower
(7U)
2/
3
P, Y
H,
F,
S
Dual
1GB
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/
3600GB
48x-20x
CD-ROM
16/
14
6/
6
8865E2Y
3.16GHz
667MHz 1M L2
Cache
1/
4
1GB/
32GB
Tower
(7U)
2/
3
P, Y
H,
F,
S
Dual
1GB
SAS
Hotswap
0GB/
3600GB
48x-20x
CD-ROM
16/
14
6/
6
Memory (Std/Max)2
886511Y
Part Number1
99
Notes:
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8885-1RY is 8865-1RU. See
2. System memory may be expanded to 64 GB by removing the standard DIMMs and adding 3 memory
expansion card options and a 4 GB PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR-2 SDRAM RDIMM in each of the four
DIMM sockets, when 4GB DIMMs become available.
3. If RAID is required on the onboard SAS controller, the ServeRAID 8i SAS RAID Controller is required to
support RAID.
4. Maximum capacity is based on twelve 300GB 3.5" SAS HDDs.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
13M7421
13N0694
0346
3.16GHz/667MHz-1M L2 Cache, 0M L3 Cache
11Y, 1RY, 12Y,
1SY
13M7423
13N0695
0347
3.66GHz/667MHz-1M L2 Cache, 0M L3 Cache
21Y, 2RY, E1Y
Description
SMP Support1
Notes:
1.
Three additional processors may be installed, providing a maximum of four. All processors must be
identical in type, speed, and cache size. 1, 2, and 4 way configurations are supported.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Memory Cards1
13M7285
13M7409
4219
4-DIMM DDR2 MEMORY CARD
Memory DIMMs
73P2874
0504
73P2866
73P2875
2GB (2x1GB Kit) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM (512Mb)
0512
73P2867
73P2873
0503
Notes:
1.
At least one memory card is required. A total of four memory cards with four DIMM slots each may be
installed allowing a total of 16 DIMMs per chassis.
100
COG
Model
11Y, 1RY, 21Y, 2RY
2 x 1GB PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR-2 SDRAM RDIMM
Figure 23. x260 DIMMs
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Bays
Height Supported
Max Qty
SAS Hard Drives
26K5716
26K5710
5282
146GB 10K 3.5" SAS Hot-Swap HDD
SL
1-12
12
26K5705
26K5699
5284
SL
1- 12
12
26K5717
26K5711
5283
SL
1- 12
12
26K5703
26K5697
5285
SL
1- 12
12
26K5715
26K5709
5281
SL
1- 12
12
26K5704
26K5698
5286
SL
1- 12
12
-
-
-
HH
A
1
Associated Options
-
13M7864
-
6-Drive 3.5" SAS Backplace Upgrade
Kit1
Optical Drives
26K8792
32R2905
-
-
32P0902
-
Slim-line CD-ROM Drive
-
A
1
-
26K8766
-
Slim-line DVD-ROM/CD-RW Drive
-
A
1
26K8793
32R2906
-
Multiburner Drive
HH
A
1
External Storage Units
Form
Factor
101
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
-
17331RU
-
Bays
Height Supported
Description
IBM EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit
Max Qty
Rack
(3U)
Notes:
1.
The optional 6-drive SAS backplane upgrade kit is available to increase the total hot-swap bays to 12 hotswap bays.
102
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
HS
SL
Y
OPEN
2
HS
SL
Y
OPEN
3
HS
SL
Y
OPEN
4
HS
SL
Y
OPEN
5
HS
SL
Y
OPEN
6
HS
SL
Y
OPEN
7
HS
SL
Y
OPEN
8
HS
SL
Y
OPEN
9
HS
SL
Y
OPEN
10
HS
SL
Y
OPEN
11
HS
SL
Y
OPEN
12
HS
SL
Y
OPEN
A
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Y
OPEN
B
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Y
OPEN
C
133mm (5.25in)
HH
Y
OPEN
-
89mm (3.5in)
SL
Y
FDD
COG
Figure 24. x260 front view
103
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI Support
Slots
Supported
Storage Controllers
02R0995
32P0033
1654
ServeRAID-6M Ultra 320 SCSI
Controller 128MB Cache with battery
Full
64-bit/133MHz
1-6
02R0996
02R0988
1653
Controller 256MB Cache with battery
Full
64-bit/133MHz
1-6
13N2232
13N2227
1664
ServeRAID 8i SAS RAID Controller
Half
64-bit/133MHZ
Dedicated
slot
13N2252
13N2249
1656
Half
64-bit/133MHz
1-6
Half
64-bit/133MHz
1-6
External Disk Systems and Options
24P0963
24P0960
1650
FAStT FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter
-
2005H08
-
TotalStorage Fibre Channel Switch H08
-
-
-
-
2005H16
-
TotalStorage Fibre Channel Switch H16
-
-
-
-
2006L10
-
TotalStorage Storage Switch
-
-
-
-
2034212
-
McData 4300 Fabric Switch (12-port)
-
-
-
-
2061-020
-
Cisco MDS 9120 Multilayer Fabric
Switch
-
-
-
-
2061-040
-
Cisco MDS 9140 Multilayer Fabric
Switch
-
-
-
Networking
31P9605
31P9601
1512
PRO/1000 MT Server Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/1333MHz
1-6
73P2705
73P2701
1513
Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/1333MHz
1-6
73P3605
73P3601
1507
iSCSI Server Adapter
Half
64-bit/1333MHz
1-6
73P4005
73P4001
1509
NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber Ethernet
Adapter 2
Half
64-bit/1333MHz
1-6
73P4105
73P4101
1510
NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet Adapter 2
Half
64-bit/1333MHz
1-6
73P4205
73P4201
1511
NetXtreme 1000 T Dual Port Ethernet
Adapter 2
Half
64-bit/1333MHz
1-6
73P5105
73P5101
1579
PRO/1000 GT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel
Half
64-bit/1333MHz
1-6
73P5205
73P5201
1580
PRO/1000 GT Quad Port Server
Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/1333MHz
1-6
30R5005
30R5001
1566
10 GB Ethernet Adapter
Half
64-bit/1333MHz
1-6
-
-
-
Systems Management
13M7288
104
COG
73P9341
1603
Remote Supervisor Adapter II Daughter
Card
Notes:
1.
Internal tape drives are only supported with adapter in slot 1 or 2.
105
SLOT
Type
Bus
Voltage (V)
Frequency
MHz
Data Path
Active PCI?
(Hotswap)
Slot length
Dedicated
Raid Slot
PCI-X
1
Universal
66
64
N
Special
PCI Slot 1
PCI-X 2.0
2
Universal
266
64
Y
Full
PCI Slot 2
PCI-X 2.0
4
Universal
266
64
Y
Full
PCI Slot 3
PCI-X 2.0
6
Universal
266
64
Y
Full
PCI Slot 4
PCI-X 2.0
8
Universal
266
64
Y
Full
PCI Slot 5
PCI-X 2.0
A
Universal
266
64
Y
Full
PCI Slot 6
PCI-X 2.0
C
Universal
266
64
Y
Full
SBB Number
Option Number
Description
Power1
-
13M7415
775W Power Supply
Uninterruptible Power Supply
-
2130R31
UPS3000XHV 200-240V
-
2130R30
UPS3000XLU 100-127V
-
32P1692
Notes:
1.
xSeries 260 ships standard with two 775W hot-swap capable power supplies.
106
COG
SBB Number
Option Number
Description
Rack Console Connectivity
-
09N4290
1x4 port Console Switch
-
09N4291
-
1735L04
-
1735R16
-
32R0719
Tower to Rack Conversion Kit1
Monitors
-
90P0721
-
90P0725
C170 17" (VIS: 16.0) CRT business black full flat screen shadow mask monitor
-
90P0717
L150p 15" business black flat panel LCD monitor
Keyboard and Mouse
-
39M7228
USB UltraNav Keyboard
-
90P0777
USB Enhanced Performance Keyboard
-
90P0740
PS/2 Sleek 2-Button Mechanical Ball Mouse
-
90P0741
USB ScrollPoint Pro 800 DPI Optical Mouse
-
90P0742
USB ScrollPoint 800 DPI Optical Mouse
Other Accessories
-
-
-
Notes:
1.
Provides hardware needed to convert the tower unit into a 7U-high rack-mounted server.
107
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Bays
Supported
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Ext Tape
Encl
Tape Drives
71P9199
59P6736
5358
Drive (Full High)
B, C
SCSI
FH 133mm
(5.25 in)
0034B0X
45594UX
71P9165
59P6744
5358
200/400GB LTO FH Tape
Drive
B, C
SCSI
FH 133mm
(5.25 in)
0034B0X
45594UX
71P9187
59P6745
5356
80/160 GB Half High VS160
Tape Drive
B,C
SCSI
HH 89mm
(3.5 in)
0034B0X
45594UX
71P9166
59P6746
5359
VXA-2 80/160GB Tape
Drive
B, C
SCSI
HH 89mm
(3.5 in)
0034B0X
45594UX
24P7303
59P6736
5361
Drive (Full High)
B, C
SCSI
FH 133mm
(5.25 in)
0034B0X
45594UX
32P8861
00N7991
5353
20/40GB DDS/4 4mm SCSI
Tape Drive
B,C
SCSI
HH 89mm
(3.5 in)
0034B0X
45594UX
Tape Autoloaders
-
36232LX
-
LTO2 1x8 Tape Autoloader
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
36232SX
-
SDLT 320 1x8 Tape
Autoloader
-
Ultra320
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
5U Rack
-
-
4560SLX
-
Library
-
4559FHX
-
2U Full High Stand Alone
SCSI Tape Drive Enclosure
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop or
Rack Shelf
(4.41in tall)
-
-
45594UX
-
Drive Enclosure
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
4U Rack
-
-
0034B0X
-
NetBAY Tape Enclosure
(Rack Mount)
-
-
-
-
Notes:
1.
A minimum of 1 FH and a maximum of 2 HH tape drives may be installed in this system.
108
COG
-
N Dual
1Gb
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
293.6GB8
CD-ROM 4/1 2/2
24x-10x
88361Sx
2.8/
8001MB
L2
1/
1
512MB/
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
320GB
CD-ROM 4/2 2/2
24x-10x
88362Mx
3.0/
8001MB
L2
1/
1
512MB/
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
293.6GB8
CD-ROM 4/1 2/2
24x-10x
88362Sx
3.0/
8001MB
L2
1/
1
512MB/
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
320GB
CD-ROM 4/2 2/2
24x-10x
88364MY9
3.2/
8001MB
L29
1/
1
512MB/
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
293.6GB8
CD-ROM 4/1 2/2
24x-10x
88364SY9
3.2/
8001MB
L29
1/
1
512MB/
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
320GB
CD-ROM 4/2 2/2
24x-10x
88365MY9
3.4/
8001MB
L29
1/
1
512MB/
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
293.6GB10
CD-ROM 4/1 2/2
24x-10x
8836E1Y
3.2/
800 2MB
L2
1/
1
1GB/
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
U320
Fixed
36.4GB/
293.6GB
CD-ROM 4/1 2/2
24x-10x
Slots (Total/Avail)
Storage Controller6
1/1
Bays (Total/Avail)
Rack
(1U)
Optical Drive
512MB/
4GB
Form Factor
1/
1
Integrated Ethernet
Memory (Std/Max)4
2.8/
8001MB
L2
CPU/FSB Speed (GHz/MHz) - Cache 3
88361Mx
Part Number1, 2
109
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
SATA11
Simpleswap
0GB/
320GB
84892MY12
3.0/
8001MB
L2
1/
1
512MB /
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1GB
U320
Fixed
36.4GB /
293.6GB
CD-ROM
(24x-10x)
4/
1
2/
2
84892SY12
3.0/
8001MB
L2
1/
1
512MB /
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
320GB
CD-ROM
(24x-10x)
4/
2
2/
2
84894MY12
3.2/
8001MB
L2
1/
1
512MB /
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
U320
Fixed
36.4GB /
293.6GB
CD-ROM
(24x-10x)
4/
1
2/2
84894SY12
3.2/
8001MB
L2
1/
1
512MB /
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
320GB
CD-ROM
(24x-10x)
4/
2
2/2
84895MY12
3.4/
8001MB
L2
1/
1
512MB /
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
U320
Fixed
36.4GB /
293.6GB
CD-ROM 4/1 2/2
(24x-10x)
84895SY12
3.4/
8001MB
L2
1/
1
512MB /
4GB
Rack
(1U)
1/1
-
N Dual
1Gb
SATA
Simpleswap
0GB/
320GB
CD-ROM 4/2 2/2
(24x-10x)
Part Number1, 2
Note:
110
Slots (Total/Avail)
Rack
(1U)
Bays (Total/Avail)
1GB/
4GB
Optical Drive
1/
1
Storage Controller6
Form Factor
3.2/
800 2MB
L2
Integrated Ethernet
Memory (Std/Max)4
8836E2Y
CPU/FSB Speed (GHz/MHz) - Cache 3
CD-ROM 4/2 2/2
24x-10x
xSeries 306 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. This
system also provides dual integrated Intel gigabit Ethernet controllers (WOL, ASF 2.0), four USB ports (two
front/two rear), one RS-232 serial port, an integrated ATI 7000M video controller with 16MB of memory,
supports a single 300w power supply, and comes with a one year parts and labor warranty.
COG
Notes:
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8836-1Mx is 8836-1MU.
numbers.
2. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies: 1Mx --> 11X, 1Sx --> 15X, 2Mx --> 21X, 2Sx --> 25X,
4MY --> 41X, 4SY --> 45X, 5MY --> 51X, 5SY --> 55X. L.A. and A.P. models 4xX and 5xY will need the last
digit (X) substituted with a country-specific designator. For example, Model 31X may become 31L.
3. Unless footnoted otherwise, models ship with Intel Pentium 4 processors with advanced transfer L2
cache and 800MHz Front-side Bus (FSB).
4. Models with 3.0GHz CPU or below, ship with PC2700 ECC DDR unbuffered DIMMs. Models with a
3.2GHz and above CPU, ship with PC3200 ECC DDR unbuffered DIMMs.
5. See "Power and Accessories" section for more information on the power supplies.
6. Integrated single channel Ultra320 SCSI storage controller on SCSI models, two SATA controllers on
SATA models supporting one HDD per controller. Both the SCSI and SATA integrated controllers
7. Maximum capacity for SCSI models is based on two 146.8GB hot-swap SCSI HDDs. Maximum capacity
for SATA models is based on two 160GB SATA HDDs.
9. Intel Pentium 4 processor with Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T), L2 cache and an 800MHz
Front-side Bus (FSB).
11. The 8836-E2Y machine type includes a ServeRAID 7t adapter.
12. The 8836 machine type carries a one year limited parts and labor warranty. 8489 carries a three year
limited parts and labor warranty.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
74P5096
06P4053
-
74P5097
06P4054
-
74P5098
06P4055
-
74P5112
06P4049
-
74P5113
06P4050
-
74P5114
06P4051
-
Note:
Memory Options1, 2
All DIMM options are unbuffered DIMMs.
Notes:
1. A maximum of 4GB of memory is supported via 4 DIMM slots.
2. A single DIMM configuration is valid if installed in socket DIMM 1. Otherwise, DIMMs must be
configured in matched pairs starting with DIMM sockets 1 and 3, then 2 and 4. Single DIMM models
require the standard DIMM either be matched or removed, before adding additional memory in pairs.
PC2700 and PC3200 DIMMs can coexist in the same system if the memory configuration/installation
rules are followed (i.e., matched pairs). However, all memory will operate at the lowest installed speed.
111
Model
1Mx, 1Sx, 2Mx, 2Sx
4MY, 4SY, 5MY, 5SY
E1Y, E2Y
2 x 1GB PC3200 ECC DDR DIMM
Fixed (Nonhot-swap) SCSI Models
xSeries 306 fixed SCSI models are cabled internally with a single, 2-drop (68-pin),
terminated, 16-bit LVD SCSI cable, connecting the SCSI controller to installed HDDs.
Simple-swap SATA
Simple-swap SATA models provide two point-to-point SATA cables supporting one
SATA HDD each.
All models provide a single ATA-100 IDE connector cabled to the standard optical
device via a single-drop IDE cable.
112
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity
02R8747
73P8002
5245
SL
3, 4
2
02R8748
73P8003
5246
SL
3, 4
2
73P8015
73P8006
5243
SL
3, 4
2
2
-
26K5678
-
SL
3, 4
2
-
26K5679
-
SL
3, 4
2
32P0751
32P0784
5238
SL
3, 4
2
32P0754
32P0724
5222
SL
3, 4
2
32P0752
32P0785
5220
SL
3, 4
2
-
90P1314
-
SL
3, 4
2
32P0755
32P0725
5223
SL
3, 4
2
-
32P0799
-
SL
3, 4
2
Optical Devices
3
-
22P7047
-
8x Max DVD-ROM Drive
UltraSlim
1
1
32P0902
-
4109
UltraSlim
1
1
26K8766
-
4119
UltraSlim
1
1
-
17401RU
-
DS4000 EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit
Form
Factor
Rack
(3U)
Notes:
1. Audio not supported for DVD-ROM drives. The drive provides data input/output only.
2. Mixing of different HDD technologies is not supported.
3. The xSeries 306 ships standard with a slim high 24x-10x CD-ROM Drive.
Note:
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
133mm (5.25in)
Slim
yes
Std. Optical
2
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes
Std. FDD
3
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes
Std. HDD1
4
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes
HDD
Install first HDD in bay three.
113
Notes:
1.
Standard HDD on nonopen-bay module is installed in bay 3.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support1
Slots
Supported
13N2194
13N2190
1665
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1
71P8651
71P8648
1651
Half
64-bit/
66MHz
1
-
13N2249
-
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
-
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1, 2
Fibre Storage Controllers and Options3
24P0963
24P0960
1650
-
2005H16
-
H16
-
-
-
-
202612E
-
TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch, 12-port
-
-
-
4, 5
Networking
25P2889
06P3601
1526
Half
32-bit/
33MHz
2
31P9605
31P9601
1512
PRO/1000 MT Server Ethernet Adapter
by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
_
73P2705
73P2701
1513
PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Ethernet
Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
-
73P4005
73P4001
1509
NetXtreme 1000 + SX Fiber Ethernet
Adapter6
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
-
73P4105
73P4101
1510
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
-
73P4205
73P4201
1511
NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Ethernet
Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
-
114
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support1
Slots
Supported
Half
32-bit/
33MHz
2
System Management
02R1676
59P2984
-
Notes:
1. xSeries 306 SCSI models ship with single channel, Ultra320 SCSI Controller installed in a dedicated miniPCI slot. SATA models ship with two integrated SATA controllers. Both the SCSI and SATA controllers
3. See the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.
4. xSeries 306 includes dual integrated copper-based, full-duplex, Intel gigabit Ethernet controllers
(82547GI and 82541GI).
5. If a low-profile adapter is selected, then slots 1 or 2 must be used.
Option
Number
Power1
Feature Code
32P1020
-
32P1022
-
APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400 RMiB
2130R30
-
UPS3000XLV
2130R31
-
UPS3000XHV
32P1692
-
115
Notes:
1. The xSeries 306 includes a 300w voltage sensing power supply with a single line cord.
116
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
-
1735L04
-
-
1735R16
-
-
09N4290
-
-
09N4291
-
-
32P1636
-
-
32P1652
-
-
73P5832
-
USB Conversion Option (four-pack)2
Monitors
-
17231UX
-
-
17231NX
-
-
17232UX
-
-
17232NX
-
Keyboard and Mouse5
02R3206
25R6968
8800
Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys business black6
02R3421
90P0740
8901
13M7124
90P0743
8909
Other Accessories
Note:
-
-
-
Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information concerning IBM racks and rack-supported devices.
Notes:
1. Refer to the Rack console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these
options.
2. Required to connect one of the USB ports on the server to either a Local or Remote Console Manager. This
option kit contains four 1.5m USB conversion option cables, four 14in lengths of Cat5 cable, four large
curly-lock cable connectors and an eight-pack of velcro strips.
5. xSeries 306 models ship standard with a mouse and full-size keyboard.
6. Installation within a rack requires an optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share
a keyboard tray with a flat panel display.
117
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Bays
Supported1
Storage
Interface
32P8861
00N7991
5353
20/40 GB DDS/4 4mm
Internal Tape Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in)
HH or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
45591UX
71P9176
71P9145
5355
SCSI Tape Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in)
HH or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
71P9187
59P6745
5356
80/160GB VS160 SCSI Tape
Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
45591UX
71P9166
59P6746
5359
80/160/GB VXA-2 SCSI
Tape Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
45591UX
-
59P6717
-
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
-
71P9165
59P6744
5358
Tape Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
-
25R0012
-
400/800GB LTO Generation
3 SCSI Tape Drive
-
Ultra160
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
Tape Drives
Form Factor
Ext Tape
Enclosures1
Tape Autoloaders
-
00N7992
-
120/240GB DDS/4 Tape
Autoloader
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
-
36232LX
-
200/400GB 2U LTO
Generation 2 Tape
Autoloader 3623 Model 2LX
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
36232SX
-
1.28TB/2.56TB 36232SX
-
Ultra320
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
18P9133
-
Tape Drive 3580 Model L23
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Stand-alone
or 5U Rack2
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
1U Rack
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
45591UX
-
Enclosure
External Tape Libraries3
-
-
-
Associated Options
-
-
-
-
Note:
Hot-swap models do not support installation of a SCSI tape drive on the same bus that supports the hot-swap
backplane.
Note:
118
COG
Notes:
1. xSeries 306 does not support internal tape drives and does not include an external SCSI connector. An
external tape library or internal tape drive with a tape enclosure, supported SCSI adapter and
appropriate cable must be selected. Select tape drive, enclosure and supported adapter then use
Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to select an appropriate external cable.
119
120
COG
The xSeries 336 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and also provides three USB ports (one front, two
rear), one 9-pin serial port, keyboard port, mouse port, video port and an integrated ATI Radeon 7000M
graphics controller with 16 MB of video memory. A keyboard, mouse and diskette drive is not provided.
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1GB
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
293.6GB8
DVDROM
(8X)
3/2
2/2
8837-02Y
2.8/800 1MB L2
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
F
Y Dual
1GB
SATA
Simple
-swap
0GB/
500GB9
DVDROM
(8X)
3/2
2/2
8837-0EY
2.8/800 1MB L2
1/
2
2GB/
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1GB
U320
Hotswap
146.8GB/
293.6GB10
DVDROM
(8X)
3/0
2/2
8837-11Y
3.0/800 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1GB
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
293.6GB8
DVDROM
(8X)
3/2
2/2
8837-41Y
3.6/800 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1GB
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
293.6GB8
DVDROM
(8X)
3/2
2/2
88374AY11
3.6/800 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1GB
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
293.6GB12
-13
4/4
2/2
8837-42Y
3.6/800 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
F
Y Dual
1GB
SATA
Simple
-swap
0GB/
500GB9
DVDROM
(8X)
3/2
2/2
8837-15Y
3.0/8002MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB14
DVDROM
(8x)
3/
2
2/
2
8837-16Y
3.0/8002MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1Gb
SATA
Simple
-swap
0GB /
500GB9, 14
DVDROM
(8x)
3/
2
2/
2
Optical Drive
512MB/
16GB
Storage Controller
Form Factor
1/
2
2.8/800 1MB L2
System Management Processor6
8837-01Y
Part Number1
121
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB14
-
4/
4
2/
2
8837-25Y
3.2/8002MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB14
DVDROM
(8x)
3/
2
2/
2
8837-35Y
3.4/8002MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB14
DVDROM
(8x)
3/
2
2/
2
8837-36Y
3.4/8002MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1Gb
SATA
Simple
-swap
0GB /
500GB9, 14
DVDROM
(8x)
3/
2
2/
2
8837-3VY
3.4/8002MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB14
-
4/
4
2/
2
8837-45Y
3.6/8002MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB14
DVDROM
(8x)
3/
2
2/
2
8837-E1Y
3.0/8002MB L2
1/
2
2GB /
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
146.8GB/
293.6GB10
DVDROM
(8x)
3/
2
2/
2
8837-E2Y
3.0/8002MB L2
1/
2
2GB /
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
72.8GB/
293.6GB15
-
4/
4
2/
2
8837-E3Y
3.2/8002MB L2
2/
2
2GB/
16GB
Rack
(1U)
2/
2
P,
H,
F
Y Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB14
DVDROM
(8x)
3/2
2/2
Optical Drive
1GB /
16GB
Storage Controller
Form Factor
1/
2
3.0/8002MB L2
8837-1VY
Part Number1
Notes:
character with the country-specific designator.
122
COG
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
High-speed, two-way interleaved PC2-3200 RDIMMs. Maximum capacity requires replacing the
standard DIMMs.
Memory-mirroring, hot-spare memory and Chipkill functions are supported. Chipkill is available on
See ‘Power and Accessories’ section for more information on the power supplies.
Dual Broadcom 5721 Gigabit Ethernet controllers.
SCSI models provide a single-channel, Ultra320 integrated SCSI controller which supports RAID-0 and
RAID-1. SATA models provide two SATA controllers supporting one HDD each.
Maximum capacity requires installing two 146.8GB 3.5in SCSI HDDs.
Maximum capacity requires installing two 250GB SATA HDDs.
Models 0EY and E1Y ships standard with two 73.4GB 3.5in SCSI HDDs.
This model supports the 2.5in SCSI SFF HDD and not the 3.5in SCSI SSL HDD.
Maximum capacity requires installing four 73.4GB 2.5in SCSI HDDs.
Models shipping with four 2.5in hot-swap HDD bays do not support an optical drive. Operating system
installation requires a network-based install or an external USB optical drive.
Capacities are based on installation of two 3.5-in 146 GB Ultra320 or four 2.5-in 73 GB Ultra320 HDDs
(SCSI models) or two 160 GB SATA HDDs (SATA models).
Model E2Y ships standard with two 36.4GB 2.5in SCSI HDDs.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
24R9286
13N0668
0300
0xY
24R9287
13N0669
0302
1xY
90P5195
13N0663
0303
-
90P5196
13N0664
0304
-
90P5197
13N0665
0305
4xY
32R0422
25R8904
0356
1xY, ExY
32R0424
25R8905
0357
3.2GHz/800MHz 2MB L2 Cache
2xY, ExY
32R0426
13N0666
0358
3xY
32R0428
13N0667
0359
4xY
Note:
SMP Support1
Processor Options
x336 processor options support Intel’s Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T).
Notes:
123
SBB Number1
Option
Number
Feature Code
90P0870
73P3523
0501
90P1218
73P3522
0502
73P2873
73P2865
0503
73P2874
73P2866
0504
73P4794
73P4792
0505
Note:
Memory Options
16GB of memory is supported via eight DIMM slots. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory
and six, then the DIMM slots seven and eight. Memory-mirroring requires all installed DIMMS to match and
Notes:
Model
Chipkill
01Y, 02Y
N
1xx, 2xx, 3xx, 4xx
N
Y
0EY, E1Y, E2Y, E3Y
124
COG
xSeries 336 hot-swap SCSI models are cabled internally with a single, 1-drop LVD
SCSI cable, connecting the integrated single-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller to the
hot-swap backplane.
Simple-swap SATA
xSeries 336 simple-swap SATA models provide two point-to-point SATA cables
connecting the two integrated SATA controllers to the SATA simple-swap backplane.
A single IDE device is supported on the 3.5in SCSI HDD models and the simple-swap
SATA models. An IDE device is not supported on the 2.5in SCSI HDD models.
External SCSI attachment requires an optional SCSI controller be installed.
125
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Max
Qty
73P8009
73P8002
-
SL
1, 2
2
90P1399
73P8003
5219
SL
1, 2
2
-
73P8006
-
SL
1, 2
2
-
30R5094
-
SSL
1, 2
-
-
30R5095
-
SSL
1, 2
-
-
30R5096
-
SSL
1, 2
-
-
30R5097
-
SSL
1, 2
-
2, 4
90P1324
32P0796
5200
36.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI SFF HDD
SFF5
1, 2, 3, 4
4
90P1325
32P0797
5201
73.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI SFF HDD
SFF5
1, 2, 3, 4
4
90P1386
90P1380
5232
SSL
1, 2
-
90P1335
90P1318
5204
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1387
90P1381
5233
SSL
1, 2
-
90P1329
90P1305
5202
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1336
90P1319
5205
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1388
90P1382
5234
146Gb 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI HDD
SSL
1, 2
-
90P1330
90P1306
5203
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1331
90P1307
5231
SSL
1, 2
-
6
Optical Devices
26K8787
73P3270
4100
8X Max DVD-ROM
UltraSlim
3
1
26K8788
73P3288
4101
Ultrabay Slim DVD-ROM/CD-RW Combo Drive
UltraSlim
3
1
126
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Form
Factor
-
17331RU
-
Rack
(3U)
-
17332RX
-
EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit (DC Power)
Rack
(3U)
-
171010U
-
Rack
(3U)
-
17401RU
-
Rack
(3U)
-
1724100
-
Rack
(3U)
-
172260U
-
Rack
(3U)
-
24P8215
-
FAStT600 Turbo Storage Server
Rack
(3U)
-
17226LU
-
Rack
(3U)
Bays
Supported1
Max
Qty
Notes:
3. These HDDs are offered for machine type 8837-E3Y.
4. Small Form Factor (SFF) HDDs are 2.5in wide and cannot be mixed with the 3.5in SSL HDDs.
5. See the At-A-Glance section for models that support SFF hard drives.
6. SFF SCSI HDD models do not support an optical drive. 3.5in SCSI HDD and SATA models ship standard
with an 8X Max DVD-ROM drive.
7. An optional SCSI, RAID or Fibre controller is required in order to attach to the system.
SATA and 3.5in SCSI HDD Models
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
2
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
3
133mm (5.25in)
Ultra-Slim
Yes
Std. Optical
127
2.5in SCSI HDD Models
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
63.5mm (2.5in)
SFF
Yes
HDD
2
63.5mm (2.5in)
SFF
Yes
HDD
3
63.5mm (2.5in)
SFF
Yes
HDD
4
63.5mm (2.5in)
SFF
Yes
HDD
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
HotPlug1
Storage Controllers
71P8633
13N2190
1660
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1
-
13N2252
13N2249
1656
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1, 23
-
02R0996
02R0988
1653
ServeRAID-6M Controller
(256MB Cache)
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
2
-
02R0995
32P0033
1654
(128MB Cache)
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
2
-
71P8651
71P8648
1651
ServeRAID-7t SATA RAID
Controller
Half
64-bit/
64MHz
1, 23
-
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1, 23
-
Fibre Storage Controllers
and Options4
24P0963
24P0960
1650
-
1724100
-
-
-
-
-
-
172260U
-
-
-
-
-
-
24P8215
-
FAStT600 Turbo Storage
Server
-
-
-
-
-
17226LU
-
FAStT600 Entry Storage
Server
-
-
-
-
-
17421RU
-
-
-
-
-
-
174290U
-
-
-
-
-
-
2005H16
-
TotalStorage SAN Fabric
Switch Model H16
-
-
-
-
128
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
-
202612E
-
Description
TotalStorage SAN 12M-1
Switch, 12-port
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
HotPlug1
-
-
-
-
129
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
HotPlug1
Networking
-
31P9601
-
PRO/1000 MT Server
Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1, 2
-
-
73P2701
-
PRO/1000 MT Dual Port
Server Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1, 2
-
73P3505
73P3501
1508
NetXtreme 1000 Express
Ethernet Adapter
Half
PCI E 1X
1, 2
-
73P4005
73P4001
1509
NetXtreme 1000 SX + Fiber
Ethernet Adapter5
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1, 2
-
73P4105
73P4101
1510
NetXtreme 1000 T +
Ethernet Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1, 2
-
73P4205
73P4201
1511
NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual
Port Ethernet Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1, 2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
System Management
73P9342
73P9341
1608
Remote Supervisor Adapter
II SlimLine6
Other I/O
-
24R9293
-
PCI Express Adapter Riser
Card
Notes:
3. For this option to fit in slot 1, remove the 3U bracket and attach the 2U bracket.
Figure 30. xSeries 336 Rear View
130
COG
Option
Number
Feature Code
Description
Power1
90P5280
-
585w Hot-Swap Power Supply2
32P1020
-
32P1022
-
2130R30
-
UPS3000XLV4
2130R31
-
UPS3000XHV4
32P1692
-
21306RX
-
UPS 7500XHV5
21308RX
-
UPS 10000XHV5
25R5582
-
Notes:
1. xSeries 336 ships with a single 585w hot-swap capable power supply, a rack power cable and line cord. A
second hot-swap power supply is optional for redundancy.
2. The power supply ships with a single 2.8m rack power Y-cable which replaces the system’s standard
power cable. When used in conjunction with multiple x336s, the Y-cable is designed to be split between
x336s. Therefore, the number of PDU outlets used is reduced and a certain level of redundancy is
provided.
5. Height is 6U. See Rack Cabinets and Options sector for supported IBM racks.
131
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
-
1735L04
-
-
1735R16
-
-
32P1636
-
-
32P1652
-
-
09N4290
-
-
09N4291
-
Monitors
-
17232UX
-
-
17232NX
-
-
90P0717
-
business black
-
90P0726
-
business black
Keyboard and Mouse
02R3206
25R6968
8800
-
90P0777
-
-
39M7228
-
-
90P0740
-
-
90P0741
-
-
90P0743
-
-
90P0742
-
-
33L3252
-
Other Accessories
Note:
-
-
-
devices.
Notes:
3. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
132
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Bays
Supported
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Ext Tape
Encl
-
71P9145
-
SCSI Tape Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm
(3.5in) HH
or 133mm
(5.25in)
HH
45594UX
-
59P6719
-
40/80GB DLT VS80 Internal
SCSI Tape Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
-
-
59P6746
-
Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
45591UX
45594UX
-
59P6717
-
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
45594UX
-
59P6745
-
80/160GB DLT VS160 SCSI
Tape Drive
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
45591UX
-
59P6736
-
Drive Option
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
45594UX
-
59P6744
-
Tape Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
4559FHX
45594UX
-
25R0012
-
SCSI Tape Drive
-
Ultra160
133mm
(5.25in) FH
4559FHX
45594UX
-
Ultra320
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
Tape Drives
Tape Autoloaders
-
36232SX
-
1.28TB/2.56TB 36232SX
-
45591UX
-
Enclosure
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
1U Rack
-
-
45594UX
-
Enclosure
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
4U Rack
-
-
4559HHX
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop or
Rack Shelf
(2.52in tall)
-
-
4559FHX
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop or
Rack Shelf
(4.41in tall)
-
Note: Additional tape drive and tape library attributes, requirements and options can be found in the Tape Drive
133
134
COG
Cache
Memory (Std/Max)
Form Factor
Power, Supply Quantity (Std/Max)
System Management Processors
Storage Controller2
Optical Drive
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
8847-14X
2.4/
5333
2/
2
512KB
L2
1GB/
12GB4
Rack
(2U)
1/
25
P
Y
Dual
U320
HotSwap
73.4GB/
293.6GB6
CD-ROM
24x-10x
3/
1
6/
6
8847-24X
2.4/
5333
2/
2
512KB
L2
2GB/
12GB4
Rack
(2U)
2/
25
P
Y
Dual
U320
HotSwap
146.8GB/
293.6GB7
CD-ROM
24x-10x
3/
1
6/
6
Part Number1
Processors/FSB Speed (GHz/MHz)
Note:
xSeries 343 is Network Equipment Building System (NEBS) Level 3 compliant, in its standard configuration, for
utilization in a telecommunications network infrastructure. For information about obtaining NEBS compliancy
for any other configuration, contact your IBM representative. x343 includes -48v direct current (DC) power
supplies requiring a direct current power source (-48v to -60v). Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer which
requires a two-post rack. It is not supported in standard IBM racks.
Notes:
1. x343 machine-type 8847 also provides two integrated Intel gigabit Ethernet controllers, two front and
two rear USB, two serial ports (via RJ-45 connectors) and a single combined keyboard/mouse port. A
keyboard or mouse is not provided and x343 machine-type 8847 does not ship with a diskette drive.
2. Storage controllers are integrated and dual-channel, supporting both internal and external SCSI
attachment.
3. Intel Xeon processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and a 533MHz Front-side bus (FSB).
4. 12GB is supported when “Special Bid Order Only” 2GB DIMMs are installed in all six DIMM slots.
5. Power supplies are 470w, -48v DC. They are hot-swappable and redundant when two are installed. An
AC power supply kit is available via Special Bid order only.
6. Ships standard with one hot-swap 73.4GB 10k rpm U320 SCSI HDD.
7. Ships standard with one hot-swap 146.8GB 10k rpm U320 SCSI HDD.
135
x343 MT 8847 Memory Options1, 2
Option Number
Feature Code
-
-
1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit3
73P4126
-
-
-
4GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit3
Notes:
1. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory options in pairs beginning with sockets one and
four is required. Add memory options in sockets two and five, then three and six.
2. The 1GB DIMM Kit contains two 512MB DIMMs. The 2GB DIMM Kit contains two 1GB DIMMs. The
4GB DIMM Kit contains two 2GB DIMMs.
3. Available via Special Bid order only.
Model
8847-14X
2 x 512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM
8847-24X
2 x 1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM
MT - 8847
A two-drop 16-bit LVD SCSI cable connects the standard HDD to the integrated, dualchannel U320 SCSI controller. The second channel of the integrated SCSI controller is
hardwired to the rear of the system providing an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector
for external attachment. A single-drop IDE cable connects to the standard optical
drive.
136
COG
xSeries 343 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage Options
Height
Bays Supported1
Max Qty1
73.4GB 10k rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDD
SL
2, 3
2
146.8GB 10k rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HD
SL
2, 3
2
Description
HDD options for x343 MT 8847 are available via Special Bid order only. Contact your IBM representative for
more information.
Note:
Notes:
1. One HDD ships standard.
xSeries 343 8847 Bay Configuration
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
133mm (5.25in)
Slim
yes
Std. Optical
2
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes
HDD
3
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes
Std. HDD
Figure 31. xSeries 343 8847 front view
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
Networking1
31P9601
Note:
-
PRO/1000 MT Server Adapter by Intel
I/O options above are for x343 MT 8847. They are not supported in x343 MT 8827. Select third-party options
are supported on x343 MT 8827. Refer to the IBM Serverproven compatibility website for latest available
information. IBM makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-IBM products. These products
are offered and warranted by the third parties, respectively.
Notes:
1. x343 MT 8847 includes dual, integrated, copper-based, full-duplex, Intel gigabit Ethernet controllers.
137
Note: Bus C may operate at lower speeds if all three slots are populated.
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Power1
-
-
470w, -48v, Hot-swap Power Supply2
Monitors
Notes:
1. Depending on model, x343 MT 8847, ships with one or two 470w, -48v DC power supplies. Power cord is
customer-supplied. A maximum of two power supplies are supported.
2. Available via Special Bid order only. Contact your IBM Representative for further information.
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Rack and NetBAY1
Keyboard and Mouse2
90P0740
-
Notes:
1. xSeries 343 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and requires a two-post rack. Not supported for
installation in standard IBM racks.
2. xSeries 343 supports rack configurations only and ships without a mouse or keyboard.
138
COG
The xSeries 346 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and also provides three USB ports (one front, two
rear), one 9-pin serial port, two systems management RS-485 ports, an external SCSI port, keyboard port,
mouse port, video port and an integrated ATI Radeon 7000M graphics controller with 16 MB of video
memory. A keyboard and mouse is not provided.
Form Factor
Storage Controller7
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
1/
2
512MB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
6
4/
4
8840-0EY
2.8/800 1MB L2
1/
2
2GB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y
Dual
1GB
Serve
RAID
-7K9
Hotswap
220.2/
880.8GB9
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
6
4/
4
8840-11Y
3.0/800 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
DVDROM
(8x-24X)
8/
6
4/
4
8840-15Y
3.0/800 2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0GB/
880.8GB
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
6
4/
4
8840-16Y
3.0/800 2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
2/
2
P,
H,
F
Y10
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
880.8GB
DVDROM
(8x-24X)
8/
6
4/
4
8840-25Y
3.2/800 2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
800.8GB
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
6
4/
4
8840-35Y
3.4/800 2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
800.8GB
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
6
4/
4
8840-36Y
3.4/800 2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
2/
2
P,
H,
F
Y10
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
800.8GB
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
6
4/
4
8840-41Y
3.6/800 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
800.8GB
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
6
4/
4
Optical Drive
2.8/800 1MB L2
8840-01Y
Part Number1
139
Form Factor
Storage Controller7
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
2/
2
2GB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
2/
2
P,
H,
F
Y10
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
800.8GB
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
6
4/
4
8840-45Y
3.6/800 2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y
Dual
1GB
Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
800.8GB
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
6
4/
4
8840-E1Y
3.0/800 2MB L2
1/
2
2GB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y
Dual
1GB
Serve
RAID
-7k9
Hotswap
220.2/
800.8GB8
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
6
4/
4
8840-E2Y
3.2/800 2MB L2
2/
2
2GB/
16GB
Rack
(2U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y
Dual
1GB
Serve
RAID
-7k9
Hotswap
0/
800.8GB
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
6
4/
4
Optical Drive
3.6/800 1MB L2
8840-42Y
Part Number1
884017Y11
3.0/800 2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB12
Rack
(2U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y
Dual
1GB
Serve
RAID
-7k13
Hotswap
1272GB/
1272GB14
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
0
4/
4
884037Y11
3.4/800 2MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB12
Rack
(2U)
1/
2
P,
H,
F
Y
Dual
1GB
Serve
RAID
-7k13
Hotswap
72.8/
1272GB15
DVDROM
(8x-24x)
8/
4
4/
4
Note:
Notes:
character with the country-specific designator.
standard DIMMs.
4. Memory-mirroring, hot-spare memory and Chipkill functions are supported. Chipkill is available on
140
COG
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
The integrated dual-channel, Ultra320 SCSI controller supports integrated RAID-0, 1 and 10.
Maximum capacity is based on six 146.8GB HDDs.
Models 0EY, E1Y, and E2Y ship standard with the ServeRAID-7k controller connected to 3 x 73.4GB SCSI
HDDs.
This model ships standard with the Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine adapter installed into a
dedicated slot.
Models 17Y and 37Y hardware components come preconfigured and the Microsoft Windows Server 2003
operating system is pre-installed.
x346 Storage Server operating system supports a maximum of 4GB of memory.
This model ships with dual Ultra320 SCSI controllers.
x346 Storage Server NAS includes a preconfigured ServeRAID 7k adapter and two 36.4GB hot-swap SCSI
15k disk drives set up for RAID-1. Model 8840-17Y has four additional 300GB hot-swap SCSI disk drives
preinstalled for data, providing a maximum internal data disk capacity of 1.2TB.
x346 Storage Server NAS includes a preconfigured ServeRAID 7k adapter and two 36.4GB hot-swap SCSI
15k disk drives set up for RAID-1. The maximum additional internal data disk capacity is 1.2TB.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
13M7939
13N0681
0369
0xY
13M7940
13N0688
0370
1xY
25K9555
13N0683
0374
-
25K9556
13N0684
0375
-
25K9557
13N0685
1
0376
4xY3
13M8285
25R8902
0354
ExY, 1xY
13M8286
25R8903
0371
2xY, ExY
13M8287
13N0686
0372
3xY
13M8288
1
0373
4xY
Note:
13N0687
SMP
Support2
Processor Options1
The x346 processor options support Intel’s Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T).
Notes:
1. Only Options 13N0687 and 13N0685, operating under Windows 2003, Service Pack 1, are supported with
Demand Base Switching.
3. Model 42Y ships standard with two processors.
141
SBB
Number1
Option
Number
Feature
Code
90P0870
73P3523
0354
90P1218
73P3522
0502
73P2873
73P2865
0503
73P2874
73P2866
0504
73P4794
73P4792
0505
Note:
Memory Options
16GB of memory is available via eight DIMM slots. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory
and six, then DIMM slots seven and eight. Memory-mirroring requires all installed DIMMs to match and
Notes:
Model
01Y
1xx, 2xx, 3xx,
41Y, 45Y
0EY, 42Y,
E1Y, E2Y
142
COG
DIMM 1 (J1)
DIMM 2 (J2)
DIMM 3 (J3)
DIMM 4 (J4)
DIMM 5 (J5)
DIMM 6 (J6)
DIMM 7 (J7)
DIMM 8 (J8)
Microprocessor 1 (J22)
Microprocessor 2 (J23)
Battery
(BH1)
VRM (J72)
Remote
Supervisor
Adapter II
SlimLine (J21)
ServeRAID-7k card (J19)
PCI low-profile card (J18)
PCI riser card (J73)
xSeries 346 models are cabled internally with a single, 1-drop LVD SCSI cable,
connecting one channel of the integrated, dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller to the
hot-swap backplane. The second SCSI channel is wired to an external 0.8mm VHDCI
SCSI connector.
A single IDE device is supported in all models.
143
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Codes
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Max
Qty
-
30R5094
-
HDD
SSL
1 ... 6
-
-
30R5095
-
HDD
SSL
1 ... 6
-
-
30R5096
-
HDD
SSL
1 ... 6
-
-
30R5097
-
HDD
SSL
1 ... 6
-
-
32P0727
-
HDD
-
-
-
-
32P0728
-
HDD
-
-
-
90P1386
90P1380
5232
SSL
1 ... 6
-
90P1335
90P1318
5204
SSL
1 ... 6
6
90P1387
90P1381
5233
SSL
1 ... 6
-
90P1329
90P1305
5202
SSL
1 ... 6
6
90P1336
90P1319
5205
SSL
1 ... 6
6
90P1388
90P1382
5234
SSL
1 ... 6
-
90P1330
90P1306
5203
SSL
1 .. 6
6
90P1331
90P1307
5231
SSL
1 ... 6
-
3
Optical Devices
59P5800
22P7047
4110
8x Max DVD-ROM Drive
Ultra-Slim
8
1
32P0902
-
4109
Ultra-Slim
8
1
26K8766
-
4119
Ultra-Slim
8
1
4
144
Form
Factor
-
17331RU
-
Rack (3U)
-
171010U
-
Rack (3U)
-
17401RU
-
Rack (3U)
-
1724100
-
Rack (3U)
-
172260U
-
Rack (3U)
-
24P8215
-
Rack (3U)
-
17226LU
-
Rack (3U)
-
17011RS
-
TotalStorage DS300 - Single Controller
Rack (3U)
-
17001RS
-
Rack (3U)
COG
Notes:
2. These HDDs are supported on machine type 8840-E3Y.
3. All models ship standard with an 8X Max DVD-ROM drive.
4. An optional SCSI, RAID or Fibre controller is required in order to attach to the system.
Bay Usage
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
2
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
3
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
4
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
5
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD/Tape Kit1
6
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD/Tape Kit1
7
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
Std. FDD
8
133mm (5.25in)
Ultra-Slim
Yes
Std. Optical
Notes:
1. An optional tape drive enablement kit which supports one tape drive can be installed which occupies
both bays 5 and 6.
145
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
HotPlug1
Storage Controllers
02R0996
02R0988
1653
(256MB Cache)2
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
3, 4
-
02R0995
32P0033
1654
(128MB Cache)2
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
3, 4
-
71P8653
71P8642
1663
ServeRAID-7k Controller 3
-
-
-
-
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
-
-
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 4
-
-
13N2249
-
4, 5
External Disk Systems and
Options6
FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter4
24P0963
24P0960
1650
-
1724100
-
-
-
-
-
-
172260U
-
-
-
-
-
-
24P8215
-
-
-
-
-
-
17226LU
-
-
-
-
-
-
17421RU
-
-
-
-
-
-
174290U
-
-
-
-
-
-
2005H16
-
Model H16
-
-
-
-
-
202612E
-
Switch, 12-port
-
-
-
-
Networking
25P2889
06P3601
1526
Adapter7
Half
32bit/33MHz
1 ... 4
-
31P9605
31P9601
1512
Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 4
-
73P2705
73P2701
1513
Ethernet Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 4
-
73P3505
73P3501
1508
Adapter by Intel
Half
PCI E 1X
3, 4
-
73P4005
73P4001
1509
Ethernet Adapter8
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 4
-
73P4105
73P4101
1510
Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
3, 4
-
73P4205
73P4201
1511
Ethernet Adapter9
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 4
-
146
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
HotPlug1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
System Management
13N0774
73P9341
1601
SlimLine3
Other I/O
-
13M8182
-
2U PCI Riser Card for PCI
Express Capability
Notes:
2. Supported for external attachment only and not for internal HDDs. A second controller is only supported
if the integrated SCSI controller is disabled or a ServeRAID-7K is installed.
4. A second controller is only supported if the integrated SCSI controller is disabled or a ServeRAID-7K is
installed.
7. The option number 06P3601 contains both a standard (ATX) bracket and a low-profile bracket and
therefore is supported in all slots, when using the appropriate bracket. The SBB number 25P2889 contains
a standard (ATX) bracket only and therefore is supported in slots 3 and 4 only.
9. The option number 73P4201 contains both a standard (ATX) bracket and a low-profile bracket and
therefore is supported in all slots, when using the appropriate bracket. The SBB number 73P4205 contains
a standard (ATX) bracket only and therefore is supported in slots 3 and 4 only.
147
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Power1
26K5097
-
625w Hot-Swap Power Supply (North America)
26K5098
-
625w Hot-Swap Power Supply (Worldwide)2
32P1020
-
32P1022
-
2130R30
-
UPS3000XLV4
2130R31
-
UPS3000XHV4
21306RX
-
UPS 7500XHV5
21308RX
-
UPS 10000XHV5
25R5582
-
Notes:
1. Non-redundant power models ship with a single 625w hot-swap capable power supply, a rack power
cable and a line cord. Redundant power models ship with quantity two of each. A second hot-swap
power supply is optional for non-redundant power models.
2. Does not ship with a line cord.
148
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
-
1735L04
-
-
1735R16
-
-
32P1636
-
-
32P1652
-
-
09N4290
-
-
09N4291
-
Monitors
-
17232UX
-
-
17232NX
-
-
90P0717
-
business black
-
90P0726
-
business black
Keyboard and Mouse
-
25R6968
-
-
39M7228
-
13M7124
90P0743
8908
-
90P0740
-
Note:
devices.
Notes:
1. USB accessories are not compatible with the NetBAY console switches. They attach to a single USBcapable server.
149
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Bays
Supported
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Ext Tape
Encl
71P9176
71P9145
5355
5+61
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm
(3.5in)
HH or
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
45594UX
-
59P6719
-
Tape Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
-
-
59P6746
-
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
45594UX
-
59P6717
-
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
45594UX
-
59P6736
-
160/320GB SDLT SCSI Tape Drive
Option
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
45594UX
-
59P6744
-
Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
4559FHX
45594UX
-
25R0012
-
Tape Drive
-
Ultra160
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
4559FHX
45594UX
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
Tape Drives
Tape Drive
Tape Autoloaders
-
36232LX
-
Tape Autoloader 3623 Model 2LX
-
45591UX
-
NetBay 1U xSeries Tape Enclosure
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
1U Rack
-
-
45594UX
-
Enclosure
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
4U Rack
-
-
4559HHX
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop
or Rack
Shelf
(2.52in
tall)
-
-
4559FHX
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop
or Rack
Shelf
(4.41in
tall)
-
-
3503B1X
-
Full-High SCSI Tape Enclosure
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
Desktop
or 3U
Rack
-
Associated Options
150
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
73P9756
73P9711
4209
Note:
Tape Drives
Tape Drive Enablement Kit2
Bays
Supported
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Ext Tape
Encl
5+6
-
-
-
Notes:
1. For internal use, requires installation of the optional Tape Drive Enablement kit.
2. Requires installation of an optional SCSI controller and occupies bays 5 and 6. SCSI cable is provided.
151
152
COG
The xSeries 366 is housed in a 3U high, 19in rack-mountable drawer and also provides three USB ports (one
front, two rear), two 9-pin serial ports, keyboard port, mouse port and an integrated ATI 7000-M video
controller with 16MB of video memory. A keyboard and mouse is not provided.
Form Factor
Storage Controller7
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
1/
4
2GB/
64GB
Rack
(3U)
1/
2
P, S,
H, F,
M
Y
Dual
1GB
SAS
HotSwap
0GB/
440GB
Ultralight
DVDROM
Ultrabay
Enhanced
7/
6
6/
6
88632RY
3.66GHz
667MGz 1M L2
Cache
1/
4
2GB/
64GB
Rack
(3U)
1/
2
P, S,
H, F,
M
Y
Dual
1GB
SAS
HotSwap
0GB/
440GB
Ultralight
DVDROM
Ultrabay
Enhanced
7/
6
6/
6
8863E1Y9
3.66GHz
667MGz 1M L2
Cache
2/
4
4GB/
64GB
Rack
(3U)
2/
2
P, S,
H, F,
M
Y
Dual
1GB
SAS
HotSwap
108GB/
440GB
Ultralight
DVDROM
Ultrabay
Enhanced
7/
3
6/
6
8863E5Y
3.66GHz
667MGz 1M L2
Cache
2/
4
4GB/
64GB
Rack
(3U)
2/
2
P, S,
H, F,
M
Y
Dual
1GB
SAS
HotSwap
108GB/
440GB
Ultralight
DVDROM
Ultrabay
Enhanced
7/
3
6/
6
Optical Drive
3.16GHz
667MGz 1M L2
Cache
88631RY
Part Number1
CPU/FSB Speed (GHz/MHz)-Cache2
Hot-Swap (Power, Slots, HDD, Fans, Memory)
Notes:
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8863-1RY is 8863-1RU. See
153
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with
the country-specific designator.
Intel Xeon MP, 64-bit, up to 3.66GHz and 1MB L2 Cache on a 667MHz dual front side bus architecture.
High-speed, two-way interleaved PC2-3200 SDRAM. Maximum capacity requires replacing the
standard DIMMs, when 4GB DIMMs become available.
Memory-mirroring, hot-swap, hot-add and Chipkill functions are supported.
See ‘Power and Accessories’ section for more information on the power supplies.
Integrated Broadcom 5704 Dual-port 10/100/1000 Gigabit Ethernet.
Integrated Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) controller to support SAS HDD drives.
Maximum capacity is based on six 73GB HDDs
8863-E1Y ships standard with the ServeRAID-8i SAS Controller.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
13M7421
13N0694
0346
3.16GHz 667MHz 1M L2 Cache
1RY, E5Y
13M7423
13N0695
0347
3.66GHz 667MHz 1M L2 Cache
2RY, E1Y
Processor Upgrades1
SMP Support
Notes:
1. A maximum of four processors can be installed. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache
size.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature code
Memory Cards
13M7285
4-DIMM DDR2 MEMORY CARD3
13M7409
Memory DIMMs
73P2873
0503
73P2874
0504
73P2866
73P2875
0512
73P2867
30R5147
Note:
0535
30R5145
4GB PC2-3200R DDR2 CL3 ECC SDRAM RDIMM
8 GB (2x4 GB Kit) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM4
To help optimize performance, use 2 memory cards and at least 8 DIMMs.
Notes:
1. x366 supports Chipkill, memory mirroring, memory ProteXion technologies, hot-swap and hot-add
memory.
2. Supported memory DIMMs can coexist in the same server. However, memory DIMMs of the same
capacity must be installed in matched pairs.
154
COG
3.
At least one memory card is required. A total of four memory cards with four DIMM slots each, may be
installed, allowing a total of 16 DIMMs per chassis.
Model
1RY, 2RY
2x1GB PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR-2 SDRAM RDIMM
E1Y, E5Y
2x2GB PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR-2 SDRAM RDIMM
Figure 36. x366 DIMMs
Figure 37. x366 performance sensitive configurations
155
Figure 38. x366 cost sensitive configurations
Figure 39. x366 mirrored configurations
156
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity
SAS HDDs
26K5658
26K5654
5241
36GB 10K 2.5" SAS HDD
SFF
1 ... 6
6
26K5659
26K5655
5242
73GB 10K 2.5" SAS HDD
SFF
1 ... 6
6
Optical Devices2
26K9996
39R7508
4114
Ultrabay Enhanced DVD-ROM/CD-RW
Combo Drive
SFF
7
1
26K9994
-
4112
Ultrabay Enhanced CD-ROM Drive
SFF
7
1
25R7477
-
4111
Ultrabay Enhanced Multiburner Drive
SFF
7
1
Form
Factor
-
17331RU
-
Rack
(3U)
-
172260U
-
DS4300 Midrange Disk (60U)
Rack
(3U)
-
17226LU
-
DS4300 Midrange Disk (6LU)
Rack
(3U)
-
17401xx
-
TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Expansion Unit
(all models)
-
-
17101xx
-
TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100 Storage
Expansion Unit (all models)
-
Notes:
2. All models ship standard with an Ultralight DVD-ROM Ultrabay Enhanced.
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
2.5in
SL
Yes
HDD
2
2.5in
SL
Yes
HDD
3
2.5in
SL
Yes
HDD
4
2.5in
SL
Yes
HDD
5
2.5in
SL
Yes
HDD
6
2.5in
SL
Yes
HDD
7
5.25in
Ultrabay
Yes
Optical
157
Figure 41. x366 operator information panel
158
COG
SBB
Number
Part
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
Hot-Plug
Capable1
Storage Controllers
02R0996
02R0988
1653
(256MB Cache)2
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
-
02R0995
32P0033
1653
(128MB Cache)2
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
-
13N2232
13N2227
1664
ServeRAID 8i-Controller
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
Dedicated
Slot
-
13N2252
13N2249
1656
Half
64-bit/
66MHz
1 ... 6
-
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
-
Options
24P0963
24P0960
1650
DS400 Host Bus Adapter
-
17001RS
-
TotalStorage DS400 - Single
Controller
-
-
-
-
-
17002RD
-
TotalStorage DS400 - Dual
Controller
-
-
-
-
-
17012RD
-
Controller
-
-
-
-
-
172260U
-
-
-
-
-
-
17226LU
-
-
-
-
-
-
17226LX
-
DS4300 Midrange Disk (6LX)
-
-
-
-
-
17226XX
-
TotalStorage DS4300 Midrange
Disk Systems (all models)
-
-
-
-
-
17401xx
-
TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700
Expansion Unit (all models)
-
-
-
-
-
17101xx
-
TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100
Storage Expansion Unit (all
models)
-
-
-
-
-
17421xx
-
Disk System (all models)
-
-
-
-
-
17421RX
-
DS4400 Midrange Disk System
-
-
-
-
-
17241XX
-
-
-
-
-
-
24P82XX
-
TotalStorage DS4300 Model 60U
with Turbo
-
-
-
-
-
17429XX
-
-
-
-
-
-
174290X
-
-
-
-
-
-
17011RL
-
Controller LC
-
-
-
-
159
SBB
Number
Part
Number
Feature
Code
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
Hot-Plug
Capable1
-
17011RS
-
Controller
-
-
-
-
-
2005H08
-
TotalStorage Fibre Channel
Switch H08
-
-
-
-
-
2005H16
-
TotalStorage Fibre Channel
Switch H16
-
-
-
-
-
2006L10
-
-
-
-
-
-
2034212
-
McData 4300 Fabric Switch (12port)
-
-
-
-
Description
Networking
31P9605
31P9601
1512
Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
X
73P2705
73P2701
1513
Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
X
73P4005
73P4001
1509
NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber
Ethernet Adapter 23
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
-
73P4105
73P4101
1510
NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet
Adapter 2
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
-
73P4205
73P4201
1511
NetXtreme 1000 T Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter 2
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
-
-
-
-
-
Systems Management
13M7288
73P9341
1603
Slimline
Notes:
1. Six 64-bit Active PCI-X 2.0 slots per chassis.
2. Supported for external attachment only and not for internal HDDs.
Slot
Type
Bus
Voltage (V)
Frequency
MHz
Data Path
Active PCI
Slot Length
Dedicated
Slot
PCI-X
1
Universal
66MHz
64-bit
N
Special
1
PCI-X 2.0
2
Universal
266MHz
64-bit
Y
Full
2
PCI-X 2.0
4
Universal
266MHz
64-bit
Y
Full
3
PCI-X 2.0
6
Universal
266MHz
64-bit
Y
Full
4
PCI-X 2.0
8
Universal
266MHz
64-bit
Y
Full
5
PCI-X 2.0
A
Universal
266MHz
64-bit
Y
Full
6
PCI-X 2.0
C
Universal
266MHz
64-bit
Y
Full
160
COG
Figure 42. x366 rear view
161
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Power1
13M7286
13M7413
1955
1300W Power Supply
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2
-
2130R31
-
UPS3000XHV3
-
32P1692
-
Notes:
1. xSeries 366 ships with a single 1300w hot-swap capable power supply, a rack power cable. A second hotswap power supply is optional for redundancy. xSeries 366 supports 110V AC input with both power
supplies without redundancy.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Rack and NetBAY
-
-
-
Refer to Rack Cabinets and Options section for information concerning
IBM racks and rack-supported devices.
-
1735L04
-
-
1735R16
-
-
09N4290
-
-
09N4291
-
Monitors
-
90P0717
-
L150p 15in business black flat panel LCD monitor
-
90P0726
-
C170 17in (16in viewable image) CRT business black full flat screen
shadow mask monitor
Keyboard and Mouse2
02R3206
25R6968
8800
-
90P0777
-
-
73P3144
-
PS/2 Keyboard with UltraNav
13M7124
90P0743
8908
-
90P0742
-
Optical 3-button ScrollPoint Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 & USB (Business
Black)
Other Accessories
-
162
COG
-
-
-
Notes:
options.
2. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
3. xSeries 366 supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Bays
Supported
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Ext Tape
Enclosures
-
59P6736
-
160/320GB SDLT Tape Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
45594UX
-
59P6744
-
Tape Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
45594UX
-
25R0012
-
SCSI Tape Drive
-
Ultra160
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
4559FHX
45594UX
Tape Drive
Tape Autoloaders
-
36232LX
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
36232SX
-
SDLT 320 1x8 Tape Autoloader
-
Ultra320
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
45594UX
-
Enclosure
-
-
4U Rack
-
-
4559FHX
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop
or Rack
Shelf
(4.41in
tall)
-
-
45594UX
-
4U Rackmount Tape Enclosure
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
4U Rack
-
-
Ultra2 (16bit)
5U Rack
-
-
4560SLX
-
Library
163
164
COG
Memory (Std/Max)4
Form Factor
SCSI Controller (Dual, Ultra, RAID)8
Removable Media Bays (Total/Avail)
Optical Drive (IDE)
Bays (Total/Avail)
1MB
L3
2GB/
64GB
Rack
(4U)
2/
2
P, S, S-Fans, Y Dual
H, F
S1Gb
Power
Dual
U320
2/
0
0/
293.6GB
DVDROM
4/
2
6/
6
887012X
2.2/
40011
2/
8
2MB
L3
2GB/
64GB
Rack
(4U)
2/
2
H, F
S1Gb
Power
Dual
U320
2/
0
0/
293.6GB
DVDROM
4/
2
6/
6
887022X
2.7/
40011
2/
8
2MB
L3
2GB/
64GB
Rack
(4U)
2/
2
H, F
S1Gb
Power
Dual
U320
2/
0
0/
293.6GB
DVDROM
4/
2
6/
6
88703EX
3.0/
40012
2/
4
512KB
L2
2GB/
64GB
Rack
(4U)
2/
2
H, F
S1Gb
Power
Dual
U320
2/
0
0/
293.6GB
DVDROM
4/
2
6/
6
88704EX
3.0/
40012
4/
4
512KB
L2
2GB/
64GB
Rack
(4U)
2/
2
H, F
S1Gb
Power
Dual
U320
2/
0
0/
293.6GB
DVDROM
4/
2
6/
6
887042X
3.0/
40011
4/
8
4MB
L3
2GB/
64GB
Rack
(4U)
2/
2
H, F
S1Gb
Power
Dual
U320
2/
0
0/
293.6GB
DVDROM
4/
2
6/
6
Note:
Refer to the Datacenter Solutions section for xSeries 445 DataCenter models.
Onboard Ethernet (Mbps)7
Cache
2/
8
System Management Adapter6
Number of Processors (Std/Max) 3
2.0/
400
Redundancy (Optional, Standard)
Processors/FSB Speed (GHz/MHz)
887011X
Part Number1, 2
165
Notes:
1. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. See Rack
Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
2. Availability in the U.S. is limited to the Large Enterprise Direct (LED) program or through EXAct
Business Partner program members.
3. Xeon MP models support up to eight processors each with the optional SMP Expansion Module
installed. These models are expandable to 16-way configurations via a connection to a second x445 MP
chassis. Xeon DP models support up to four processors each with the optional SMP Expansion Module
installed.
4. Advanced Chipkill ECC memory controller supports two-way interleaving, Memory ProteXion, memory
mirroring and hot-swap installation if mirroring is enabled. Sixteen sockets are provided in standard
models, four of which are populated with 512MB RDIMMs. An additional 16 sockets are supported with
the installation of SMP Expansion Module. Maximum memory configurations include 32 2GB RDIMMs.
5. Two 1200w, voltage-sensing, hot-swap power supplies that support N+1 redundancy on full
configurations are standard.
6. Advanced system management is provided by the standard Remote Supervisor Adapter II-EXA installed
in a dedicated slot.
7. Broadcom dual-port 5704 10/100/1000 Ethernet controller.
8. The LSI chipset in the dual-channel, Ultra320 integrated controller allows for two HDDs to be allocated
for mirroring if a RAID adapter is not installed. Mirrored HDDs must be matched.
9. Maximum internal storage is based on two 146.8GB Ultra320 hot-swap HDDs.
10. Support for an additional 12 64-bit slots is available through installation of the optional RXE-100 Remote
Expansion Unit. Refer to x445 I/O Options or the RXE-100 section for more information.
11. Intel Xeon MP processor with integrated full-speed ECC L3 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) Frontside Bus (FSB).
12. Intel Xeon DP processor with integrated full-speed ECC L2 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) Frontside Bus (FSB).
SBB Number
Option
Number
Feature Code
SMP
Support
02R2034
02R2062
-
2.0GHz/400MHz-1MB L3 Cache Xeon Processor MP
11X
02R2243
13N0723
-
12X
02R2244
13N0722
-
22X
02R2245
13N0721
-
42X
Processor Options1
2, 3
02R1935
02R1870
-
SMP Expansion Module for Xeon MP Models
-
02R1871
-
SMP Expansion Module for Xeon DP Models3, 4
5
02R2108
02R2013
-
6
x445 Two Chassis 16-way Configuration Kit
11X, 12X,
22X, 42X
3EX
11X, 12X,
22X, 42X
Notes:
1. xSeries 445 architecture supporting 2, 4, and 8-way configurations, optimizes memory and bus
performance using an XA-32 core chipset with up to two CPU/memory cards and two PCI-X host-bridge
controllers. With the optional SMP Expansion Module installed, up to eight Pentium Xeon MP processors
are supported or up to four Xeon DP processors. All processors must be identical in type, speed and
cache size.
2. Required for MP models to install processors five through eight. A total of eight processors required in
system when installed. Includes two 250mm/10in scalability cables.
3. A minimum of two DIMMs must be installed on each SMP module board which may require purchasing
additional DIMMs or rearranging the standard DIMMs.
166
COG
4.
5.
6.
Required to upgrade DP models from two to four Xeon processors. Includes two Xeon DP processors.
The SBB includes one 2.5m scalability cable whereas the option contains four.
Required to enable 16-way configurations by connecting two x445 Xeon MP chassis together. Includes
four 2.5m and two 250mm scalability cables, and an Ethernet crossover cable for use if both chassis are
not connected to an enterprise network.
Note: The figure depicts a Xeon MP model. Processors for DP models come preinstalled in correct locations.
Optional SMP expansion module for Xeon MP modules installs directly above standard CPU/memory
board, requiring installation of four processors and a minimum of two DIMMs.
167
Optional SMP Expansion Module
Note: The figure depicts Xeon MP models. Processors for DP models come preinstalled in correct locations.
The figure is a logical diagram of SMP Expansion Module cabling for single node, four-way x445 running one
operating system.
168
COG
SMP Expansion Module legend
The figure is a logical diagram of SMP Expansion Module cabling (including scalability cables) for single
node, eight-way x445 running one operating system.
169
The figure is a logical diagram of SMP Expansion Module cabling for 16-way x445 (two eight-way models)
running one operating system. The top SMP Expansion Modules in each chassis are labeled CEC #2.
Scalability ports are shown top to bottom one to three.
170
COG
Performance is optimized by balancing the amount of memory between ports (and between SMP Expansion
Modules).
In order to enable memory mirroring during BIOS set-up, the same memory configuration must be installed
in each port (memory mirroring reduces the amount of memory available to the operating system by half).
Memory mirroring is specific to each SMP Expansion Module, but enabling mirroring in both SMP
Expansion modules for eight-way systems is required.
SBB Number
Option
Number
Feature Code
37L3538
33L5038
0507
512MB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM
33P3126
33L5039
0508
1GB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM
32P9223
33L5040
0509
2GB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM
Memory Description1
Notes:
1. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory DIMMs in banks of two is required. A minimum of
two DIMMs are required for each SMP Expansion Module (minimum of four required to enable memory
mirroring).
Figure 43. Number of RDIMM sockets on memory card
Installation Order
Pair #
Location
1st
DIMM1 & DIMM3
2nd
DIMM9 & DIMM11
3rd
DIMM5 & DIMM7
4th
DIMM13 & DIMM15
5th
DIMM2 & DIMM4
6th
DIMM10 & DIMM12
7th
DIMM6 & DIMM8
8th
DIMM14 & DIMM16
171
xSeries 445 server contains four drive bays on the lower left front of the chassis. The
bottom two side-by-side bays contain the standard DVD-ROM and 1.44MB diskette
drive. Two 3.5in, SCA-2-compliant, slim-line, hot-swap drive bays are located above
these two bays.
The EIDE DVD-ROM is cabled directly to the IDE port. The two hot-swap bays are
connected to the integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller through a 16-bit LVDS cable.
An optional ServeRAID controller is supported for internal RAID applications. A
separate16-bit LVDS SCSI cable is included with the system to attach the hot-swap
backplane to the ServeRAID controller.
The integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller supports HDD mirroring if the internal HDDs
are matched.
The Ultra320 SCSI controller contains a second channel that supports external SCSI
devices. The controller is connected to an external, industry-standard, 0.8mm VHDCI
connector through a 16-bit LVDS cable.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Maximum
Supported1 Quantity
Hot-swap Ultra320 SCSI HDDs1
90P1386
90P1380
5232
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1335
90P1318
5204
HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1387
90P1381
5233
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1329
90P1305
5202
HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1336
90P1319
5205
HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1388
90P1382
5234
HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1330
90P1306
5203
HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1331
90P1307
5231
HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
-
32P0727
-
HDD
-
-
-
-
32P0728
-
HDD
-
-
-
Removable Media2
-
-
-
Bays
Supported
-
3
172
COG
Form
Factor
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
-
17331RU
-
Rack (3U)
-
171010U
-
Rack (3U)
-
17401RU
-
Rack (3U)
-
17226LU
-
Rack (3U)
-
1724100
-
Rack (3U)
Description
Bays
Maximum
Supported1 Quantity
Height
Notes:
1. HDD bays in both the primary and secondary servers in 16-way configurations support boot disks.
2. Removable media bays in the secondary server in 16-way configurations are disabled.
3. Not supported by the onboard external SCSI port, which supports external tape enclosures only. External
SCSI HDD storage requires a RAID controller. Fibre Channel HDD storage requires a Fibre Channel
controller. For HDD expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section. For Fibre Channel
storage devices, refer to the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section.
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1, 2
HS
SL
Yes
open
3
133mm (5.25in)
SL1
Yes
FDD
133mm (5.25in)
2
Yes
DVD-ROM
4
SL
Notes:
1. Supports FDD, high-density FDD, CD-ROM, CD-RW or DVD-ROM. If IDE device (optical drive) is
installed, must be configured as slave.
2. Supports CD-ROM, CD-RW or DVD-ROM. Must be configured as master if bay three contains an optical
drive. If only one optical drive is installed, it must be installed in bay four. In 16-way configurations, bays
three and four are disabled in the secondary chassis.
173
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support1
Slots
Supported1, 2
HotPlug2
02R0996
02R0988
1653
(256MB Cache)
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
-
02R0995
32P0033
1654
(128MB Cache)
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
-
13N2252
13N2249
1656
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
-
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1 ... 6
X
Options5
24P0963
24P0960
1650
-
174290U
-
FAStT900 Storage Server (US
line cord)
-
-
-
-
-
17421RU
-
-
-
-
-
-
172260U
-
line cord, English pubs)
-
-
-
-
-
1724100
-
-
-
-
-
-
2005H08
-
Switch Model H08
-
-
-
-
-
2005H16
-
Switch Model H16
-
-
-
-
-
202612E
-
Switch, 12-Port
-
-
-
-
Networking6
25P2889
06P3601
1526
Adapter7
Half
32-bit/
33MHz
1 ... 6
X
73P4005
73P4001
1509
Ethernet Adapter8
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
-
-
73P4105
73P4101
1510
Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
-
-
73P4205
73P4201
1511
Ethernet Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
-
-
-
-
-
-
Full
64-bit/
66MHz
2
-
Other I/O9
174
-
8684-1RX
-
RXE-100 Remote Expansion
Enclosure10, 11
-
1519100
-
Integrated xSeries Adapter for
iSeries12
COG
Notes:
1. Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which they are installed will reduce the bus to the
frequency of the slowest adapter. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/66MHz, 64bit PCI-based servers. Slot six is not available if the serial port assembly cable shipped with the system is
installed.
2. All six slots are full-length hot-plug capable. For network operating system support, access
www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.
3. xSeries 445 includes an integrated dual channel Ultra320 SCSI controller with one external and one
internal connector. See Internal SCSI Cabling or Internal Cabling Overview for cabling alternatives.
When a RAID controller is installed as a boot disk, it must be installed in a slot that is scanned before
other RAID controllers in the configuration. Refer to the scan sequence provided in this section.
6. xSeries 445 has an integrated dual-port Broadcom-based 10/100/1000 PCI Ethernet controller (copper),
which supports Wake on LAN.
7. The Wake on LAN function of this option is supported by this server.
9. xSeries 445 provides three USB ports (two on the rear of the chassis and one on the front) and PS/2
connectors for monitor, keyboard and mouse. An external serial port can be enabled in the slot one
bracket by installing the serial port assembly cable shipped with the system.
10. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure supports up to 12 additional PCI-X slots. Cable required for
connection included with expansion unit, which attaches to a standard integrated RIO port located on
the back of the x445 chassis. An optional longer cable is available. Refer to RXE-100 section for diagrams
and supported options.
11. xSeries 445 supports only one RXE-100 for all server configurations. Two- and four-way systems use only
RIO port A because port B is inactive unless a second SMP Expansion Module is installed. Sixteen-way
systems require a connection from each server and an interconnection between the servers.
12. The Integrated xSeries Adapter for iSeries allows interconnectivity with an IBM eServer iSeries server.
This card occupies two slot positions. It is restricted to slot two.
175
Location of PCI slots and RIO ports on rear of x445 chassis
176
COG
177
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Power1, 2
32P1020
-
2130R30
-
UPS3000XLV4
2130R31
-
UPS3000XHV4
32P1692
-
21306RX
-
UPS 7500XHV5
21308RX
-
UPS 10000XHV5
25R5582
-
Monitors7
90P0717
-
17231UX
-
17231NX
-
17232UX
-
17232NX
-
Notes:
1. xSeries 445 models ship with two 1200w hot-swap power supplies with two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C13 to IEC
320-C14 power cables for intrarack power distribution. Models shipped in the US also include two
2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 6-15P power cords for attachment to high voltage power sources.
2. Power supply redundancy is standard for all configurations with a high voltage power source. If a low
voltage source is used, power supplies operate at 600w on 1200w models. This limits full redundancy to
configurations with two processors. Low voltage is not supported for 16-way installations.
5. Height is 6U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks
7. xSeries 445 uses an SVGA controller (ATI Rage XL) with 8MB of video memory. Optional video adapters
are not supported. Sixteen-way configurations support console connections only through the primary
chassis.
178
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Rack and NetBAY1, 2
Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for information concerning
Console Connectivity2, 3
-
1735L04
-
-
1735R16
-
-
32P1636
-
-
32P1652
-
-
73P5832
-
-
09N4290
-
-
09N4291
-
Keyboard and Mouse5
02R3206
25R6968
-
02R3421
90P0740
8901
Notes:
1. xSeries 445 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and requires one of the racks listed in the Rack
Cabinets and Options section.
2. Sixteen-way configurations support console connections only through the primary chassis.
options.
option kit contains four 1.5 USB conversion option cables, four 14in lengths of Cat5 cable, four large
curly-lock cable connectors and an eight-pack of velcro strips.
5. xSeries 445 supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse. The system
includes three USB ports (one on the front of the chassis), SVGA video port, mouse port and keyboard
port. USB ports are not active on the secondary server in 16-way configurations.
179
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Bays
Supported1
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Ext Tape
Enclosures1
71P9187
59P6745
5356
80/160GB DLT VS160
SCSI Tape Drive
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
45591UX
24P7303
59P6736
5361
160/320GB SDLT Tape
Drive
-
Ultra2 (16bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
0034B1X
71P9165
59P6744
5358
200/400GB LTO FullHigh Tape Drive
-
Ultra2 (16bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
-
25R0012
-
400/800GB LTO
Generation 3 SCSI Tape
Drive
-
Ultra160
133mm
(5.25in) FH
-
Tape Drive
Tape Autoloaders
-
36232LX
-
200/400GB 2U LTO
Generation 2 Tape
Autoloader 3623 Model
2LX
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
36232SX
-
1.28TB/2.56TB 36232SX
SDLT320 Tape
Autoloader
-
Ultra320
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
360726X
-
3607 Series 1.6TB/3.2TB
LTO Tape Autoloader
-
Ultra2 (16bit)
2U Rack
-
-
18P9133
-
TotalStorage Ultrium
LVD Tape Drive 3580
Model L23
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Standalone or
5U Rack2
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
1U Rack
-
-
Ultra2 (16bit)
5U Rack
-
-
-
-
-
-
45591UX
-
Enclosure
-
4560SLX
-
SDLT/LTO Modular
Tape Library
Associated Options
Note:
-
-
-
Notes:
1. xSeries 445 does not support internal tape drives. An external tape library or internal tape drive with a
tape enclosure, can be connected to the Ultra320 0.8mm VHDCI external SCSI connector. Select tape drive
and enclosure, then use Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to select an appropriate external
cable.
180
COG
Bays (Total/Avail)
Rack
(4U)
2/
211
P, S,
H, F
Y 1Gb Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB
CD-RW/
DVD (16x10x-24-8x)
4/
3
6/
6
8855-5RY10
1.6/4004MB L3
2/
4
1GB/
56GB
Rack
(4U)
2/
211
P, S,
H, F
Y 1Gb Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB
CD-RW/
DVD (16x10x-24-8x)
4/
3
6/
6
8855-6RY10
1.6/4009MB L3
1/
4
2GB/
56GB
Rack
(4U)
2/
211
P, S,
H, F
Y 1Gb Dual
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB
CD-RW/
DVD (16x10x-24-8x)
4/
3
6/
6
Optical Drive
1GB/
56GB
Storage Controller7
Form Factor
1/
4
Memory (Std/Max)4
1.5/4004MB L3
Processor Quantity (Std/Max)3
8855-4RY10
Part Number1
Note:
Refer to the Datacenter Solutions section for xSeries 455 DataCenter models.
Note:
xSeries 455 also provides three USB ports (one in front and two in rear), one serial port (RS-232), and two RXE100 expansion ports (RS-485) and one RXE-100 management port (RS-485). This system does not provide a
floppy diskette drive. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or
mouse. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
Notes:
1. Availability in the U.S. is limited to the Large Enterprise Direct (LED) program or through EXAct
Business Partner program members.
2. 64-bit Itanium 2 processor with full-speed L3 cache, a 400MHz (double-pumped) Front-side Bus (FSB)
and Explicitly Parallel Instruction Computing (EPIC) architecture. In addition to the L3 Cache, these
models also have 64MB of XceL4 Server Accelerator Cache that propels performance by reducing waits
for main memory.
3. Multinode upgrade kits are available which provide 16-way scalability. Refer to x455 Processor section
for more information.
4. Advanced Chipkill ECC memory options are two-way interleaved supporting Memory ProteXion,
memory mirroring and hot-swap installation if mirroring is enabled.
5. Advanced system management is provided by a standard Remote Supervisor Adapter installed in a
reserved slot.
6. Broadcom dual-port 5704 10/100/1000 Ethernet controller supporting Wake-On-Lan.
7. The LSI 1030 Ultra320 dual-channel integrated controller allows for two HDDs to be allocated for
mirroring if a RAID adapter is not installed. Mirrored HDDs must be matched.
8. Maximum internal storage is based on two 146.8GB Ultra320 hot-swap HDDs.
181
9.
Support for an additional 12 64-bit slots available through installation of the optional RXE-100 Remote
Expansion Unit. Refer to x455 I/O Options for more information.
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8855-4RY is 8855-4RU.
numbers.
11. Two 1200w, voltage sensing, hot-swap power supplies are standard, supporting N+1 redundancy on all
220v configurations and some 110v configurations. For this reason x455 servers should be connected to a
220v power source.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
SMP
Support2
26K6776
13N0733
0410
1.5GHz/400MHz-4MB L3 Cache Itanium 2 Processor
4RY
26K6779
13N0732
0411
5RY
26K6778
13N0731
0412
6RY
Processors Options1
3
Multi-node Upgrade Kits
-
73P9911
73P9715
-
4-way to 8-way Scalability Option4
8-way to 16-way Supplemental option
5
-
Notes:
1. xSeries 455 architecture optimizes memory and bus performance using an XA-64 core chipset supporting
up to four 64-bit Itanium 2 processors in each model. x455 models include three SMP expansion ports,
allowing up to four x455 systems to be interconnected creating up to a 16-way multi-node system. Note:
All nodes in a multi-node system must be installed in the same rack.
2. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size. The nodes of a multi-node system must be
the same base model with identical processors.
3. x455 models include three SMP expansion ports, allowing up to four x455 systems to be interconnected
creating up to a 16-way multi-node system. Note: All nodes in a multi-node system must be installed in
the same rack.
4. Allows two nodes to be connected together providing an 8-way capable configuration. Includes two 2.5m
cables.
5. Allows two 8-way nodes to be connected together providing a 16-way capable configuration. Includes
one 3.5m cable and three 2.5m cables. Note: 16-way capable configurations require both multi-node
upgrade kits.
Figure 45. xSeries 455 Processor board (front)
182
COG
Figure 46. xSeries 455 Processor board (back)
Performance is optimized by balancing the amount of memory between ports.
DIMM pairs must be matched between ports if memory mirroring is enabled.
Partial memory mirroring is not supported. If configured with “N” capacity of memory in Port 1, and “N+z”
memory in Port 2 and memory mirroring is enabled, then “N” amount of memory is available to the system,
and “z” amount of memory is not usable.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
37L3538
33L5038
0507
512MB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM
33P3126
33L5039
0508
1GB PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMM
32P9223
33L5040
0509
Memory Options1, 2
Notes:
1. x455 memory supports Chipkill, mirroring, hot-swap and memory ProteXion technologies.
2. Installation of memory DIMMs in matched pairs is required. 56GB is supported via 28 DIMM sockets.
Removal of standard memory is required to achieve the maximum supported amount.
183
Model
1RX, 4RY
2RX, 3RX, 5RY, 6RY
Figure 47. xSeries 455 memory card
184
COG
Pair #
Location
1st
DIMM1 & DIMM14
2nd
DIMM15 & DIMM28
3rd
DIMM2 & DIMM13
4th
DIMM16 & DIMM27
5th
DIMM3 & DIMM12
6th
DIMM17 & DIMM26
7th
DIMM6 & DIMM8
Pair #
Location
8th
DIMM18 & DIMM25
9th
DIMM5 & DIMM10
10th
DIMM19 & DIMM24
11th
DIMM6 & DIMM9
12th
DIMM20 & DIMM23
13th
DIMM7 & DIMM8
14th
DIMM21 & DIMM22
The xSeries 455 server mechanical contains two hot-swap HDD bays and two 5.25in
Ultrabay 2000 bays.
The integrated SCSI controller is connected to the hot-swap backplane via a 16-bit
LVDS cable. A 24in LVDS cable is also provided inside the mechanical (unconnected),
for use when a ServeRAID controller is installed for internal HDD configurations.
The standard optical drive is connected to the IDE controller via a two-drop IDE
cable.
External SCSI device attachment, such as a tape enclosure, is facilitated by a dedicated
0.8mm VHDCI port on the rear of the system chassis, which is connected to the
second channel of the integrated SCSI controller.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity
90P1386
90P1380
5232
HDD
SSL
-
-
90P1335
90P1318
5204
HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1387
90P1381
5233
HDD
SSL
-
-
90P1329
90P1305
5202
HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1336
90P1319
5205
HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1388
90P1382
5234
HDD
SSL
-
-
90P1330
90P1306
5203
HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1331
90P1307
5231
HDD
SSL
-
-
-
32P0727
-
HDD
-
-
-
-
32P0728
-
HDD
-
-
-
Removable Media
Bays
Supported
-
-
-
-
1
Form
Factor
-
17331RU
-
Rack (3U)
-
17401RU
-
Rack (3U)
185
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
-
172260U
-
Rack (3U)
-
17421RU
-
Rack (4U)
-
174290U
-
Rack (4U)
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity
Notes:
1. Not supported by the onboard external SCSI port, which supports external tape enclosures only. External
SCSI HDD storage requires a RAID controller. Fibre Channel HDD storage requires a Fibre Channel
controller. For HDD expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section. For Fibre Channel
storage devices, refer to the Fibre Channel Solutions Quickview section.
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1, 2
HS
SL
Yes
HDD
3
133mm (5.25in)
SL
Yes
Optical
4
133mm (5.25in)
SL
Yes
Std. Optical
186
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support1
Slots
Supported1
Hot-Plug
Capable
02R0996
02R0988
1653
(256MB Cache)
Full
64bit/133MHz
1... 63
X
02R0995
32P0033
1654
(128MB Cache)
Full
64bit/133MHz
1... 63
X
13N2252
13N2249
1565
Half
64bit/133MHz
-
-
Half
64bit/133MHz
1... 6
X
Fibre Storage Controllers
and Options5
24P0963
24P0960
1650
-
172260U
-
line cord, English Pubs)
-
-
-
-
-
17421RU
-
-
-
-
-
-
174290U
-
line cord)
-
-
-
-
-
2005H08
-
Switch Model H08
-
-
-
-
-
2005H16
-
Switch Model H16
-
-
-
-
Networking6
25P2889
06P3601
1526
Adapter
Half
32bit/133MHz
1... 6
X
31P9605
31P9601
1512
PRO/1000 MT Server
Adapter by Intel
Half
64bit/133MHz
1... 6
X
73P4005
73P4001
1509
Ethernet Adapter7
Half
64bit/133MHz
1... 6
-
73P4105
73P4101
1510
Adapter
Half
64bit/133MHz
1... 6
-
73P4205
73P4201
1511
NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual
Port Ethernet Adapter
Half
64bit/133MHz
1... 6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
System Management8
-
03K9309
-
Advanced System
Management Interconnect
Cable Kit9
Other I/O
-
8684-1RX
-
Enclosure10
187
Notes:
frequency of the slowest adapter.
2. xSeries 455 includes an integrated dual channel Ultra320 SCSI controller with one internal and one
external connector.
3. Internal HDD configurations require the ServeRAID adapters to be installed in slot 6 and connected to
the backplane using a separate 24in cable provided inside the mechanical.
6. xSeries 455 includes an integrated Broadcom (BC5704) 10/100/1000 dual-port Ethernet controller
(copper) with Wake on LAN support.
8. xSeries 455 includes a Remote Supervisor Adapter II (RSA II) installed in a seventh reserved slot.
Connection to other servers requires the Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit.
9. Required to connect the standard Remote Supervisor Adapter II to an interconnect network with other
servers for system management support through a single LAN or modem connection.
10. xSeries 455 supports a maximum of one RXE-100 per server. One RXE-100 can be shared between two
x455 systems providing fail-over support or adding up to six additional PCI slots per server.
188
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Monitors1
-
90P0717
-
L150p 15in LCD Flat Panel Monitor (381mm, 15in viewable image), business
black
-
17232UX
-
-
17232NX
-
Rack and NetBAY3
Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for information concerning
-
1735L04
-
-
1735R16
-
-
73P5832
-
Keyboard and Mouse6
13M7124
Note:
90P0743
8908
xSeries 455 systems include either two 1050W or two 1200w hot-swap power supplies with two 2.8m/9ft IEC
320-C13 to IEC 320-C14 power cables for intra-rack power distribution. Models shipped in the US also include
two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 6-15P power cords for attachment to high voltage power sources. Power
supply redundancy is standard for all configurations with a high voltage power source.
Notes:
1. xSeries 455 provides an integrated ATI RageXL video controller with 8MB of video memory.
3. xSeries 455 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and requires one of the racks listed in the Rack
Cabinets and Options section.
4. Refer to the Rack Condole Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these
options.
option kit contains four 1.5m USB conversion option cables, four 14in lengths of Cat5 cable, four large
curly-lock cable connectors and an eight-pack of Velcro strips.
6. xSeries 455 supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse. Only USB-capable
keyboards are supported.
189
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
24P7303
59P6736
5361
71P9165
59P6744
1501
-
25R0012
-
Bays
Supported1
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Ext Tape
Enclosures1
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
-
Tape Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
-
SCSI Tape Drive
-
Ultra160
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
-
Tape Drives
Tape Autoloaders
-
36232LX
-
200/400GB 2U LTO
Generation 2 Tape Autoloader
3623 Model 2LX
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
36232SX
-
1.28TB/2.56TB 36232SX
-
Ultra320
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
1U Rack
-
Note:
45591UX
-
Enclosure
Notes:
1. xSeries 455 does not support internal tape drives. An external tape library or internal tape drive with a
tape enclosure can be connected to the Ultra320 0.8mm VHDCI external SCSI connector. Select tape drive
and enclosure, then use Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to select an appropriate external
cable.
190
COG
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
Rack
(3U)
2/
2
P, Y 1Gb SAS
H,
F,
S
Hotswap
0GB/
440.4GB
Ultralight
DVD-ROM
Ultrabay
Enhanced
7/
6
6/
6
88722RY
3.0GHz/667MHz 512KB L2 8MB L3
Cache
2/
4
2GB/
32GB
Rack
(3U)
2/
2
P, Y 1Gb SAS
H,
F,
S
Hotswap
0GB/
440.4GB
Ultralight
DVD-ROM
Ultrabay
Enhanced
7/
6
6/
6
88723RY
Cache
2/
4
2GB/
32GB
Rack
(3U)
2/
2
P, Y 1Gb SAS
H,
F,
S
Hotswap
0GB/
440.4GB
Ultralight
DVD-ROM
Ultrabay
Enhanced
7/
6
6/
6
Optical Drive
2GB/
32GB
Storage Controller
2/
4
Integrated Ethernet
Form Factor
Cache
Memory (Std/Max)
88721RY
Part Number1
Notes:
following nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8872-1RY is 8872-1RU.
numbers. GAV to MTM mapping for L.A. and A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the
last character with a country-specific designator.
2. The x460 can be expanded only to an 8-way, 16-way, or 32-way configuration by adding MXE-460
servers. See the "xSeries 460 Processor Options" section in this chapter for additional configuration
information.
3. Maximum capacity is based on installation of six 73.4GB SAS HDDs.
191
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
SMP
Support1
13M7275
13N0715
0287
2.83GHz/667MHz-1MB L2 4MB L3
1RY
13M7276
13N0714
0288
3.0GHz/667MHz-1MB L2 8MB L3
2RY
13M7277
13N0713
0289
3.33GHz/667MHz-1MB L2 8MB L3 Cache Xeon Processor MP
Processor Options
3RY
2
x460 Processor Scalability
13M8122
13M8123
8874-1RY
13M7414
13M7416
4236
4237
MXE-4603
4, 5, 6
-
5, 6
-
2.3m Scalability Cable
Notes:
1. One processor is required per system, providing a maximum of four. All processors must be identical in
type, speed, and cache size
2. The xSeries 460 can be expanded only to a two chassis 8-way configuration, four chassis 16-way
configuration, or an eight chassis 32-way configuration by connecting xSeries MXE-460 servers. The two
chassis 8-way configuration requires a x460 and one MXE-460. The four chassis 16-way configuration
requires a x460 and three MXE-460 servers. The eight chassis 32-way configuration requires a x460 and
seven MXE-460 servers.
3. The xSeries MXE-460 server is functionally identical to the xSeries 460 server and supports the same
hardware configurations, however it is supported only as an expansion module to a base xSeries 460 and
not in a stand-alone configuration. MXE-460 ships with two empty 4-slot memory expansion cards
(13M7409) and two power supplies as standard.
4. The two chassis 8-way configuration requires two 2.3m scalability cables to interconnect the x460 with
one MXE-460.
5. The four chassis 16-way configuration requires three 2.3m scalability cables and three 2.9m scalability
cables to interconnect the x460 with three MXE-460 servers.
6. The eight chassis 32-way configuration requires six 2.3m scalability cables and six 2.9m scalability cables
to interconnect the x460 with seven MXE-460 servers.
192
COG
SBB Number
Option Number
Feature Code
Memory Description
Memory Cards
13M7285
13M7409
4219
4-DIMM DDR2 MEMORY CARD
Memory Dimms
73P2874
-
0504
-
73P2866
-
73P2875
-
0512
-
73P2867
-
2GB (2x1GB) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM Kit
(512MB)
4GB (2x2GB) PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM Kit
(512MB)
Notes:
1. At least one memory card is required. A total of four memory cards with four DIMM slots each, may be
installed, allowing a total of 16 DIMMs per chassis.
Model
1RY, 2RY, 3RY
2x1GB PC2-3200 CL3 ECC DDR2 SDRAM RDIMM
Figure 50. x460 DIMMS
193
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity
SAS HDDs
26K5658
26K5654
5241
36GB 10K 2.5" SAS
SL
1-6
6
26K5659
26K5655
5242
73GB 10K 2.5" SAS
SL
1-6
6
Optical Drives2
25R7477
-
4111
Multiburner
SFF
7
1
26K9994
-
4112
Ultrabay Enhanced Drive
SFF
7
1
26K9995
-
4113
Ultralight DVD-Rom Ultrabay Enhanced
SFF
7
1
26K9996
-
4114
24x/24x CD-RW/DVD Combo V Ultrabay
enhanced
SFF
7
1
External Storage Units
Form
Factor
-
17331RU
-
Rack
(3U)
-
172260U
-
Rack
(3U)
-
17226LU
-
Rack
(3U)
Notes:
2. All models ship standard with an Ultralight DVD-ROM Ultrabay Enhanced.
194
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
2.5
SL
Yes
HDD
2
2.5
SL
Yes
HDD
3
2.5
SL
Yes
HDD
4
2.5
SL
Yes
HDD
5
2.5
SL
Yes
HDD
6
2.5
SL
Yes
HDD
7
5.25
Ultrabay
Yes
Optical
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
Hot-Plug
Capable
Storage Controllers
02R0995
32P0033
1654
Controller 128MB Cache with
battery
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
1-6
-
02R0996
02R0988
1653
Controller 256MB Cache with
battery
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
1-6
-
24P0963
24P0960
1650
FAStT FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1-6
-
13N2232
13N2227
1664
ServeRAID 8i SAS RAID
Controller
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
Dedicated
Raid Slot
-
13N2252
13N2249
1656
IBM Ultra320 SCSI Controller 2
Half
64-bit/
66MHz
1-6
-
Options
-
172260U
-
-
-
-
-
-
17226LU
-
-
-
-
-
-
17001RS
-
Controller
-
-
-
-
-
17002RD
-
Controller
-
-
-
-
-
17011RL
-
Controller LC
-
-
-
-
-
17011RS
-
Controller
-
-
-
-
-
172260U
-
-
-
-
-
-
17226LU
-
-
-
-
-
-
17226LX
-
DS4300 Midrange Disk (6LX)
-
-
-
-
195
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported
Hot-Plug
Capable
-
17421RX
-
-
-
-
-
-
174290X
-
-
-
-
-
-
2005H08
-
TotalStorage Fibre Channel Switch
H08
-
-
-
-
-
2005H16
-
TotalStorage Fibre Channel Switch
H16
-
-
-
-
-
2006L10
-
-
-
-
-
Description
Networking
31P9605
31P9601
1512
Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1-6
X
73P2705
73P2701
1513
Adapter by Intel
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1-6
X
73P3605
73P3601
1507
Half
64-bit
1-6
-
73P4005
73P4001
1509
NetXtreme 1000 SX Fiber Ethernet
Adapter 2
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1-6
-
73P4105
73P4101
1510
NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet
Adapter 2
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1-6
-
73P4205
73P4201
1511
NetXtreme 1000 T Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter 2
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1-6
-
-
-
-
-
Systems Management
13M7288
73P9341
1603
Daughter Card
Notes:
1. Option 02R0988 and option 32P0033 are supported for external attachment only and not for internal
HDDs.
2. The x460 support six HDDs, which limits the ServeRAID 8i Controller to reach RAID configurations of 0,
1, 10, 5, 6, 50, 1E, and 5EE, but not RAID 60. Also, for multi-node 4 and 8 chassis configurations (16-32
CPU's), a maximum of 2 ServeRAID 8i adapters are allowed due to PCI device resource limitations.
196
COG
Figure 52. x460 rear view
197
Active
PCI
Slot length
64-bit
N
Special
266MHz
64-bit
Y
Full
Universal
266MHz
64-bit
Y
Full
6
Universal
266MHz
64-bit
Y
Full
PCI-X 2.0
8
Universal
266MHz
64-bit
Y
Full
5
PCI-X 2.0
A
Universal
266MHz
64-bit
Y
Full
6
PCI-X 2.0
C
Universal
266MHz
64-bit
Y
Full
Type
Bus
Voltage (V)
Dedicated Raid Slot
PCI-X
1
Universal
66MHz
1
PCI-X 2.0
2
Universal
2
PCI-X 2.0
4
3
PCI-X 2.0
4
Figure 53. x460 system board
198
Frequency
MHz
Data Path
Slot
COG
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Power1
13M7286
13M7413
-
1300W Power Supply
-
2130R31
-
UPS3000XHV3
-
32P1692
-
Notes:
1. xSeries 460 ships with two 1300w hot-swap capable power supplies.
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
-
09N4290
-
-
09N4291
-
-
1735L04
-
-
1735R16
-
Monitors
-
90P0717
-
L150p 15" business black flat panel LCD monitor
Keyboard and Mouse
-
25R6968
-
Preferred Pro Full-size Keyboard - 104 Keys - PS/2 (Business Black)
-
90P0777
-
USB Keyboard Enhanced Performance Keyboard
-
90P0743
-
-
90P0742
-
Optical 3-button ScrollPoint Mouse - 800dpi - PS/2 & USB (Business Black)
Other Accessories
-
-
-
-
Notes:
options.
199
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Bays
Supported
Storage
Interface
Form Factor
Ext Tape
Encl
Tape Drives
-
59P6736
-
160/320 GB SDLT Internal
SCSI Tape Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
0034B1X
-
59P6744
-
200/400GB LTO FH Tape
Drive
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
0034B0X
Tape Autoloaders
-
36232LX
-
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
36232SX
-
SDLT 320 1x8 Tape
Autoloader
-
Ultra320
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
5U Rack
-
-
4560SLX
-
Library
200
-
4559FHX
-
2U Full High Stand Alone
SCSI Tape Drive Enclosure
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop or
Rack Shelf
(4.41in tall)
-
-
45594UX
-
Drive Enclosure
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
4U Rack
-
-
0034B0X
-
NetBAY Tape Enclosure
(Rack Mount)
-
-
-
-
COG
Chapter 18. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure
Note:
P,
S,
F
S-Fans,
S-Power
Y
Number of Slots (Std/Max)
System Management Controller1
2/
2
Rack (3U)
Hot-Swap (Power, Slots, Fans)
Form Factor
8684-2RX
Part Number
Table 19. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure At-A-Glance
6/
122
Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer. Includes two 370w hot-swap power supplies, two 2.8m rack power
cables (100-240v, C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m low voltage line cords (100-120v, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).
One 3.5m Remote I/O Cable Kit and one 3.5m Interconnect Management Cable Kit is also provided.
Notes:
1. RXE-100 management controller interfaces with the connected server's Remote Supervisor Adapter (I or
II) using the standard management cables.
2. RXE-100 ships with six full-length, Active-PCI, 64-bit PCI-X slots. Six more are supported via installation
of the optional six slot expansion kit.
201
(rear)
primary RIO
connections (external)
and DMC ports
(RS-485 bus)
Remote I/O PCI-X
6-slot Expansion Kit
Six-pack B
Remote I/O PCI-X
6-slot Expansion Kit
Six-pack A
(standard)
secondary RIO
connections
Fans
Fans
power
supply
power
supply
(front)
Figure 54. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure P/N 8684-2RX
202
COG
RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure I/O Options
Option Number
Description
I/O Adapters1, 2
Associated Options
13N0055
Remote I/O PCI-X 6-slot Expansion Kit3, 4
31P6088
8m Interconnect Management Cable Kit5
31P6103
8m Remote I/O Cable Kit6
31P6087
3.5m Interconnect Management Cable Kit7
31P6102
3.5m Remote I/O Cable Kit7
Notes:
1. Supported I/O options for RXE-100 will match those options supported on the system to which RXE-100
is connected. See specific system options for further option support. Exceptions will be footnoted.
2. Note: If the NetXtreme 1000 T Dual Port Ethernet adapter or the PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Adapter
by Intel is installed, the other PCI slot on the same bus as the subject adapters, must be occupied with
another supported PCI adapter.
3. Supported in 8684 model 2RX only.
4. Installs into the RXE-100 to expand slot availability from six to 12. The expansion enclosure must be
powered down to install this option. Cables internally through the secondary RIO connectors. The
additional six slots are numbered one to six with the same attributes as the standard unit.
5. Allows the host server remote management functionality to support the RXE-100. A 3.5m cable is
standard for installations in the same rack. The 8m length is required when installing in a different rack.
6. Primary expansion cable connecting the expansion enclosure PCI slot capability to the system processor
and memory components. A 3.5m cable is standard for installations in the same rack. The 8m length is
required when installing in a different rack. Connects the RIO port on the back of the system to the
primary RIO port on the back of the enclosure.
7. Ships standard with the RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure.
Chapter 18. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure
203
204
COG
Chapter 19. Datacenter Solution Program
The IBM Datacenter Solution Program is a comprehensive set of hardware, software
and service offerings intended to deliver true enterprise computing solutions based
on the Microsoft® Windows® Server 2003 Datacenter Edition operating systems.
xSeries servers supporting Datacenter Solutions include the xSeries 445, 455 and 460
servers. The xSeries 445 and 455 support up to 16 processor Datacenter solutions. The
xSeries 460 supports up to 32 processor Datacenter solutions.
IBM offers two Datacenter solutions with the xSeries 445, 455 and 460 servers. The
Datacenter Scalable Offering for "system" certified solutions and the Datacenter High
Availability Program for end to end Datacenter certified configurations including
storage. The IBM Datacenter Solutions include Microsoft-certified hardware, the
Windows Datacenter Server operating systems, and optional onsite services and
remote support offerings through IGS or xSeries Lab Services.
In addition to the configuration information on the following pages, the IBM
Datacenter Solution Program includes the following software and optional services.
The service offerings must be ordered separately. An Expert Solutions Assurance
Review (SAR) must be conducted by IBM or your IBM business partner to ensure that
the configuration being ordered is complete, prior to placing any orders.
The product content described herein is consistent worldwide; however, there may be
some variance in IBM part numbers outside of the US and Canada. Contact your IBM
Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific
configuration requirements.
The following applies to x460 Datacenter customers: Datacenter customers
purchasing 8 way thru 32 way datacenter solutions with intentions of later
partitioning their datacenter servers into smaller servers should order more than one
x460 server in their original purchase. The Datacenter OS is shipped with the x460
server only and not the MXE460. The MXE460 Expansion unit includes only the
Datacenter OS license. For example, if a customer purchasing a 16 way stand-alone
server would like to later partition the server into 2 - 8 way servers, they should
purchase 2 - x460 servers and 2 - MXE460 Expansion units.
Software
•
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, and Microsoft Windows
Server 2003 Datacenter x64 Edition, licensed for up to 32 CPUs (five Client Access
Licenses are included. Additional CALs must be purchased separately from
Microsoft)1
Standard Services
•
Solutions Assurance Review2
•
Custom configurations and software preloads in manufacturing for the IBM
Datacenter High Availability Program
•
Limited Warranty service with 24x7 same day response3
205
IBM Optional Support Services
•
Contracted Onsite installation and Integration by IBM
•
IBM Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows Datacenter4
•
Advanced Support for Mission Critical Systems (US)
•
Support Line (base software support outside the US and where Advanced
Support is not available)
•
High Availability Services5
•
Warranty upgrade (24x7x2 hour response)
•
Testing Services--proof of concept, assessment, design and planning
• Custom services for unique requirements provided by IGS
Notes:
1. IBM makes no representations or warranties regarding non-IBM products or
services. These products are offered and warranted by third parties.
2. IBM provides this service standard for all Datacenter sales directly through IBM.
Business Partners will also perform this service but may choose to charge a fee.
3. For information on IBM's Statement of Limited Warranty, call 1-800-772-2227 or
contact your IBM representative or reseller. Copies are available upon request.
International Warranty Service available in those countries where the particular
product is sold by IBM or IBM Business Partners. With respect to onsite service,
IBM sends a technician after attempting to resolve the problem remotely
4. Optional Software Update Subscription (SUS) services ensure that customers can
upgrade to future Microsoft Datacenter operating system releases. SUSs for the
IBM Datacenter High Availability Program include operating system upgrades
and IBM maintenance updates. The IBM Datacenter Scalable Offering includes
SUSs for operating system upgrades only, maintenance is available from the
Microsoft Support Web site. IBM Datacenter SUSs must be renewed annually
from the date of purchase to remain eligible for operating system upgrades and
maintenance. IBM will provide Operating System Upgrades and Maintenance as
applicable as long as upgrade and maintenance support is provided by Microsoft.
5. The High Availability Services are optional offerings that can help improve
critical IT systems availability, moving closer to a continuous operations
environment by reducing unplanned outages.
206
COG
Datacenter Solutions
207
xSeries 445 Datacenter Solution: High Availability Program
Table 20. xSeries 445 4 and 8-way Datacenter High Availability Program1
The Datacenter High Availability Program includes the part numbers and quantities identified in this table.
Additional options for Datacenter Solutions are listed in the table labeled "Selectable Options."
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
4-way
Total Qty
8-way
Usage
Select one of the following
8870-1BX
2 x 2.2GHz/400MHz-2MB Xeon MP,
open-bay, DVD-ROM
1
1
8870-2BX
open-bay, DVD-ROM
1
1
8870-4BX
open-bay, DVD-ROM
1
1
All processors in the solution must
match.
13N0723
2.2GHz/400MHz-2MB L3 Cache Xeon
Processor MP
2
6
13N0722
Processor MP
2
6
13N0721
Processor MP
2
6
0
1
4-way to 8-way upgrade kit
02R1870
SMP Expansion Module
Select in matched pairs. Up to 16
DIMMs per chassis without SMP
Expansion module; Up to 32 with
SMP Expansion module.
Select memory required
33L5038
-
-
33L5039
-
-
33L5040
-
-
02R0988
ServeRAID-6M Controller (256MB Cache)
1
1
32P0033
1
1
Two HDDs required
Select HDD Required
90P1380
HDD
2
2
90P1381
HDD
2
2
90P1382
HDD
2
2
90P1307
HDD
2
2
208
COG
Table 20. xSeries 445 4 and 8-way Datacenter High Availability Program1 (continued)
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
4-way
Total Qty
8-way
2
2
Usage
Select the following
24P0960
Two per node for load balancing
and redundancy.
4816-7AU
Preload Kit for Microsoft Windows Server
2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-4 Processors
1
-
4816-7BU
Preload Kit for Microsoft Windows Server
2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-8 Processors
-
1
Note:
Refer to the Required Service Offerings section at the end of the Datacenter section for any manufacturing
install fees that may apply.
Notes:
1.
All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.
Table 21. xSeries 445 16-way Datacenter High Availability Program1
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
16-way
Total Qty 2
Node 16-way
Total Qty 4
Node 16-way
Usage
8870-1BX
2 x 2.2GHz/400MHz-2MB Xeon
MP, open-bay, DVD-ROM
2
4
8
8870-2BX
2
4
8
8870-4BX
2
4
8
1
2
4
Scalability kit
02R2013
Two Chassis 16-way
Configuration Kit
Allows two chassis to be
connected together
providing a 16-way
capable configuration.
All processors in the
solution must match.
13N0723
2.2GHz/400MHz-2MB L3
Cache Xeon Processor MP
12
24
48
13N0722
12
24
48
13N0721
12
24
48
2
4
8
4-way to 8-way upgrade kit
02R1870
SMP Expansion Module
209
Table 21. xSeries 445 16-way Datacenter High Availability Program1 (continued)
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
16-way
Total Qty 2
Node 16-way
Total Qty 4
Node 16-way
Usage
Select in matched pairs.
Up to 16 DIMMs per
chassis without SMP
Expansion module; Up
to 32 with SMP
Expansion module.
33L5038
512MB PC2100 ECC DDR
RDIMM
-
-
-
33L5039
-
-
-
33L5040
-
-
-
02R0988
(256MB Cache)
1
2
4
32P0033
(128MB Cache)
1
2
4
Two HDDs per node
required.2
Select HDD Required
90P1380
36GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI
Hot-swap HDD
2
4
8
90P1381
Hot-swap HDD
2
4
8
90P1382
Hot-swap HDD
2
4
8
90P1307
Hot-swap HDD
2
4
8
2
4
8
24P0960
One per node
4816-7DU
Preload Kit for Microsoft
Windows Server 2003
Datacenter Edition, 1-16
Processors
Two per node for load
balancing and
redundancy.
1
2
4
Note:
Note:
A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For x445 Datacenter 16-way configurations, a node
consists of two chassis.
Notes:
1. All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.
2. One of the two chassis in each "node" will contain two HDDs.
210
COG
Table 22. xSeries 445 Datacenter High Availability Program - Selectable Options1
Selectable options are additional, certified options for use with IBM Datacenter solutions.
Option Number
Description
Usage
I/O Controllers
73P4001
NetXtreme 1000SX+ Fiber Ethernet Adapter2
One per node
73P4101
NetXtreme 1000T+ Ethernet Adapter
One per node
73P4201
NetXtreme 1000T+ Dual Port Ethernet Adapter
One per node
External Fibre Channel Storage
174290U
FAStT900 Fibre Channel Storage Server (U.S. line cord)
174290X
FAStT900 Fibre Channel Storage Server (no line cord)
17401RU
Rack-related
930842S
NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack Cabinet (ER)
930842E
NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack Cabinet (EX)
One per node or as required
separately
Datacenter Preload Kits
4816-7AU
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-4
Processors
4816-7BU
Processors
4816-7DU
Processors
Software Update Subscriptions3
4816-CAX
Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows
Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-4 processors
4816-CBX
4816-CDX
Warranty Services
96P2688
3 Year On-Site Repair: 24x7x4
Warranty Upgrade for x445 and x455.
96P2689
Note:
Note:
Notes:
is supported in all slots, when using the appropriate bracket.
3. Annual subscription services ensure that customers receive all updates to the Microsoft Datacenter
operating system (and roll up of IBM driver updates). Staying current on Datacenter subscriptions is a
211
4.
requirement for Microsoft support; therefore, this service is highly recommended to all Datacenter
customers.
24x7x2 warranty service is limited to selected locations. For list, see Fax #8146 on 1-800-IBM-4FAX
xSeries 445 Datacenter Solution: Scalable Offering
Table 23. xSeries 445 16-way Datacenter Scalable Offering1
The Datacenter Scalable Offering includes the part numbers and quantities identified in this table. Additional
options for Datacenter Solutions are listed in the table labeled "Selectable Options."
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
8-way
Total Qty
16-way
Usage
All models ship with the maximum
number of processors standard.
8870-2FX
4GB mem, WS03 DC, open-bay, DVDROM, RSA II
1
2
8870-4FX
4GB mem, WS03 DC, open-bay, DVDROM, RSA II
1
2
0
1
Scalability Kit
02R2013
Two Chassis 16-way Configuration Kit
Select in matched pairs. Up to 16
DIMMs per chassis without SMP
Expansion module; Up to 32 DIMMs
per chassis with SMP Expansion
module. All models ship standard with
4GB of memory via 4 x 1GB DIMMs.
33L5038
-
-
33L5039
-
-
33L5040
-
1 ServeRAID adapter is required per
node
02R0988
Cache)
1
1
32P0033
Cache)
1
1
Two HDDs per node required.2
Select HDD Required
90P1380
HDD
2
2
90P1381
HDD
2
2
90P1382
146GB 15K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hotswap HDD
2
2
90P1307
2
2
212
COG
Allows two chassis to be connected
together providing a 16-way capable
configuration.
Table 23. xSeries 445 16-way Datacenter Scalable Offering1 (continued)
Option
Number
Total Qty
8-way
Description
Total Qty
16-way
Usage
Note:
Note:
Notes:
1.
2.
One of the two chassis in each "node" will contain two HDDs.
Table 24. xSeries 445 Datacenter Scalable Offering - Selectable Options1
Selectable Options
Option Number
Description
Usage
I/O Controllers
24P0960
balancing and redundancy.
73P4001
One per node
73P4101
One per node
73P4201
One per node
External Fibre Channel storage
174290U
174290X
17401RU
Rack-related
930842S
930842E
4818-CBX
Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows Server
2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-8 processors
Warranty Services
96P2688
Warranty Upgrade for x445
and x455.
96P2689
Warranty Upgrade for x445
and x455.
Note:
Note:
213
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Option number 73P4001 contains both a standard (ATX) bracket and a low-profile bracket and therefore
Annual subscription services ensure that customers can upgrade future releases of the Microsoft
Datacenter operating system. Maintenance updates are not included in this subscription license. All
Datacenter OS maintenance updates are available directly from Microsoft.
xSeries 455 Datacenter Solution: High Availability Program
Option Number
Description
Total Qty
Usage
8855-5AY
2 x 1.6GHz/400MHz-6MB L3 Cache Itanium
2, open-bay, CD-RW/DVD
1
-
8855-6AY
2 x 1.6GHz/400MHz-9MB L3 Cache Itanium
2, open-bay, CD-RW/DVD
1
All processors in the solution
must match.
13N0732
1.6GHz/400MHz-6MB L3 Cache Itanium 2
Processor
2
-
13N0731
1.6GHz/400MHz-9MB L3 Cache Itanium 2
Processor
2
Select in matched pairs, up to 28
DIMMs per chassis.
33L5038
-
-
33L5039
-
-
33L5040
-
-
214
02R0988
1
-
32P0033
1
-
COG
Option Number
Description
Total Qty
Usage
Two HDDs required.
Select HDD required
90P1380
2
-
90P1381
2
-
90P1382
2
-
90P1307
2
-
2
and redundancy.
1
-
24P0960
Each Datacenter Solution is preloaded with
the following:
4816-5AU
Note:
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter
Edition licensed for up to 4 processors
Notes:
1.
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
8-way
Total Qty 2
Node 8-way
Usage
8855-5AY
2 x 1.6GHz/400MHz-6MB L3 Cache
Itanium 2, open-bay, CD-RW/DVD
2
4
-
8855-6AY
2 x 1.6GHz/400MHz-9MB L3 Cache
Itanium 2, open-bay, CD-RW/DVD
2
4
-
1
2
Allows two nodes to be
connected together providing an
8-way capable configuration.
Includes two 2.5m cables.
Scalability kit
73P9911
4-way to 8-way Scalability Option
must match.
13N0732
1.6GHz/400MHz-6MB L3 Cache Itanium
2 Processor
4
8
-
13N0731
1.6GHz/400MHz-9MB L3 Cache Itanium
2 Processor
4
8
-
215
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
8-way
Total Qty 2
Node 8-way
Usage
Select in matched pairs, up to 28
DIMMs per chassis.
33L5038
-
-
-
33L5039
-
-
-
33L5040
-
-
-
02R0988
1
2
-
32P0033
1
2
Two HDDs per node required.2
Select HDD required
90P1380
HDD
2
4
-
90P1381
HDD
2
4
-
90P1382
HDD
2
4
-
90P1307
HDD
2
4
-
2
4
and redundancy.
1
2
One per node.
24P0960
Each Datacenter Solution is preloaded
with the following:
4816-5BU
Microsoft Windows Server 2003
Datacenter Edition licensed for up to 8
processors
Note:
Note:
Notes:
2. One of the two chassis in each "node" will contain two HDDs.
216
COG
xSeries 455 16-way Datacenter High Availability Program
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
16-way
Total Qty
2 Node
16-way
Total Qty
4 Node
16-way
Usage
8855-5AY
2 x 1.6GHz/400MHz-6MB L3
Cache Itanium 2, open-bay, CDRW/DVD
4
8
16
-
8855-6AY
2 x 1.6GHz/400MHz-9MB L3
Cache Itanium 2, open-bay, CDRW/DVD
4
8
16
-
Scalability Kit
73P9911
1
2
4
connected together providing
an 8-way capable
configuration. Includes two
2.5mm cables.
73P9715
8-way to 16-way Supplemental
Option
1
2
4
Allows two 8-way nodes to be
a 16-way capable
configuration. Includes one
3.5m cable and three 2.5m
cables.
must match.
13N0732
1.6GHz/400MHz-6MB L3 Cache
Itanium 2 Processor
8
16
32
-
13N0731
1.6GHz/400MHz-9MB L3 Cache
Itanium 2 Processor
8
16
32
Select in matched pairs up to
28 DIMMs per chassis.
33L5038
Min. of 2
-
-
-
33L5039
Min. of 2
-
-
-
33L5040
Min. of 2
-
-
-
02R0988
Cache)
1
2
4
-
32P0033
Cache)
1
2
4
Two HDDs per node
required.2
Select HDD required
90P1380
2
4
8
-
90P1381
2
4
8
-
217
xSeries 455 16-way Datacenter High Availability Program
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
16-way
Total Qty
2 Node
16-way
Total Qty
4 Node
16-way
Usage
90P1382
Hot-swap HDD
2
4
8
-
90P1307
Hot-swap HDD
2
4
8
-
2
4
8
balancing and redundancy.
1
2
4
One per node.
24P0960
Each Datacenter Solution is
preloaded with the following:
4816-5DU
Microsoft Windows Server 2003
Datacenter Edition licensed for up
to 16 processors
Note:
consists of four chassis.
Note:
Notes:
2. One of the four chassis in each "node" will contain two HDDs.
Table 27. xSeries 455 Datacenter High Availability Program - Selectable Options1
Selectable
Options
Option Number
Description
Usage
I/O Controllers
73P4001
One per node
73P4101
One per node
73P4201
One per node
174290U
-
174290X
-
17401RU
-
Rack-related
930842S
-
930842E
-
Datacenter Preload Kits
4816-5AU
218
COG
processors
One per node or as required separately
-
Table 27. xSeries 455 Datacenter High Availability Program - Selectable Options1 (continued)
Selectable
Options
Option Number
Description
Usage
4816-5BU
processors
-
4816-5DU
processors
-
4816-EAX
Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 1-4 processors (Yearly)
-
4816-EBX
-
4816-EDX
-
Warranty Services
96P2688
96P2689
4
Note:
Note:
consists of two chassis; for 16-way configurations, a node consists of four chassis.
Notes:
1.
2.
Option number 73P4001 contains both a standard (ATX) bracket and a low-profile bracket and therefore
This annual subscription service ensures that customers receive all updates to the Microsoft Datacenter
operating system (and roll up of IBM driver updates). Staying current on Datacenter patches is a
customers.
3.
4.
219
xSeries 455 Datacenter Solution: Scalable Offering
Table 28. xSeries 455 Datacenter Scalable Offering1
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
4-way
Total Qty
8-way
Total Qty
16-way
All models ship with the
maximum number of
processors standard.
8855-4BY
4 x 1.5GHz/400MHz-4MB Itanium
2, 2GB mem, WS03 DC, open-bay,
CD-RW/DVD, RSA
1
2
4
8855-5BY 4 x 1.6GHz/400MHz-6MB Itanium 2,
2GB mem, WS03 DC, open-bay, CDRW/DVD, RSA
1
2
4
8855-6BY
1
2
4
4 x 1.6GHz/400MHz-9MB Itanium
2, 2GB mem, WS03 DC, open-bay,
CD-RW/DVD, RSA
Usage
Scalability kit
73P9911
0
1
1
an 8-way capable
configuration. Includes two
2.5m cables.
73P9715
8-way to 16-way Supplemental
Option
0
0
1
Allows two 8-way nodes to
be connected together
providing a 16-way capable
configuration. Includes one
3.5m cable and three 2.5m
cables.
Select in matched pairs, up to
28 DIMMs per chassis. All
models ship standard with
2GB of memory via 2 x 1GB
DIMMs.
33L5038
-
-
-
33L5039
-
-
-
33L5040
-
-
1 ServeRAID adapter is
required per node
02R0988
Cache)
1
1
1
32P0033
Cache)
1
1
1
Two HDDs per node
required2
Select HDD required
90P1380
220
COG
2
2
2
Table 28. xSeries 455 Datacenter Scalable Offering1 (continued)
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
4-way
Total Qty
8-way
Total Qty
16-way
90P1381
2
2
2
90P1382
2
2
2
90P1307
2
2
2
Usage
Note:
Note:
consists of four chassis.
Notes:
1.
2.
One of the four chassis in each "node" will contain two HDDs.
Table 29. xSeries 455 Datacenter Scalable Offering - Selectable Options 1
Selectable
Options
Option Number
Description
Usage
I/O Controllers
24P0960
Two per node for load balancing and
redundancy.
73P4001
One per node
73P4101
One per node
73P4201
One per node
174290U
-
174290X
-
17401RU
-
Rack-related
930842S
-
930842E
-
4818-EAX
-
Warranty Services
96P2688
96P2689
221
Table 29. xSeries 455 Datacenter Scalable Offering - Selectable Options 1 (continued)
Selectable
Options
Option Number
Description
Usage
Note:
Note:
consists of two chassis; for 16-way configurations, a node consists of four chassis.
Notes:
1. All final customer configurations and solutions require a Solution Assurance Review.
3. Annual subscription services ensure that customers can upgrade future releases of the Microsoft
Datacenter operating system. Maintenance updates are not included in this subscription license. All
Datacenter OS maintenance updates are available directly from Microsoft.
4. 24x7x2 warranty service is limited to selected locations. For list, see Fax #8146 on 1-800-IBM-4FAX
xSeries 460 Single Node Datacenter High Availability Solutions
The Datacenter High Availability (HA) Program Offering delivers a fully configured, Datacenter-certified,
IBM-installed hardware and operating system solution for a tightly-controlled high availability environment.
Table 30. xSeries 460 Single Node High Availability Configurations (4, 8, 16 and 32-way)1
The Datacenter HA Solutions will contain, at a minimum, the components below in the appropriate quantities.
Additional Datacenter certified options are listed in the "Additional Options" table. Required service offerings are
listed in the "Required Service Offerings" table.
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
4-way
Total Qty
8-way
Total Qty
16-way
Total Qty
32-way
Select one of the following 2, 3
88722AY
4 x 3.0GHz/667MHz Xeon MP, 0MB Mem, open-bay,
32-bit WS03, HA DC
1
1
1
1
88723AY
4 x 3.33GHz/667MHz Xeon MP, 0MB Mem, openbay, 32-bit WS03, HA DC
1
1
1
1
88722BY
64-bit WS03, HA DC
1
1
1
1
88723BY
4 x 3.33GHz/667MHz Xeon MP, 0MB Mem, openbay, 64-bit WS03, HA DC
1
1
1
1
Select appropriate expansion enclosure4
88741AY
MXE-460 with 4-way 32-bit HA COA
0
1
3
7
88741BY
MXE-460 with 4-way 64-bit HA COA
0
1
3
7
Scalability kit5
13M7414
0
2
3
6
13M7416
0
0
3
6
0
4
12
28
Select appropriate processor 6, 7
13N0714
222
COG
Table 30. xSeries 460 Single Node High Availability Configurations (4, 8, 16 and 32-way)1 (continued)
The Datacenter HA Solutions will contain, at a minimum, the components below in the appropriate quantities.
Additional Datacenter certified options are listed in the "Additional Options" table. Required service offerings are
listed in the "Required Service Offerings" table.
Option
Number
13N0713
Description
MP
Select memory 8, 9
Total Qty
4-way
Total Qty
8-way
Total Qty
16-way
Total Qty
32-way
0
4
12
28
Min=4GB
Min=8GB
Min=16GB
Min=32GB
73P2866
2GB (2x1GB) PC2-3200 ECC DDR2 RDIMM Kit
-
-
-
-
73P2867
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Min=1
Min=1
Min=1
1
-
-
-
Min=2
Min=2
Min=2
Min=2
Select the following as required
13M7409
4-DIMM Memory Expansion Card
13N2227
8, 9, 10
11
ServeRAID-8i SAS Controller
Select HDDs12
26K5654
36.4GB 10K rpm 2.5" SAS HS HDD
-
-
-
-
26K5655
-
-
-
-
Min=2
Min=2
Min=2
Min=2
-
-
-
-
1
2
4
8
Select the following13
24P0960
-
Ethernet Cable
14
Note:
Note:
A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For example, a single-node, 16-way configuration
will consist of one x460 and three MXE-460s.
Notes:
2. The Datacenter OS comes preloaded on each High Availability (HA) DC model.
3. Select one model to serve as the primary server. The OS will reside on this server.
4. Select based on primary server selected. MXE-460 COA must match the selected x460's OS.
5. Order both cables in quantities shown per configuration. Connects chassis in a node together for
scalability.
6. x460 Datacenter models ship standard with the maximum number of processors. The MXE-460s have
zero processors standard.
7. All processors in the solution must match. Select processors for MXE-460 based on processor installed in
the primary x460. Select in quantities of four per MXE-460.
8. HA solution x460 and MXE-460 Datacenter models have zero DIMMs standard. Minimum of two
DIMMs (one option kit) equating to 4GB required per chassis. Each chassis must contain the same
memory configuration.
9. All Datacenter models (x460 and MXE-460) ship standard with two memory cards. Each memory card
supports four DIMMs. Max of four cards are supported per chassis.
10. Memory can be installed using one of two methodologies: Performance installation or cost-effective
installation. Performance installation populates one pair of DIMMs per memory card, until four cards are
installed, before adding a second pair of DIMMs to a card. Cost-effective installation fully populates each
memory card before adding additional cards.
223
11. Minimum and maximum of one required per primary server (x460) to attach to internal HDDs. Quantity
one optional per MXE-460.
12. Minimum two identical HDDs required on primary server (x460) for OS. HDDs are optional for MXE's.
Max = 6 HDDs per chassis.
13. Minimum two required per primary server (x460) for load balancing and redundancy. Optional for
MXEs-460.
14. One required per chassis for service processor interconnection. The service processors of all chassis must
be connected together via an ethernet network.
xSeries 460 Multi-Node Datacenter High Availability Solutions
The Datacenter High Availability (HA) Program Offering delivers a fully configured, Datacenter-certified,
IBM-installed hardware and operating system solution for a tightly-controlled high availability environment.
Table 31. xSeries 460 Datacenter High Availability Solution Additional Options1
Additional, certified options for use with IBM Datacenter solutions.
Option
Number
Description
Disk Systems
174290U
TotalStorage DS4500 Disk System
181582H
TotalStorage DS4800 Midrange Disk System
181584H
2107922
21079A2
I/O Controllers
31P9601
PRO/1000 MT Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel
73P2701
PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Ethernet Adapter by
Intel
73P4001
NetXtreme 1000SX+ Fiber Ethernet Adapter
73P4101
73P4201
NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet Adapter
Comment
Can be attached to x460 or to MXE-460.
Can be installed In x460 or in MXE-460.
Racks
930842S
NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack Cabinet
930842E
NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack Cabinet
Software Update Subscriptions 2
4816GAX
Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 32-bit, 4 processor, High
Availability, x460
4816HAX
Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 64-bit, 4 processor, High
Availability, x460
Note: these are 4 processor subscriptions. 8way configurations will need quantity two,
16-way will need four, etc.
Warranty Upgrades 3, 4
96P2688
3 Year IOR 24x7x4
Warranty upgrade for x460 and MXE-460.
96P2689
3 Year IOR 24x7x2
224
COG
Table 31. xSeries 460 Datacenter High Availability Solution Additional Options1 (continued)
Option
Number
Description
Comment
96P2692
4 Year IOR 24x7x4
96P2693
4 Year IOR 24x7x2
96P2696
5 Year IOR 24x7x4
96P2697
5 Year IOR 24x7x2
Note:
Note:
Refer to the x460 and MXE-460 sections of the COG for supported external options such as keyboards, mice,
UPS and switches. Refer to the external storage section of the COG for further external storage configuration.
Refer to the Rack section for rack options.
Notes:
2. This annual subscription service ensures that customers receive all updates to the Microsoft Datacenter
customers.
3. Recommended warranty upgrades for x460 Datacenter solutions.
4. 24x7x2 warranty service is limited to selected locations. For list, see Fax #8146 on 1-800-IBM-4FAX.
xSeries 460 Datacenter Scalable Configurations
Table 32. xSeries 460 Datacenter Scalable Configurations1
The Datacenter Scalable Solutions will contain, at a minimum, the components below in the appropriate
quantities. Additional Datacenter certified options are listed in the 'Additional Options' table. Required service
offerings are listed in the 'Required Service Offerings' table.
Option
Number
Description
Total Qty
4-way
Total Qty
8-way
Total Qty
16-way
Total Qty
32-way
Select one of the following 2, 3
88722DY
32-bit WS03, Scalable DC
1
1
1
1
88723DY
4 x 3.33GHz/667MHz Xeon MP, 4MB Mem, openbay, 32-bit WS03, Scalable DC
1
1
1
1
88722EY
64-bit WS03, Scalable DC
1
1
1
1
88723EY
4 x 3.33GHz/667MHz Xeon MP, 4MB Mem, openbay, 64-bit WS03, Scalable DC
1
1
1
1
Select appropriate expansion enclosure 4
88741DY
MXE-460 with 4-way 32-bit Scalable COA
0
1
3
7
88741EY
MXE-460 with 4-way 64-bit Scalable COA
0
1
3
7
0
2
3
6
Scalability kit 5
13M7414
225
Table 32. xSeries 460 Datacenter Scalable Configurations1 (continued)
The Datacenter Scalable Solutions will contain, at a minimum, the components below in the appropriate
quantities. Additional Datacenter certified options are listed in the 'Additional Options' table. Required service
offerings are listed in the 'Required Service Offerings' table.
Option
Number
13M7416
Description
Select appropriate processor
Total Qty
4-way
Total Qty
8-way
Total Qty
16-way
Total Qty
32-way
0
0
3
6
6, 7
13N0714
0
4
12
28
13N0713
MP
0
4
12
28
Min=4GB
Min=8GB
Min=16GB
Min=32GB
Select memory 8, 9
73P2866
-
-
-
-
73P2867
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Min=2
Min=2
Min=2
Min=2
Select the following as required 8, 9,10
13M7409
4-DIMM Memory Expansion Card
11
Select HDDs
26K5654
-
-
-
-
26K5655
-
-
-
-
1
2
4
8
12
-
Ethernet Cable
Note:
Note:
A node represents a single instance of the operating system. For example, a single-node, 16-way configuration
will consist of one x460 and three MXE-460s.
Notes:
2. The Datacenter OS is not preloaded but is provided "in-box" with each Scalable DC model.
3. Select one model to serve as the primary server. The OS will reside on this server.
4. Select based on primary server selected. MXE-460 COA must match the selected x460's OS.
5. Order both cables in quantities shown per configuration. Connects chassis in a node together for
scalability.
6. x460 Datacenter models ship standard with the maximum number of processors. The MXE-460s have
zero processors standard.
7. All processors in the solution must match. Select processors for MXE-460 based on processor installed in
the primary x460. Select in quantities of four per MXE-460.
8. Scalable x460 Datacenter models have two 2GB DIMMs standard. MXE-460 Datacenter models have zero
DIMMs standard. Minimum of two DIMMs (one option kit) equating to 4GB required per chassis. Each
chassis must contain the same memory configuration.
9. All Datacenter models (x460 and MXE-460) ship standard with two memory cards. Each memory card
supports four DIMMs. Max of four cards are supported per chassis.
10. Memory can be installed using one of two methodologies: Performance installation or cost-effective
installation. Performance installation populates one pair of DIMMs per memory card, until four cards are
installed, before adding a second pair of DIMMs to a card. Cost-effective installation fully populates each
memory card before adding additional cards.
11. Minimum two identical HDDs required on primary server (x460) for OS. HDDs are optional for MXE's.
Max = 6 HDDs per chassis.
226
COG
12. One required per chassis for service processor interconnection. The service processors of all chassis must
be connected together via an ethernet network.
xSeries 460 Datacenter Scalable Solution Additional Options
xSeries 460 Datacenter Scalable Solution Additional Options
Table 33. xSeries 460 Datacenter Scalable Solution Additional Options1
Option Number
Description
Disk Systems
174290U
181582H
181584H
2107922
21079A2
I/O Controllers
24P0960
13N2227
ServeRAID-8i SAS Controller
31P9601
73P2701
PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Ethernet Adapter
by Intel
73P4001
NetXtreme 1000SX+ Fiber Ethernet Adapter
73P4101
73P4201
NetXtreme 1000 T + Dual Port Ethernet Adapter
Comment
Can be attached to x460 or to MXE-460.
Options are available for both the x460 and
MXE-460.
Maximum of one per chassis.
Racks
930842S
NetBAY42 Enterprise Rack Cabinet
930842E
NetBAY42 Enterprise Expansion Rack Cabinet
Software Update Subscriptions 2
4818GAX
Software Update Subscription for Microsoft
Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 32-bit, 4
processor, Scalable, x460
4818HAX
Software Update Subscription for Microsoft
Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition, 64-bit, 4
processor, Scalable, x460
Note: these are 4 processor subscriptions. 8way configurations will need quantity two,
16-way will need four, etc.
Warranty Upgrades3, 4
96P2688
3 Year IOR 24x7x4
96P2689
3 Year IOR 24x7x2
96P2692
4 Year IOR 24x7x4
96P2693
4 Year IOR 24x7x2
96P2696
5 Year IOR 24x7x4
227
Table 33. xSeries 460 Datacenter Scalable Solution Additional Options1 (continued)
Option Number
96P2697
Description
Comment
5 Year IOR 24x7x2
Note:
Note:
Refer to the x460 and MXE-460 sections of the COG for supported external options such as keyboards, mice,
UPSs and switches. Refer to the external storage section of the COG for further external storage configuration.
Refer to the Rack section for rack options.
Notes:
2. This annual subscription service ensures that customers receive all updates to the Microsoft Datacenter
customers.
3. Recommended warranty upgrades for x460 Datacenter solutions.
4. 24x7x2 warranty service is limited to selected locations. For list, see Fax #8146 on 1-800-IBM-4FAX.
x460 Scalable Diagrams
The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not be suitable for any specific
customer installation. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance
with your specific configuration requirements.
xSeries 460 (primary server)
Fibre Storage
MXE 460
Figure 55. x460 Single Node 8-way Configuration
228
COG
xSeries 460 (primary server)
Fibre Storage
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
Figure 56. x460 Single Node 16-way Configuration
229
Fibre Storage
xSeries 460
xSeries 460
Cluster Heart-beat
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
MXE 460
Figure 57. 2 Node, 32-way Configuration
230
COG
Required Service Offerings
Required service offerings are manufacturing install fees associated with installing and configuring xSeries
solutions.
Service Offerings to be included as required
Option
Number
Description
Comment
Services Offerings
06P7505
Image Load Fee
OS preload service. One per primary server.
58P8663
Option Install Fee (1 to 3 options)
Service to install up to three options into selected systems.
One per chassis requiring one to three options be installed.
58P8665
Option Install Fee (4 or more options)
Service to install four or more options into selected
systems. One per chassis requiring four or more options
be installed.
06P7514
42U Enterprise Rack Prep Fee
One per rack required.
31P4310
Install 1U Device in Rack Fee
Service to install a 1U device into selected rack. One per
1U device.
06P7515
Install greater-than-1U Device in Rack Fee
Service to install a greater-than-1U device into selected
rack. One per device that is greater than 1U.
73P7492
Configured Systems Shipgroup
Shipgroup for miscellaneous parts/items that were not
installed into selected systems or into selected racks. One
per order.
231
232
COG
Chapter 20. eServer 326
eServer 326 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and also provides four USB ports (two front, two
rear), one 9-pin serial port, an integrated ATI Rage XL video controller with 8MB of video memory. A
keyboard, mouse and diskette drive is not provided. Keyboard and mouse connection must be USB.
Memory (Std/Max)3
Form Factor
Storage Controller6
Optical Drive
Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
248 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
1
H Y
Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB
CD-ROM
(24x-10x)
3/
2
2/
2
8848-71Y
250 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
1
H Y
Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB
CD-ROM
(24x-10x)
3/
2
2/
2
8848-72Y
250 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
1
-
Y
Dual
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
80GB/
320GB
CD-ROM
(24x-10x)
3/
1
2/
2
8848-81Y
252 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
1
H Y
Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
293.6GB
CD-ROM
(24x-10x)
3/
2
2/
2
8848-82Y
252 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB/
16GB
Rack
(1U)
1/
1
-
Y
Dual
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
80GB/
320GB
CD-ROM
(24x-10x)
3/
1
2/
2
8848-45Y8
265 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB9
Rack
(1U)
1/
1
H Y
Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
600GB10
CD-ROM
(24x - 10x)
3/
2
2/
211
8848-46Y8
265 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB9
Rack
(1U)
1/
1
-
Y
Dual
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
80GB /
320GB12
CD-ROM
(24x - 10x)
3/
1
2/
211
8848-55Y8
270 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB9
Rack
(1U)
1/
1
H Y
Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
600GB10
CD-ROM
(24x - 10x)
3/
2
2/
211
8848-56Y8
270 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB9
Rack
(1U)
1/
1
-
Y
Dual
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
80GB /
320GB12
CD-ROM
(24x - 10x)
3/
1
2/
211
8848-65Y8
275 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB9
Rack
(1U)
1/
1
H Y
Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
0/
600GB10
CD-ROM
(24x - 10x)
3/
2
2/
211
8848-66Y8
275 1MB L2
1/
2
1GB /
16GB9
Rack
(1U)
1/
1
-
Y
Dual
1Gb
SATA
Fixed
80GB /
320GB12
CD-ROM
(24x - 10x)
3/
1
2/
211
8848-67Y8
275 1MB L2
2/
2
4GB /
16GB9
Rack
(1U)
1/
1
H Y
Dual
1Gb
U320
Hotswap
72.8GB /
600GB10
-
3/
0
2/
211
8848-61Y
Part Number1
AMD Processor Model - Cache2
Table 34. eServer 326 At-A-Glance
233
SATA
Fixed
80GB /
320GB12
-
Slots (Total/Avail)
Dual
1Gb
Bays (Total/Avail)
Y
Optical Drive
-
1/
1
Rack
(1U)
Storage Controller6
4GB /
16GB9
Form Factor
2/
2
Memory (Std/Max)3
275 1MB L2
8848-68Y8
AMD Processor Model - Cache2
Part Number1
Table 34. eServer 326 At-A-Glance
3/
1
2/
211
Notes:
the product-specific official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
2. AMD Opteron processor with L2 cache.
3. Ships with high-speed, two-way interleaved Chipkill PC3200 RDIMMs. Maximum capacity requires
replacing the standard DIMMs. Uni-processor systems support a maximum of 8GB and dual-processor
systems support a maximum of 16GB.
4. See ’Power and Accessories’ for more information.
6. SCSI models provide a single-channel, Ultra320 integrated SCSI controller which supports RAID-1. SATA
models provide two SATA controllers supporting one HDD each.
7. Maximum capacity is based on two 146.8GB HDDs for SCSI models and two 160GB HDDs for SATA
models.
8. This machine type includes dual-core AMD Opteron Processors.
9. Only dual processors support 16GB of memory. Maximum capacity of 16GB memory is based on 2GB
PC2700 ECC DDR RDIMM being used.
10. Maximum capacities are based on installation of two 300GB Ultra320 SCSI HDDs.
11. One 64-bit/133MHz or two 64-bit/100MHz slots can be used. One adapter slot is full-length and the
other adapter slot is half-length.
12. Maximum capacities are based on installation of two 160GB SATA drives.
234
COG
eServer 326 Processor Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
13M7648
13N0705
0263
AMD Opteron Processor Model 246
-
13M7649
13N0706
0264
61Y
13M7904
13N0702
0262
7xY
13M8216
13N0703
0392
8xY
13M8137
-
0290
AMD Opteron Processor Model 246 Low Voltage
32R2013
25R8961
0291
4xY
32R2015
25R8960
0292
55Y and 56Y
32R2017
25R8959
0293
65Y, 66Y, 67Y,
68Y
Note:
SMP Support1
Processor Options
-
Installation of the second processor enables four additional DIMM slots for a total of eight.
Notes:
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. Installed processors must be
identical.
eServer 326 Memory Options
SBB
Number1
Option
Number
Feature
Code
1
73P3239
73P3233
1604
1GB (2x512MB) PC3200 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit
73P32401
73P3234
1605
2GB (2x1GB) PC3200 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit
22P9270
73P2269
1607
2GB (1x2GB) PC2700 ECC DDR RDIMM Kit2
Note:
Memory Options
16GB of memory is supported via eight DIMM slots, when a second processor is installed. Single processor
systems support 8GB via four DIMM slots. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory DIMMs in
matched pairs is required. PC2700 and PC3200 DIMMs can coexist in the same system as long as the memory
configuration/installation rules are followed. However, all memory will operate at the lowest installed speed.
Notes:
1. Quantity two of this SBB PN must be ordered to equal its corresponding option.
2. This option contains a single DIMM.
235
Model
All except models 67Y and 68Y
2x512MB PC3200 ECC DDR RDIMM
67Y and 68Y
4x1GB PC3200 ECC DDR RDIMM
Uni-Processor DIMM Installation Order
Pair #
Location1
1st
DIMM1 and DIMM2
2nd
DIMM3 and DIMM4
1
-
4th1
-
3rd
Notes:
1. Not available on uni-processor systems.
Dual Processor DIMM Installation Order
Pair #
Location1
1st
DIMM1 and DIMM2
2nd
DIMM7 and DIMM8
1
DIMM3 and DIMM4
1
DIMM75and DIMM6
3rd
4th
Notes:
1. Requires installation of second processor.
eServer 326 Internal SCSI Cabling
eServer 326 hot-swap SCSI models are cabled internally with a single, 1-drop LVD
SCSI cable, connecting the integrated, single-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller to the
hot-swap backplane.
Fixed SATA models
eServer 326 fixed SATA models provide two point-to-point SATA cables which
support one HDD each.
A 1-drop cable attaches the optical drive to the only IDE connector.
External SCSI attachment requires an optional SCSI controller to be installed.
236
COG
eServer 326 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) and Optical Storage
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity
SATA HDDs2
13M7715
25R6902
5252
80GB 7200 RPM SATA HDD
SL
2, 3
2
13M7716
25R6903
5253
160GB 7200 RPM SATA HDD
SL
2, 3
2
-
26K5678
5227
SL
2, 3
2
-
26K5679
5226
SL
2, 3
2
-
90P1314
5225
SL
2, 3
2
-
90P1380
5232
HDD
SSL
2, 3
2
90P1335
90P1318
5204
HDD
SSL
2, 3
2
-
90P1381
5233
HDD
SSL
2, 3
2
90P1329
90P1305
5202
HDD
SSL
2, 3
2
90P1336
90P1319
5205
HDD
SSL
2, 3
2
-
90P1382
5234
SSL
2, 3
2
90P1330
90P1306
5203
SSL
2, 3
2
-
90P1307
5231
300GB 10k rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap
HDD
SSL
2, 3
2
-
32P0727
5215
HDD
-
-
-
-
32P0728
5216
-
-
-
UltraSlim
1
1
Optical Devices
59P5800
22P7047
4110
8x Max DVD-ROM
Form
Factor
-
17331RU
Rack (3U)
-
171010U
Rack (3U)
-
17401RU
Rack (3U)
-
17011RS
TotalStorage DS300 VL (single controller)
Rack (3U)
-
17011RL
TotalStorage DS300 (single controller)
Rack (3U)
-
17012RD
TotalStorage DS300 (dual controller)
Rack (3U)
237
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
-
17001RS
Rack (3U)
-
17002RD
Rack (3U)
-
172260U
Rack (3U)
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity
Notes:
3. An appropriate, optional I/O controller is required in order to attach to the system.
Bay
Form Factor
Height
Front Access
Usage
1
133mm (5.25in)
Ultra-Slim
Yes
Std. Optical
2
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD
3
89mm (3.5in)
SSL
Yes
HDD1
Notes:
1.
Standard HDD on SATA models is installed in bay 3.
Figure 58. e326 front view
238
COG
eServer 326 I/O Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported1
HotPlug2
Storage Controllers
02R0996
02R0988
1653
Cache)
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
2
-
02R0995
32P0033
1654
Cache)
Full
64-bit/
133MHz
2
-
71P8651
71P8648
1651
Half
64-bit/
66MHz
1, 2
-
13N2252
13N2249
1656
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
-
-
iSCSI Storage Controllers and
Options4
-
17011RS
TotalStorage DS300 VL (single
controller)
-
-
-
-
-
170011RL
-
-
-
-
Half
64-bit/
133MHz
1, 2
-
Options4
24P0963
24P0960
1650
-
17002RD
-
-
-
-
-
172260U
-
-
-
-
-
17421RU
-
-
-
-
-
174290U
-
-
-
-
-
202612E
-
-
-
-
Networking
73P4105
73P4101
1510
NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet Adapter 2
-
-
-
-
73P4205
73P4201
1511
NetXtreme 1000 T Dual Port Ethernet
Adapter 2
-
-
-
-
Notes:
1. In order to support two 133MHz adapters (which will operate at less than 133MHZ), a jumper setting
will need to be changed. Refer to your system’s documentation for more information.
2. eServer 326 does not have any Active-PCI slots.
4. See External Storage Expansion sections and/or Fibre Channel Solutions sections for additional
configuration information.
239
Figure 59. eServer 326 rear view
eServer 326 Power and Accessories
Option Number
Description
Power
eServer 326 supports a single 411w power supply.1
32P1020
32P1022
2130R30
UPS3000XLV3
2130R31
UPS3000XHV3
32P1692
Notes:
1. eServer 326 includes a rack power cable and line cord.
240
COG
SBB Number
Option
Number
Description
-
1735L04
-
1735R16
-
32P1636
-
32P1652
Monitors
-
90P0717
-
17232UX
-
17232NX
Keyboard and Mouse
02R3206
25R6968
-
90P0777
-
39M7228
-
90P0743
-
90P0742
-
33L3252
Notes:
3. This keyboard does not provide a USB connection.
241
eServer 326 Tape Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Tape Drives
Bays
Supported
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Ext Tape
Encl
-
Ultra160
133mm
(5.25in)
FH
-
Tape Drives
-
25R0012
SCSI Tape Drive
Tape Autoloaders
-
36232SX
1.28TB/2.56TB 36232SX
-
Ultra320
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
36232LX
200/400GB 2U LTO Generation
2 Tape Autoloader 3623 Model
2LX
-
Ultra160
(16-bit)
2U Rack
-
-
Ultra2
(16-bit)
5U Rack
-
Note:
242
4560SLX
Library
COG
Chapter 21. BladeCenter® and BladeCenter® T Chassis
I/O Module Bays (Total/Avail)
Optical Drive
Diskette Drive
Blade Bays (Total/Avail)
7967-3EU
Rack (7U)
19in x 28in
2000w AC
(200v-240v)
2/4
P, B, B
S-Blowers,
S-Power
1/1
2/24
DVD-ROM
(24x-10x)
-5
14/146
8677-3XY3
Rack (7U)
19in x 28in
2000w AC
(200v-240v)
2/4
P, B, B
S-Blowers,
S-Power
1/2
4/4
DVD-ROM
(24x-10x)
USB
Floppy
14/146
86773EY
Rack (7U)
19in x 28in
2000w AC
(200v-240v)
2/4
P, B, B
S-Blowers
S-Power
1/2
4/37
DVD-ROM
(24x-10x)
USB
Floppy
14/146
Part Number
Power Modules
3
Form Factor (Width/Depth)1
Management Module (Std/Max)2
Hot-Swap (Power, Bays, Blowers)
Power Module Quantity (Std/Max)
Table 35. BladeCenter and BladeCenter T Chassis At-A-Glance
BladeCenter Chassis
BladeCenter T Chassis7
87201RX
Rack (8U)
19in x 20in
1300w DC
(-48v-60v)
2/4
P, B, B
S-Blowers
S-Power
1/2
4/4
CD-RW/
DVD
(24x-24x24x-8x)10
-4
8/810
87301RX
Rack (8U)
19in x 20in
1300w AC
(200v-240v)
2/4
P, B, B
S-Blowers
S-Power
1/2
4/4
CD-RW/
DVD
(24x-24x24x-8x)10
-4
8/810
Note:
BladeCenter Chassis can provide increased density per rack over standalone 1U servers by housing multiple
blades in less rack space. BladeCenter solutions increase usability and reduces complexity by providing
common sourcing for blade servers, cabling, cabling connections, I/O options, power modules, system
management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre Channel storage switching
and connectivity, and network management and expansion.
Notes:
1. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable chassis.
2. The management modules for BladeCenter include KVM components. BladeCenter T (8720, 8730) have
KVM implemented as part of the main chassis.
3. Model number is a worldwide general available variant (GAV) model number which is not orderable as
listed and needs to be modified by country. The U.S. GAV model numbers use the following
nomenclature: xxU. For example, the U.S. orderable part number for 8677-3XY is 8677-3XU. See the
product specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
243
4.
The available I/O module bays do not support I/O Expansion cards being installed in blade servers.
These bays only communicate with the blade server’s integrated ethernet controller.
5. Does not ship with a diskette drive. An external FDD is supported attached to one of the two front
mounted USB ports (MT 7967 has one USB port).
6. Supports up to 14 singlewide blade servers. Additional power supplies are required to maintain full
redundancy beyond six blade servers.
7. Model 3EY ships standard with one Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethernet Switch Module installed in
I/O module bay 1.
8. BladeCenter T Chassis are NEBS compliant and designed specifically for telecommunications
applications.
9. The optical drive in the BladeCenter T supports read operation only.
10. Supports up to 8 singlewide blade servers. Additional power supplies are required to maintain full
redundancy beyond four blade servers.
BladeCenter Chassis, blade server support
79671
8677
8720
8730
2
HS20
All
All
Most
Most2
HS40
All
All
51X, 61X, 6TX
51X, 61X, 6TX
JS20
All
All
4TY
4TY
LS20
All
All
All
All
Notes:
1. Expansion cards are not supported in blade servers when installed in 7967-xxx chassis.
2. All HS20 (8832, 8843) models are supported in the BCT chassis except for 8832-NIX.
Figure 60. 8677 front view
244
COG
Figure 61. 8720/8730 front view
BladeCenter Chassis I/O Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Form
Factor
Chassis
Support1
NEBS
Compliant2
Fibre Channel Storage Controllers
-
174290U
FAStT900 Storage Server (US line cord)
Rack (4U)
BC, BCT
-
-
17421RU
FAStT700 Fibre Channel Storage Server
Rack (4U)
BC, BCT
-
-
172260U
FAStT600 Storage Server (US line cord)
Rack (3U)
BC, BCT
-
-
17226LU
Rack (3U)
BC, BCT
-
-
1724100
Rack (3U)
BC, BCT
-
Rack (1U)
BC
-
Fibre Channel Switches, Hubs and
Routers
-
202612E
Fibre Channel External Storage
Enclosures
-
171010U
Rack (3U)
BC, BCT
-
-
17401RU
Rack (3U)
BC, BCT
-
BladeCenter Switch Modules
3
26K6525
26K6530
1535
Nortel Networks L2/3 Copper GbE
Switch Module for BladeCenter
-
BC, BCE,
BCT
-
26K6527
26K6531
1536
Nortel Networks L2/3 Fiber GbE
-
BC, BCE,
BCT
-
26K5614
90P0165
1531
Brocade Enterprise SAN Switch
Module for BladeCenter4, 5
-
BC
-
26K5619
26K5601
1532
Brocade Entry SAN Switch Module for
BladeCenter4, 5
-
BC
-
245
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Form
Factor
Chassis
Support1
NEBS
Compliant2
26K6478
26K6477
1534
Qlogic 6-port Enterprise Fibre Channel
Switch Module for BladeCenter 4, 5
-
BC, BCT
-
13N0567
13N0568
1529
BladeCenter 4-port Gb Ethernet Switch
Module6
-
BC, BCT,
BCE
-
13N2287
13N2281
1530
Cisco Systems Intelligent Gb Ethernet
Switch Module6
-
BC, BCE
-
26K6548
26K6547
1537
Cisco Fiber Gb ESM for IBM eServer
BladeCenter
-
BC, BCT
-
73P9043
73P9057
1542
Nortel Networks Layer 2-7 GbE Switch
Module6
-
BC, BCE,
BCT
Y
26K6455
26K6454
1533
Topspin Infiniband Switch Module for
BladeCenter7
-
BC, BCT
-
02R9081
02R9080
1528
BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module8
-
BC, BCT
-
73P5989
73P5992
4234
BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module
SC Cable9
-
BC, BCE,
BCT
-
73P6031
73P6033
4235
BladeCenter Optical Pass-thru Module
LC Cable9
-
BC, BCE
-
73P6096
73P6100
1541
BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module6
-
BC, BCE
-
-
73P6101
4218
BladeCenter Copper Pass-thru Module
Cable10, 11
-
BC
-
32R1791
32R1790
1552
McDATA® 6-Port Fibre Channel
-
BC, BCT
-
BladeCenter Redundant
KVM/Management Module Option
-
BC
-
BladeCenter T Redundant Management
Module Option
-
BCT
Y
Description
System Management
48P7081
48P7055
-
90P3741
1602
Blade Server Expansion Cards12, 13,
Note:
Installation of additional options into the BladeCenter and BladeCenter T chassis may require power upgrades.
Refer to “Power and Accessories” section for more information.
Notes:
1. BC = BladeCenter 8677; BCT = BladeCenter Telco (8720, 8730); BCE = BladeCenter Entry (7967).
2. An absence of a ’Y’ does not necessarily mean that the component is not NEBS compliant.
3. Mixing Ethernet (including Copper Pass-thru Module (CPM)) and Fibre/SAN switches in I/O module
bays 3 and 4 is not supported. However, mixing Optical Pass-thru modules (OPM) and Ethernet or
Fibre/SAN switches in bays 3 and 4 is supported.
4. Short- or Long-wave SFP Modules (P/N 19K1271 or 19K1272) are required for each fibre channel port
connection.
5. Installs in I/O module bays 3 or 4. When installed in bay 3, port 1 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre
Channel expansion cards. When installed in bay 4, port 2 is enabled on blade-installed Fibre Channel
expansion cards.
6. Maximum of four allowed in BC and BCT. If supported in BCE, then a maximum of two allowed. Can be
installed in any I/O module bay. When installed in I/O module bay 1, integrated Ethernet controller 1 is
enabled on all blades. When installed in bay 2, integrated Ethernet controller 2 is enabled on all blades.
Installation in I/O module bays 3 or 4 (not supported in BCE) requires an Ethernet expansion card to be
installed in blade servers.
246
COG
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Installs in I/O module bays 3 and/or 4. Requires the Topspin Infiniband Host Channel Adapter
expansion card to be installed in at least one blade server.
Maximum of four allowed and can be installed in any I/O module bay. Must be installed in I/O module
bay 4 when Myrinet cluster expansion cards are installed in blade servers.
This cable is 1.5m in length and provides four connections between the optical pass-thru-module (OPM)
and an external Ethernet or fibre environment.
Provides five copper connections between the copper pass-thru module (CPM) and an external gigabit
Ethernet environment. A maximum of 14 connections per CPM is supported. One CPM cable ships with
the CPM option. Two additional cables can be installed.
Option 73P6101 cannot be installed by manufacturing. It must be shipped separately, as an accessory.
Expansion cards install in the blade servers and communicate with optional switch modules installed in
the BladeCenter chassis. Port 1 on expansion cards communicates with BladeCenter I/O module bay 3;
port 2 on expansion cards communicates with BladeCenter I/O module bay 4. Differing expansion cards
can be installed among blades as long as OPM I/O modules are installed in BladeCenter I/O module
bays 3 and 4.
Refer to the individual blade server data for expansion card options and configuration information.
247
Figure 62. 8677 rear view
Figure 63. 8730 and 8720 rear view
248
COG
BladeCenter Power and Accessories
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Power - BladeCenter Chassis (8677, 7967)1
13N0593
13N0570
4229
BladeCenter 1800w Power Supply Modules2
26K4829
26K4816
4230
BladeCenter 2000w Power Supply Modules3
Power - BladeCenter T Chassis (8720, 8730)4
-
90P3742
BladeCenter Telco 1300w DC Power Supply Modules5
-
90P3743
BladeCenter Telco 1300w AC Power Supply Modules6
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
Note:
-
-
Refer to Appendix eServer BladeCenter Power Upgrade Guidelines for important information that will help
determine when a BladeCenter power module upgrade is necessary.
Notes:
1. The BladeCenter chassis’ ship standard with two hot-swap power modules which support blade servers
in bays 1 through 6 and all module bays. When one or more blade servers are installed in blade bays 7
through 14, the appropriate power supply modules option must be installed in power module bays 3 and
4.
2. The 1800w Power Supply Modules option contains two 1800w hot-swap power supply modules and two
2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables. Not supported in 8677-3xx or 7967-xxx.
3. The 2000w Power Supply Modules are a mandatory upgrade for 8677-2XX in order to support
BladeCenter blade servers with Intel’s Xeon processor with EM64T. This option contains two hot-swap
power supply modules and two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables.
4. The BladeCenter T chassis’ ship standard with two hot-swap power modules which support blade
servers in bays 1 through 4, switch module bays 1 and 2, both management modules and the media tray.
When one or more blade servers are installed in blade bays 5 through 8, and/or switch modules installed
in switch module bays 3 or 4, the appropriate power supply modules option must be installed in power
module bays 3 and 4.
5. Available for 8720 only. Includes two 1300w -48v to -60v DC power supplies. DC power cable is customer
provided.
6. Available for 8730 only. Includes two 1300w 200v to 240v AC power supplies and two 2.8m IEC 309-C19
to IEC 309-C20 intra-rack cables.
249
BladeCenter Standard Power Configuration
Model
Power
Modules
8677-2XX
2 x 1800w
2 x 2.5m/8.2ft, 100-240V IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables
8677-3XY,
7967-3EU,
86773EY
2 x 2000w
2 x 2.5m/8.2ft, 100-240V IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables
8720-1RX
2 x 1300w,
-48v to -60v
DC
DC power cables are customer supplied
8730-1RX
2 x 1300w,
200v to 240v
AC
2 x 2.8m/9ft, 100-240V, IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C20 rack power cables
Power Cord
Notes:
1. BC=BladeCenter (8677); BCT=BladeCenter Telco (8720, 8730); BCE = BladeCenter Entry (7967).
2. BladeCenter and BladeCenter T include a standard management module that provides system
management connectivity for all installed blade servers. KVM is provided as part of the management
module on BladeCenter. KVM is provided as part of the chassis on BladeCenter T.
3. Supports up to three BladeCenter chassis on one ACT (Advanced Connectivity Technology) chain.
4. Installs over the blower modules in the rear of the chassis to reduce decibels in sound-sensitive
environments. BladeCenter generates 80 decibels (8 bels) at maximum performance levels. The Acoustic
Attenuation Module reduces the decibel level by 11 (approximately 12%).
6. BladeCenter supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse.
7. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707), which stores in ready-to-use
position.
250
COG
Chapter 22. BladeCenter® HS20 - MT 8843
The HS20 - MT 8843 requires that the BladeCenter chassis have 2000w power supplies installed.
The HS20 - MT 8843 can be installed into and removed from the BladeCenter chassis while the chassis is
powered up. Follow the blade insertion and removal guidelines provided in the system’s documentation.
Part Number1
Memory (Std/Max)3
Storage Controller6
Expansion Cards (Std/Max)8
Table 36. BladeCenter HS20 - MT 8843 At-A-Glance
8843-01Y
2.8/800 - 1MB L2
1/2
512MB/8GB
Y
Dual GB
U320
Fixed
0/146.8GB
1/1
8843-11Y
3.0/800 - 1MB L2
1/2
1GB/8GB
Y
Dual GB
U320
Fixed
0/146.8GB
1/1
8843-41Y
3.6/800 - 1MB L2
1/2
1GB/8GB
Y
Dual GB
U320
Fixed
0/146.8GB
1/1
8843-4TY
3.6/800 - 1MB L2
1/2
1GB/8GB
Y
Dual GB
U320
Fixed
0/146.8GB
1/1
8843-2EY
3.2/800 - 1MB L2
1/2
2GB/8GB
Y
Dual GB
U320
Fixed
72.8/
146.8GB
1/1
8843-LTY
2.8/800 - 1MB L2
Low Voltage
1/2
512MB/8GB
Y
Dual GB
U320
Fixed
0/146.8GB
1/1
8843-L1Y
2.8/800 - 1MB L2
Low Voltage
1/2
512MB/8GB
Y
Dual GB
U320
Fixed
0/146.8GB
1/1
8843-25Y
3.2GHz/800MHz 2MB L2
1/2
1GB/8GB
Y
Dual GB
U320
Fixed
0/293.6GB9
1/1
8843-35Y
3.4GHz/800MHz 1MB L2
1/2
1GB/8GB
Y
Dual GB
U320
Fixed
0/293.6GB9
1/1
8843-45Y
3.6GHz/800MHz
2MB L2
1/2
1GB/8GB
Y
Dual GB
U320
Fixed
0/293.6GB8
1/1
8843-E2Y
3.2GHz/800MHz
2MB L2
1/2
2GB/8GB
Y
Dual GB
U320
Fixed
36.4/
293.6GB8
1/1
Fixed
72.8/
293.6GB
1/1
BladeCenter HS20-8843 Storage Servers (NAS)
8843-27Y
Note:
10
3.2GHz/800MHz
2MB L2
1/2
1GB/8GB11
Y
Dual GB
U320
251
Notes:
the product-specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a
country-specific designator.
standard DIMMs. Memory-mirroring, hot-spare memory and Chipkill functions are supported. Chipkill
is available on DIMMs 512MB and greater.
4. System management functionality, interconnect network connectivity and console connectivity are
managed through the standard management module. The standard integrated service processor
monitors HS20 - MT 8843 system management activity, communicating with the management module in
the BladeCenter.
5. Dual Broadcom 5704S Gb Ethernet controllers.
6. An integrated, single-channel, Ultra320 SCSI controller supports integrated RAID-1 and 1E. RAID-1E
requires the optional BladeCenter Storage Expansion unit.
7. Maximum internal storage capacity is based on installation of two 73.4GB SCSI HDDs.
8. An optional BladeCenter expansion unit is available that attaches directly to the blade server adding two
hot-swap SCSI HDD bats for a total of four HDD bays and two expansion card slots for a total of three
expansion card slots.
9. Maximum capacities are based on installation of two 146.8 GB SCSI HDDs.
10. Model 27Y hardware components come preconfigured and the Microsoft Windows Server 2003
operating system is pre-installed. One 2Gb fibre channel small form factor expansion card is standard.
11. HS20 Storage Server operating system supports a maximum of 4GB of memory.
HS20 - MT 8843 Processor Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
26K9330
13N0692
0269
01Y
26K9331
13N0693
0270
11Y
26K4833
13N0657
0266
2EY
13N2356
13N0659
0268
4xY
31R3208
25R8876
0273
25Y, 27Y, E2Y
31R3209
13N0660
0274
35Y
31R3210
13N0696
0275
45Y
Note:
Processor Options
SMP
Support1
HS20 - MT 8843 processor options support Intel’s Extended Memory 64 Technology (EM64T).
Notes:
252
COG
Figure 64. HS20 - MT 8843 planar
253
HS20 - MT 8843 Memory Options
SBB
Number1
Option
Number
Feature
Code
90P0870
73P3523
0501
90P1218
73P3522
0502
73P2873
73P2865
0503
73P2874
73P2866
0504
73P2875
73P2867
0512
Note:
Memory Description
8GB of memory is supported via four DIMM slots. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory
DIMMs in matched pairs is required beginning with DIMM slots one and two, then three and four. Memorymirroring and hot-spare memory requires all installed DIMMs to match and effectively reduces available
memory by half.
Notes:
Model
Chipkill
01Y, LTY, L1Y
N
11Y, 21Y, 31Y, 41Y, 4TY, 25Y,
27Y, 35Y, 45Y
N
N
E2Y
Figure 65. HS20 - MT 8843 system board
254
COG
HS20 - MT 8843 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity2
Fixed Ultra320 HDDs
26K4845
90P1312
5256
SFF
1, 2
2
13N2364
90P1313
5255
SFF
1, 2
2
90P1329
90P1305
5202
73.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-Swap
HDD
SSL
BSE 1, 2
2
90P1330
90P1306
5203
HDD
SSL
BSE 1, 2
2
90P1335
90P1318
5204
HDD
SSL
BSE 1, 2
2
90P1336
90P1319
5205
HDD
SSL
BSE 1, 2
2
-
-
-
-
-
1
32P0747
32P0727
5215
HDD
Storage Expansion
13N2361
26K4817
4224
BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit3
Notes:
1. The bay support for the hot-swap SCSI HDDs is the BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expanse (BSE) unit. See
BladeServer Storage and I/O Expansion section for more information.
2. Installation of a second HDD will physically prevent installation of certain expansion cards and
vice-versa. See I/O section for more information.
3. Supports two HDDs and two I/O expansion cards. See Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion section
HS20 - MT 8843 I/O Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Form
Factor
Blade Server Expansion Cards1, 2
26R1089
13N2203
1550
BladeCenter Fibre Channel Expansion Card
StFF
26K4844
26K4841
1549
Fibre Channel Expansion Card
SmFF
26K4838
73P9030
1547
BladeCenter Gigabit Ethernet Expansion Card
StFF
26K4843
26K4842
1548
Gigabit Ethernet Expansion Card
SmFF
3
26K4837
73P6000
1546
Myrinet Cluster Expansion Card
StFF
26K6458
26K6457
1551
Topspin Infiniband Host Channel Adapter Expansion Card for
BladeCenter
StFF
255
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
32R1801
26K6487
1559
Description
IBM eServer BladeCenter iSCSI Expansion Card
Form
Factor
-
External Disk Systems and Options
-
17011RS
Rack 3U
-
17001RS
Rack 3U
-
17241XX
TotalStorage DS4100 Midrange Disk System (all models)
Rack 3U
-
17226XX
TotalStorage DS4300 Midrange Disk Systems (all models)
Rack 3U
-
17429XX
TotalStorage DS4500 Midrange Disk System (all models)
Rack 4U
I/O Expansion
13N2361
26K4817
4224
BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit3, 5
Notes:
1. Quantity one expansion card is supported inside the blade itself. The optional expansion unit will allow
for two more cards. Installation of a StFF (standard form factor) card will physically prevent installation
of a second HDD.
2. Requires appropriate I/O modules to be installed in the BladeCenter chassis. Refer to ‘Blade Server
Storage and I/O Expansion’ for appropriate I/O module options and configuration information.
3. When expansion unit 26K4817 is attached to 8843 and an expansion card is mounted in the front slot (the
slot closest to the front of the expansion unit), port 1 communicates with bay 1, and port 2 communicates
with bay 2.
4. Requires an OPM I/O module to be installed in BladeCenter I/O module bay 4.
5. Supports two HDDs and two I/O expansion cards. See Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion section
HS20 - MT 8843 Power and Accessories
256
COG
Chapter 23. BladeCenter® HS40
Memory (Std/Max)3
Storage Controller6
8839-51X
2.2/4002MB L3
1/4
1GB/16GB
Y
4 x 1Gb
Dual ATA100
Fixed
0/80GB
0/2
8839-61X
2.7/4002MB L3
1/4
2GB/16GB
Y
4 x 1Gb
Dual ATA100
Fixed
0/80GB
0/2
8839-6TX1
2.7/4002MB L3
1/4
2GB/16GB
Y
4 x 1Gb
Dual ATA100
Fixed
0/80GB
0/2
8839-71X
3.0/4002MB L3
1/4
2GB/16GB
Y
4 x 1Gb
Dual ATA100
Fixed
0/80GB
0/2
Part Number1
Table 37. BladeCenter HS40 At-A-Glance
Note:
4-way, 2U blade servers install into a supported BladeCenter or BladeCenter T chassis. Ship without keyboard
and mouse.
Notes:
1. Blade server models xTx are designed to support the telecommunications industry.
2. Intel Xeon Processor MP with L2 cache (512KB), L3 cache (see table) and a 400MHz (quad-pumped)
Front Side Bus (FSB).
3. Memory is two-way interleaved, PC2100 ECC DDR RDIMMs supporting Chipkill technology.
monitors HS40 system management activity, communicating with the management module in the
BladeCenter.
5. Four Ethernet connections via one integrated dual Gb controller and two integrated single Gb controllers
(Broadcom BCM5704S).
6. Integrated mirroring is supported using IDE HDDs. However, when two IDE HDDs are installed, no I/O
expansion cards can be installed.
7. An optional SCSI expansion unit is available that attaches directly to the bladeserver adding two SCSI
HDD bays. See HDD section for more information.
8. Each installed expansion card will physically prevent installation of one IDE HDD and vice versa.
257
HS40 Processor Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
26K4854
13N0656
0312
5xX
26K4855
13N0655
0313
6xX
26K4856
13N0654
0314
7xX
Processor Upgrades
SMP
Support1
Notes:
1. Up to three additional processors may be installed, providing a maximum of four. All processors must be
HS40 Memory Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
37L3538
33L5038
0509
33P3126
33L5039
0508
32P9223
33L5040
0507
Note:
DIMMs are installed in matched pairs using the following population order: DIMM1-A &
DIMM1-B, DIMM2-A & DIMM2-B, DIMM3-A & DIMM3-B, DIMM4-A & DIMM4-B.
Notes:
1. BladeCenter HS40 supports up to 16GB of Chipkill memory via 8 DIMM slots. Removal of standard
memory is required to achieve the supported maximum amount.
2. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory options in pairs is required.
258
COG
HS40 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported
Maximum
Quantity1
IDE HDDs 2
48P7099
25R6906
5213
40GB IDE HDD
Slim
1, 2
2
25R6905
25R6904
5244
BladeCenter 60GB 5400rpm ATA-100 HDD
Slim
1, 2
2
32P0747
32P0727
5215
HDD
Slim
3, 4
2
32P0748
32P0728
5216
HDD
Slim
3, 4
2
Flash Disk Drives2, 3
25K8227
90P3771
5260
BladeCenter 1GB Flash Disk Drive
Slim
1.2
2
25K8228
90P3772
5261
Slim
1,2
2
25K8229
90P3773
5262
Slim
1,2
2
-
-
-
Storage Expansion4
26K4852
26K4847
4203
BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit5
Notes:
1. Each installed HDD will physically prevent installation of one expansion card.
2. Integrated mirroring is supported using these HDDs.
3. The flash disk drives are IDE HDDs and adhere to the same cabling and configuration rules as the
standard IDE HDDs. Both can be installed in the same blade server.
4. Blade servers support attachment of any one expansion unit.
5. Supports two SCSI HDDs. See Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion section for more information.
HS40 I/O Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
13N2204
13N2203
1519
BladeCenter Fibre Channel Expansion Card
73P9029
73P9030
1515
90P3849
90P3777
1517
Intel Gigabit Ethernet Expansion Card
73P5999
73P6000
1516
Myrinet Cluster Expansion Card3
26K6458
26K6457
1520
Topspin Infiniband Host Channel Adapter Expansion Card for BladeCenter
32R1802
26K6487
1558
Notes:
1. Two identical expansion cards are allowed. Each installed expansion card will physically prevent
installation of one IDE HDD and vice-versa.
259
2.
3.
Requires appropriate I/O modules to be installed in the BladeCenter chassis. Refer to ‘BladeCenter I/O
Options’ for I/O option and configuration information.
Requires an OPM I/O module to be installed in BladeCenter I/O module bay 4.
260
COG
HS40 Power and Accessories
SBB Number
Option Number
Description
Monitors
-
90P0717
L150p 15in LCD Flat Panel Monitor (381mm, 15in viewable image), business
black
261
262
COG
Chapter 24. BladeCenter® JS20
Memory (Std/Max)3
Storage Controller
8842-41X
2-way 2.2GHz/
1.1GHz - 512KB L2
2/2
512MB/4GB
Y
Dual
1Gb
Dual ATA
100
Fixed
0/120GB
0/1
8842-4TY8
2-way 2.2GHz/
1.1GHz - 512KB L2
2/2
1GB/8GB9
Y
Dual
1Gb
Dual ATA
100
Fixed
0/120GB
0/1
8842-42Y
2-way 2.2GHz/
1.1GHz - 512KB L2
2/2
1GB/8GB9
Y
Dual
1Gb
Dual ATA
100
Fixed
0/120GB
0/1
Part Number1
Table 38. BladeCenter JS20 At-A-Glance
Notes:
1. 2-way blade server installs in a BladeCenter chassis. KVM support is not provided; use serial over LAN
communication to perform local, network operating system or software installation as an alternative to
KVM. Up to 14 JS20 blade servers are supported in the BladeCenter chassis and up to 8 JS20 blade servers
are supported in the BladeCenter T chassis. Power modules in BladeCenter models 1XX will need to be
upgraded to 1800w power modules in order to support JS20 blade servers.
2. PowerPC 970 processors with full-speed L2 cache. All models have a 1.1GHz Front-side Bus (FSB).
3. Memory is two-way interleaved, PC2700 ECC DDR RDIMMs.
monitors JS20 system management activity, communicating with the management module in the
BladeCenter.
5. Broadcom dual-port integrated copper gigabit Ethernet controller.
6. Maximum HDD storage capacity is based on installation of two 60GB 5400rpm ATA-100 HDDs.
7. Installation of an I/O expansion card prevents installation of a 2nd IDE HDD.
8. NEBS compliant.
9. Maximum memory capacity is based on installation of four 2GB PC2700 ECC DDR DIMMs.
263
JS20 Memory Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
13N1266
73P2275
0513
13N1267
73P2276
0514
25R8407
25R8408
0534
Memory Description1
Notes:
1. DIMMs are installed in matched pairs using the following population order: DIMM3 & DIMM4, DIMM1
& DIMM2.
Model
41X
4TY, 42Y
JS20 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported
Maximum
Quantity1
IDE HDDs
48P7099
25R6906
5213
40GB IDE HDD
Slim
1, 2
2
25R6905
25R6904
5244
BladeCenter 60GB 5400rpm ATA-100
HDD
Slim
1, 2
2
Notes:
1. Up to two IDE HDDs may be installed in each JS20. A second IDE HDD cannot be added if an I/O
expansion card is installed.
264
COG
JS20 I/O Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Form Factor
73P6113
73P6112
1543
BladeCenter JS20 Fibre Channel Expansion Card
-
73P9029
73P9030
1515
-
73P5999
73P6000
1516
Myricom Myrinet Expansion Card for BladeCenter
-
26K6458
26K6457
1520
Topspin Infiniband Host Channel Adapter Expansion Card for
BladeCenter
-
Notes:
1. One expansion card is allowed per blade server and installs over IDE HDD bay 2, preventing installation
of second IDE HDD.
Chapter 24. BladeCenter® JS20
265
266
COG
Chapter 25. BladeCenter® LS20
Form Factor
Integrated Ethernet 6
Storage Controller7
Optical Drive
HDD Bays (Total/Avail)
Slots (Total/Avail)
246 -1MB L2
1/2
1GB/
8GB
Blade
0/0
Y
Dual
1Gb
U320
Fixed
0/
146.8GB
N
2/2
1/1
0/1
8850-71Y
250 -1MB L2
1/2
1GB/
8GB
Blade
0/0
Y
Dual
1Gb
U320
Fixed
0/
146.8GB
N
2/2
1/1
0/1
8850-81Y
252 -1MB L2
1/2
2GB/
8GB
Blade
0/0
Y
Dual
1Gb
U320
Fixed
0/
146.8GB
N
2/2
1/1
0/1
8850-55Y
270 -1MB L2
1/2
1GB/
8GB
Blade
0/0
Y
Dual
1Gb
U320
Fixed
0/
146.8GB
N
2/2
1/1
0/1
8850-65Y10
275 -1MB L2
1/2
1GB/
8GB
Blade
0/0
Y
Dual
1GB
U320
Fixed
0/
146.8GB
N
2/2
1/1
0/1
8850-51Y
Memory (Std/Max)4
Part Number1,2
Table 39. BladeCenter LS20 At-A-Glance
Notes:
the product-specific Official IBM announcement letter for other country-specific GAV model numbers.
GAV to MTM mapping for A.P. Geographies follow the same pattern. Substitute the last character with a
country-specific designator.
2. 1U blade server which installs in a BladeCenter chassis and ships without a keyboard and mouse. Up to
fourteen AMD Opteron LS20 for BladeCenter blade servers can be installed in a new BladeCenter chassis
(8677-3XX) or in an existing BladeCenter chassis (8677-1XX or 8677-2XX) at full density once it has been
upgraded with the new 2000-watt power supply option (26K4816). In addition, these new LS20 blade
servers can be installed in the BladeCenter T chassis (8720-1RX and 8730-1RX).
3. AMD Opteron processor is designed for high-performance workstation and server applications.
Provides three high-performance HyperTransport links to I/O, as well as a 128-bit high-performance
DDR SDRAM memory controller.
4. Memory is two-way interleaved, PC 3200 CL3 ECC RDIMM supporting Chipkill technology.
5. The standard integrated service processor monitors LS20 system management activity, communicating
with the management module in the BladeCenter.
267
6.
7.
8.
Dual Broadcom 5704S Gigabit Ethernet connections with teaming and failover support
An integrated, single-channel, Ultra320 SCSI controller supports integrated RAID-1.
Maximum HDD storage capacity is based on installation of two 73.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SFF SCSI
HDD.
9. Installing an I/O expansion card may prevent installation of a second SCSI HDD.
10. This machine type includes dual core AMD Opteron Processors.
LS20 Processor Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
25R7702
25R8891
0276
Low Power AMD Opteron Processor Model 246
51Y
31R3359
25R8892
0277
71Y
31R3442
25R8893
0278
Low Power AMD Patroon Processor Model 252
81Y
39M4616
25R8894
0279
55Y
24R8445
25R8895
0625
65Y
Processor Options
SMP
Support1
Notes:
Figure 66. LS20 planar
268
COG
LS20 Memory Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
73P5132
-
0516
512MB PC 3200 CL3 ECC DDR SDRAM VLP RDIMM
73P5133
-
0517
1GB PC 3200 CL3 ECC DDR SDRAM VLP RDIMM
-
73P5121
73P5134
-
-
73P5122
Description
2GB (2x1GB Kit) PC3200 CL3 ECC DDR SDRAM VLP RDIMM
0518
2GB PC 3200 CL3 ECC DDR SDRAM VLP RDIMM
4GB (2x2 GB Kit) PC3200 CL3 ECC DDR SDRAM VLP RDIMM
Note: The LS20 uses a minimum of 2 DDR-3200 SDRAM Very Low Profile (VLP) DIMMs. The memory subsystem is a
2-way interleaved subsystem; memory must be populated in pairs of 2 identical DIMMs per processor installed. The
two members of the set must be matched, but the sets do not have to be matched. The DIMMs should be installed in the
following order: DIMMs 1 & 2 (Set 1) with processor 1, DIMMs 3 & 4 (Set 2) with processor 2. The absence of processor
2 will limit the potential DIMM slots to the pair pertaining to processor 1. The LS20 supports Chipkill. Mixing Chipkill
DIMMs with nonChipkill DIMMs will disable all Chipkill function.
Model
51Y, 71Y, 55Y, 65Y
81Y
Chipkill
2 x 512MB PC2-3200 ECC DDR RDIMM
N
2 x 1GB PC2-3200 ECC DDR RDIMM
Y
Figure 67. LS20 system board
Chapter 25. BladeCenter® LS20
269
LS20 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported
Max Qty
Fixed (Neonate-swap) Ultra320 HDDs
13N2364
90P1313
5255
73.4GB 10K rpm Ultra320 SCSI
SFF
1,2
2
26K4845
90P1312
5256
SFF
1,2
2
Note: LS20 supports the installation of two SFF SCSI drives and one SFF daughter card. One SFF SCSI drive and a SmFF
daughter card with a StFF daughter card is not supported.
LS20 I/O Options
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Blader Server Expansion Cards1
26K4838
73P9030
1547
BladeCenter Gigabit Ethernet Expansion Card2
26K4837
73P6000
1546
Myrinet Cluster Expansion Card2, 3
26K4843
26K4842
1548
26K4844
26K4841
1549
Gigabit Fibre Channel Expansion Card
26R1089
13N2203
1550
BladeCenter Fibre Channel Expansion Card 22
26R0820
26K6457
1551
Topspin IB Host Channel Adapter Expansion Card for BladeCenter2
32R1801
26K6487
1559
Notes:
1. Quantity one expansion card is supported inside the blade itself.
270
COG
Chapter 26. Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion
Table 40. BladeCenter® SCSI Storage Expansion Unit
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
13N2361
26K4817
4224
Description
BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion
Unit
Form
Factor
Slots
Supported
Maximum
Quantity
-
-
-
Hot-Swap Ultra320 HDDs
90P1329
90P1305
5202
SSL
-
2
90P1330
90P1306
5203
SSL
-
2
90P1335
90P1318
5204
SSL
-
2
90P1336
90P1319
5205
SSL
-
2
Blade Server Expansion Cards1
26R1089
13N2203
1550
BladeCenter Fibre Channel Expansion
Card
StFF
2
1
26K4844
26K4841
1549
Fibre Channel Expansion Card
SmFF
2
1
26K4838
73P9030
1547
BladeCenter Gigabit Ethernet
Expansion Card
StFF
1, 2
2
26K4843
26K4842
1548
SmFF
1, 2
2
26K4837
73P6000
1546
Myrinet Cluster Expansion Card2
StFF
2
1
Note:
The BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit occupies one BladeCenter slot and is a HDD and expansion card
expansion unit. Provides two hot-swap SCSI HDD bays and two blade server expansion card slots. The
expansion unit utilizes the blade server’s integrated Ultra320 storage controller. It attaches directly to the blade
server and both units are installed together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two
BladeCenter slots. Quantity one expansion unit supported per blade server.
Notes:
1. Requires appropriate I/O modules to be installed in the BladeCenter chassis. Refer to ’BladeCenter
Chassis I/O Options’ for more information.
271
Figure 68. BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit, figure 1
Figure 69. BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit, figure 2
Table 41. BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
26K4852
26K4847
4203
272
COG
Description
BladeCenter SCSI Storage
Expansion Unit1
Height
Bays
Supported
Maximum
Quantity
-
-
-
Table 41. BladeCenter SCSI Storage Expansion Unit
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
Description
Height
Bays
Supported
Maximum
Quantity
Hot-Swap Ultra320 HDDs2
90P1329
90P1305
5202
Hot-swap HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1330
90P1306
5203
Hot-swap HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1335
90P1318
5204
Hot-swap HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
90P1336
90P1319
5205
Hot-swap HDD
SSL
1, 2
2
Note:
The expansion unit occupies one BladeCenter slot. It attaches to the blade server and both units are installed
together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots.
Notes:
1. Blade servers support attachment of any one expansion unit.
2. HDD options for this version of the BladeCenter Storage Expansion Unit.
Table 42. BladeCenter PCI I/O Storage Expansion Unit
SBB
Number
Option
Number
Feature
Code
13N1675
90P3721
4202
Description
BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit1
PCI Expansion2
24P0963
24P0960
1650
02R0996
02R0988
1653
02R0995
32P0033
1654
71P8614
71P8594
1652
Single Channel Ultra320 SCSI Controller
25P2889
06P3601
1526
31P9605
31P9601
1512
Note:
The BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit provides two 64-bit/100MHz PCI-X slots. The expansion unit itself
occupies one BladeCenter slot. The expansion unit attaches to the blade server and both units are installed
together into the BladeCenter chassis as a single unit occupying two BladeCenter slots.
Notes:
1. Blade servers support attachment on any on expansion unit.
2. PCI adapter options for the BladeCenter PCI I/O Expansion Unit. PCI adapters in the unit provide
external connections only.
Chapter 26. Blade Server Storage and I/O Expansion
273
274
COG
Chapter 27. VMware Offerings
Note: VMware support is required when purchasing VMware software.
Virtual machine software for consolidating and partitioning systems in high-performance environments.
Table 43. VMware ESX Server and Add-Ons
Option
Number
Description
VMware ESX Server 1, 2
481722X
VMware ESX Server 2.x (1-2 processors)
4817223
VMware ESX Server (1-2 processors) w/ 3 year software subscription
4817225
481724X
4817243
4817245
481728X
4817283
4817285
481726X
4817263
4817265
481739X
VMware ESX Server 2.x Upgrade (2-4 processors)
48173AX
48173BX
VMware Virtual SMP3
48173CX
VMware Virtual SMP (2 processors)
48173DX
48173EX
48173FX
4817U1X
VMware Virtual SMP Upgrade (2-4 processors)
4817U2X
4817U3X
Notes:
1. Orderable only when configured with an xSeries server, not separately.
2. Note: When ordering VMware ESX Server 2 products, the latest 2.x version will be shipped.
3. Add-on module to VMware ESX Server 2.x that allows a single virtual machine to span multiple physical
processors.
275
Virtual Infrastructure management software for environments using VMware ESX Server.
Table 44. VMware VirtualCenter and Add-Ons
Option
Number
Description
Management Server and Agent
4817M1X
VMware VirtualCenter Management Server
4817M13
VMware VirtualCenter Management Server w/ 3 year subscription
4817M15
VMware VirtualCenter Management Server w/ 5 year subscription
4817M2X
VMware VirtualCenter Agent (2 processors)
4817M3X
4817M4X
4817M5X
VMotion1
4817M6X
VMware VirtualCenter VMotion (2 processors)
4817M7X
4817M8X
4817M9X
Virtual Infrastructure Node2
4817MAX
VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (2 processors)
4817MA3
VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node (1-2 processors) w/ 3 year software subscription
4817MA5
4817MBX
4817MB3
4817MB5
4817MCX
4817MC3
4817MC5
4817MDX
4817MD3
4817MD5
Notes:
1. A VirtualCenter add-on that enables live servers to be moved from one virtual machine host to another.
2. A VirtualCenter bundle which includes licenses for VMware ESX Server, VMware Virtual SMP, the
VMware VirtualCenter Management Agent, and VMware Vmotion.
276
COG
These BladeCenter license packs and media kits enable you to conveniently purchase VMware software and
product media for a full BladeCenter chassis.
Table 45. VMware Offerings for BladeCenter
Option
Number
Description
4817BEV
VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node license pack for BladeCenter (2 processors)1
4817B3X
VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node license pack for BladeCenter (2 processors) w/ 3 year
subscription
4817B5X
VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node license pack for BladeCenter (2 processors) w/ 5 year
subscription
4817BAX
VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node license pack for BladeCenter (4 processors)2
4817BBX
VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node License Pack for BladeCenter (4 processors) w/ 3 year
subscription
4817BCX
VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node License Pack for BladeCenter (4 processors) w/ 5 year
subscription
Note:
VMware ESX Server and VMware Virtual Infrastructure Node must be purchased with a corresponding IBM
hardware product.
Notes:
1. Contains licenses for Virtual Infrastructure Nodes for 14 two-way blades.
2. Contains licenses for Virtual Infrastructure Nodes for seven four-way blades.
Virtual machine software ideal for x86-based server consolidation, disaster recovery, 2 and streamlining
software development processes.
Table 46. VMWare GSX Server
Option Number
Description
4817G1X
VMware GSX Server 3 for Windows (1-2 processors)
4817G2X
VMware GSX Server 3 for Windows (Unlimited processors)
4817G3X
VMware GSX Server 3 for Linux (1-2 processors)
4817G4X
VMware GSX Server 3 for Linux (Unlimited processors)
Chapter 27. VMware Offerings
277
Media kits contain entitlement to a physical product CD and printed manual as an alternative to convenient
downloads.
Table 47. VMWare Media Kits
Option
Number
Description
481721X
VMware ESX Server Media Kit
4817MEX
VMware VirtualCenter Media Kit
4817G5X
VMware GSX Server 3 Media Kit (English)
The following servers are compatible with VMware ESX Server 2.x, ESX 2.x upgrades, Virtual SMP and
Virtual SMP Upgrades.
Table 48. Server Compatibility
Server
xSeries 255
xSeries 336
xSeries 346
xSeries 365
xSeries 366
xSeries 445
eServer 326
BladeCenter HS20
BladeCenter HS40
•
IBM provides support for Windows, Linux and leading applications in a VMware environment.
•
Differences in system configurations are invisible to operating systems and applications.
•
Clustering environments can be supported within a single server.
•
Provides a cost-effective failover solution for mixed OS environments.
•
All options that are compatible with a supported system may not be supported by VMware.
•
For the latest available information, refer to IBM’s website for Option/NOS/Server compatibility. See the
information Sources section for URL.
278
COG
Chapter 28. xSeries Network Operating System Preloads
IBM Systems Group offers a range of Microsoft Windows Network Operating Systems (NOS) on most
xSeries servers and IntelliStation workstations as a certified preloaded package that includes option
firmware. IBM preloads are documented after testing to operate as reliable solutions, providing a simple,
cost-effective start-up process.
32R1022
MS Storage Server 2003 - Non Cluster - (1 Processor)
Express w/HardwareRaid
X
32R1024
MS Storage Server 2003 - Non Cluster - (1-4 proc)
32R1025
32R1026
90P2677
Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1 Standard with 1 year
of Red Hat Support2
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1 Standard with 1 year
of Red Hat Network2
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1 Premier with 1 year of
Red Hat Support2
X
X
90P2679
90P2678
90P2676
90P2867
90P2675
90P2869
25K7969
25K7970
25K7971
32P9580
32R2744
32R2746
X
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES 2.1 Standard with 1 year of
Red Hat Support2
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES 2.1 Standard with 1 year of
Red Hat Network2
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 2.1 Standard with 1 year
of Red Hat Support2
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 2.1 Standard with 1 year
of Red Hat Network2
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3 Standard AMD64 with 1
yr Red Hat Support, preloaded
X
X
X
yr Red Hat Network, preloaded
X
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3 Premium AMD64 with 1
X
X
X
X
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES 3 AMD64/EM64T with 1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Z Pro 6221
x445
x346
x336
x306
x236
x226
x206
M Pro
HS40
HS20
Network Operating System (NOS) Preload1
e326
Option
Number
A Pro
The following chart shows which NOS preloads are available for each xSeries server and IntelliStation
workstation.
279
25K7976
25K7977
25K7966
25K7967
25K7968
32P9578
25K7972
25K7973
32P9577
25K7974
25K7975
32P9576
25R3717
25R3718
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3 Standard AMD64 with 1
X
X
X
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3 Standard AMD64 with 1
X
X
X
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3 Standard x86 with 1 yr
Red Hat support, preloaded
X
X
X
X
X
X
Red Hat Network, preloaded
X
X
X
X
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3 Premium x86 with 1 yr
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux ES 3 Standard x86 with 1 yr
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3 Standard x86 with 1 yr
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 8 x86 for 1 year 1-8 CPU
(CD)2
X
X
SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 8 x86 for 1 year 1-2
CPUs (CD)2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25R3720
SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 8 AMD for 1 year 1-2
CPU (CD)2
25R3709
SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 8 x86 for 3 years 1-8
CPU (CD)2
X
X
SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 8 x86 for 3 years 1-2
CPUs (CD)2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25R3710
X
25R3712
SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 8 AMD for 3 years 1-2
CPUs (CD)2
31R1434
SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 1-2 CPUs for 1 year
(CD)2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 1-16 CPUs for 1 year
(CD)2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
31R1435
280
COG
Z Pro 6221
X
x445
X
x346
X
x336
X
x306
x236
M Pro
HS40
HS20
e326
X
x226
x206
32R2748
A Pro
Option
Number
HS40
x206
x226
x236
x306
x336
x346
x445
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 1-16 CPUs for 3 years
(CD)2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
90P0222
Windows Server 2003, Enterprise Edition (Preloaded)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
90P0221
Windows Server 2003, Standard Edition (Preloaded)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
25K8456
Windows Small Business Server 2003, Standard Edition
(Preloaded)
X
X
X
31R1436
31R1437
59P2923
Note:
Windows XP Professional
X
X
Z Pro 6221
HS20
M Pro
e326
A Pro
SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 1-2 CPUs for 3 years
(CD)2
Option
Number
X
x366, x455, x460, JS20 and LS20 do not support preloads.
Notes:
1. Orderable only when configured with an xSeries server or IntelliStation workstation, not separately.
Available in select countries. For more information, check with your local IBM representative.
2. Option is installed by the customer.
Chapter 28. xSeries Network Operating System Preloads
281
282
COG
Chapter 29. IBM and Third Party Software Applications
Check with your IBM representative to verify application software availability for your system. IBM makes
no representations or warranties regarding third-party products or services. Some software may differ from
its retail version (if available) and may not include user manuals or all program functionality. Software
license agreements may apply.
Table 49. IBM Director
IBM Director
Director is provided with all xSeries servers. Director Agent is provided with all xSeries, Intellistations and NetVista
systems.
Features Include:
•
Basic hardware management including inventory, monitoring, alerting, group management, RAID manager and
management processor.
•
Help Desk and Support including remote control, remote session, file transfer and real-time diagnostics.
•
Upward integration to Tivoli, CA, HP, MS, SMS, BMC or NetIQ.
Director v4.21
31R1286
Director v4.21 Media Package, Separate Proof of Entitlement required
Director v4.2
25K8531
Director v4.20 Media Package, Separate Proof of Entitlement required
25K8627
Director v4.20 Server: License + 1 year Subscription, Separate Proof of Entitlement only
25K8628
Director v4.20 Agent: License + 1 year Subscription, Separate Proof of Entitlement only
25K8532
Server Plus Pack v4.20, Media Package Only, Separate Proof of Entitlement required
25K8629
Server Plus Pack v4.20, License + 1 year Subscription, Separate Proof of Entitlement only
24R9451
Director v4.20 SW Distribution Media Package, Separate Proof of Entitlement required
24R9437
Director v4.20 SW Distribution Premium Edition: License + 1 year Subscription Proof of Entitlement
Subscription Services
25K8630
Director Server - 1 Year Subscription after License
25K8631
Director Server - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
25K8632
Director Server - 2 Year Subscription Renewal
25K8633
Director Agent - 1 Year Subscription after License
25K8634
Director Agent - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
25K8635
Director Agent - 2 Year Subscription Renewal
25K8639
Director SW Distribution Premium Edition - 1 Year Subscription after License
25K8640
Director SW Distribution Premium Edition - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
25K8641
Director SW Distribution Premium Edition - 2 Year Subscription Renewal
283
Table 50. Application Workload Manager
Application Workload Manager for IBM Director
Features Include:
•
Tools to manage contending server workloads.
•
Policy-based allocation, management, and control of system resources.
•
Distribution of resources at the user and application level.
•
Capture and store comprehensive application resource usage data for analysis.
73P8603
Application Workload Manager for IBM Director - Media Pack, Single License Proof of Entitlement
73P8604
Application Workload Manager for IBM Director - Single License Proof of Entitlement
73P8605
Application Workload Manager for IBM Director - 20 License Proof of Entitlement
73P8606
73P8607
Table 51. Remote Deployment Manager
Remote Deployment Manager
Features Include:
•
Remote replication of system installations
•
Remote unattended system deployment
•
Updating system and option firmware
•
Rapid image backup and restore technology
Remote Deployment Manager v4.20
4836MDX
Remote Deployment Manager v4.20 Media Package
4836ISX
Remote Deployment Manager v4.20 Single Managed IBM Server License with One One Year
Subscription
4836IWX
Remote Deployment Manager v4.20 Single Managed IBM Workstation License with One One Year
Subscription
4836NSX
Remote Deployment Manager v4.20 Single Managed non-IBM Server License with One One Year
Subscription
4836NWX
Remote Deployment Manager v4.20 Single Managed IBM non-IBM Workstation License with One
One Year Subscription
Subscription Services
24R9416
Remote Deployment Manager Server - 1 Year Subscription after License
24R9417
Remote Deployment Manager Server - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
24R9418
Remote Deployment Manager Server - 2 Year Subscription Renewal
24R9419
Remote Deployment Manager Workstation - 1 Year Subscription after License
24R9420
Remote Deployment Manager Workstation - 1 Year Subscription Renewal
24R9421
Remote Deployment Manager Workstation - 2 Year Subscription Renewal
284
COG
Table 52. Other IBM Software
UpdateXpress
24R9422
UpdateXpress - 1 Year Subscription
24R9423
UpdateXpress - 2 Year Subscription
ServerGuide
24R9424
ServerGuide - 1 Year Subscription
24R9425
ServerGuide - 2 Year Subscription
Table 53. Altiris Deployment Solution
Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers
Features Include:
•
Comprehensive server deployment for both Windows and Linux environments, including configuration of BIOS,
RAID, and other components.
•
Full system imaging and scripted operating system installations of Windows and Linux.
•
Web console that lets you install local or remote deployment servers and manage them from a central location.
•
Remote installation of applications, hotfixes, and service packs as part of server build process.
•
Support for eServer BladeCenter, which includes the ability to recognize bay in the blade chassis for rip and replace
function.
4819L1X
Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers
4819U1X
Altiris Deployment Solution for Servers Annual Upgrade Protection
4819S1X
Altiris Support Incident Pack - 5 Incidents - Americas
4819S2X
Altiris On-site Support - Standard Work Day - Americas
4819S4X
Altiris On-Site Support - Weekends & After Hours - Americas
4819S5X
Altiris Annual Premium Global Support - Americas
4819S6X
Altiris Annual Premium Support - Americas
4819S7X
Altiris Annual Premium 20 Support - Americas
4819S8X
Altiris Assigned Engineer - 25% for 12 Months - Americas
4819T1X
Altiris Support Incident Pack - 5 Incidents - EMEA
4819T2X
Altiris On-Site Support - Standard Work Day - EMEA
4819T4X
Altiris On-Site Support - Weekends & After Hours - EMEA
4819T5X
Altiris Annual Premium Global Support - EMEA
4819T6X
Altiris Annual Premium Support - EMEA
4819T7X
Altiris Annual Premium 20 Support - EMEA
4819T8X
Altiris Assigned Engineer - 25% for 12 Months - EMEA
4819R1X
Altiris Support Incident Pack - 5 Incidents - AP
4819R6X
Altiris Annual Premium Support - AP
4819R7X
Altiris Annual Premium 20 Support - AP
285
Table 54. SteelEye LifeKeeper High Availability Clustering Software
SteelEye LifeKeeper HA Clustering Software
Features Include:
•
Enterprise-grade integrated clustering and data replication offering.
•
Application-centric monitoring and recovery.
•
Data replication -- Supports synchronous or asynchronous.
•
Data and application protection.
24R9459
LifeKeeper for mySAP/MAX DB Solution on Linux
24R9460
LifeKeeper for mySAP/DB2 Solution on Linux
24R9461
LifeKeeper for Sendmail SAMS Solution on Linux
24R9463
LifeKeeper for Linux
24R9464
LifeKeeper Data Replication for Linux
24R9465
LifeKeeper Data Replication for Linux - WAN
24R9466
Apache Web Server Module (includes SSL support)
24R9467
Sendmail Module (Open Source Sendmail)
24R9468
Informix(TM) Module
24R9469
Oracle Module
24R9470
DB2 WE, EE, EEE, ESE Module
24R9471
MySQL Module
24R9472
PostgreSQL Module
24R9473
Sybase Module
24R9474
NFS Server Module
24R9475
Print Services Module
24R9476
Samba Module
24R9477
Network Attached Storage Recovery Kit
24R9478
Logical Volume Manager Module
24R9479
LifeKeeper for Linux Software Development Kit
24R9480
LifeKeeper for LAN-based Exchange Solution
24R9481
LifeKeeper for WAN-based Exchange Solution
24R9482
LifeKeeper for Windows
24R9483
LifeKeeper Data Replication for Windows
24R9484
MS IIS 5.0 Web Server Module
24R9485
SQL Server Module
24R9486
DB2 WE, EE, EEE, ESE Module
24R9487
Oracle 8i & 9i Module
286
COG
Table 54. SteelEye LifeKeeper High Availability Clustering Software (continued)
SteelEye LifeKeeper HA Clustering Software
24R9488
SteelEye Support Package 1
24R9489
24R9490
24R9491
24R9492
Table 55. ARMTech Active Resource Management
ARMTech 2.x Active Resource Management for Windows
Features Include:
•
Policy-based allocation, management, and control of system resources.
•
Distribution of resources at the user and application level.
•
Capture and store comprehensive application resource usage data for analysis.
•
Resource management information for more efficient server consolidation.
90P0350
ARMTech Active Resource Management v2.x for Windows (1 CPU)
90P0291
90P0292
90P0293
90P0349
ARMTech Active Resource Management v2.x for Windows (Media Pack)
25K8595
ARMTech Active Resource Management v2.x for Citrix MetaFrame (1 CPU)
25K8593
25K8594
287
288
COG
Chapter 30. EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit
Name
Part Number
Storage Type
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
Hot-Swap HDD Bays (Y/N)
Max Internal Storage Capacity (GB)
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Form Factor
Max Cfg Wt
Power Supply Quantity (Std/Max) - Size
Table 56. EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit At-A-Glance
EXP4001
1733-1RU
Ultra320
LVDS
14/14
Y
4,200.0
445mm x 552mm x
128mm (17.5in x
21.7in x 5in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
38kg
(85lbs)
2/2 500w
EXP400
(DC)2
1733-2RX
Ultra320
LVDS
14/14
Y
4,200.0
445mm x 552mm x
128mm (17.5in x
21.7in x 5in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
38kg
(85lbs)
2/2 500w
Note:
To determine cabling requirements, refer to the host systems Standard Cabling section and/or the I/O Option
Attributes section for external connection information.
Notes:
1. Includes a single 2m Ultra2 SCSI cable and dual hot-swap 500w redundant power supplies, two line
cords and two rack power cables.
2. DC power model requiring -48v power source. Includes a single 2m Ultra2 SCSI cable and two rack
power cables.
Table 57. Additional Features
1733-1RU
ESMs (std/max)
1/21
SCSI Ports (std/max)
1/2
Notes:
1. Ships standard with one ESM which provides one SCSI port.
289
EXP400 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage Options
Option
Number
Description
Height
Bays
Supported1
Maximum
Quantity2
Ultra320 HDDs
90P1305
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1306
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1307
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1318
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1380
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1319
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1381
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1382
SSL
1 ... 14
14
Notes:
1. EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit ships with 14 slim-line hot-swap bays which can be configured as a
single bus, two independent buses or a twintailed single bus.
2. Twintailing reduces the maximum number of HDDs on a single bus to 13.
EXP400 Other Options
Option Number
Description
59P5018
SCSI Bus Expander and Enclosure Services Module (ESM)
09N7296
Rack-To-Tower Conversion Kit
Max Qty
1
1
1
Notes:
1. The optional ESM allows for twintailing, clustering, and is required for redundant connections to
supported dual-controller disk systems.
290
COG
Chapter 31. TotalStorage DS300 Disk System
Part Number
Storage Type
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
Max Supported Storage Capacity
Form Factor
Max Cfg Wt
Power Supply Quantity (std./max) - Size
TotalStorage
DS300 VL 1
17011RL
Ultra320
LVDS
7/14
Y
4,200.0
4,200.0
442mm x
575mm x
128mm
(17.4in x 22.64in
x 5.04in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
39.46kg
(87lbs)
1/1 380w
TotalStorage
DS300 - Single
Controller 2
17011RS
Ultra320
LVDS
14/14
Y
4,200.0
4,200.0
442mm x
575mm x
128mm
(17.4in x 22.64in
x 5.04in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
39.46kg
(87lbs)
2/2 380w
TotalStorage
DS300 - Single
Controller
Express Model 2, 3
17011ES
Ultra320
LVDS
14/14
Y
4,200.0
4,200.0
442mm x
575mm x
128mm
(17.4in x 22.64in
x 5.04in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
39.46kg
(87lbs)
2/2 380w
TotalStorage
DS300 - Dual
Controller 4
17012RD
Ultra320
LVDS
14/14
Y
4,200.0
4,200.0
442mm x
575mm x
128mm
(17.4in x 22.64in
x 5.04in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
39.46kg
(87lbs)
2/2 380w
TotalStorage
DS300 - Dual
Controller
Express Model 3, 4
17012ED
Ultra320
LVDS
14/14
Y
4,200.0
4,200.0
442mm x
575mm x
128mm
(17.4in x 22.64in
x 5.04in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
39.46kg
(87lbs)
2/2 380w
Note:
Name
Table 58. TotalStorage DS300 Disk System At-A-Glance
291
Notes:
1. Ships standard with a single controller. Not upgradeable to dual-controllers.
2. Ships standard with a single controller. Upgradeable to dual-controllers.
3. Also includes four 146GB HDDs.
4. Ships standard with a dual-controllers.
1701-1RL
1701-1RS
1701-2RD
Host Ports (std/max)
1/1
2/4 1
4/4
Max Redundant Host
Connections
-
21
2
Expansion Ports (std/max)
-
-
-
Redundant Drive Loops
(std/max)
-
-
-
Notes:
1. Maximum number of host ports and redundant host connections requires upgrading to dual controllers.
Power supplies
Host Port 2
Host Port 1
Management Port
292
COG
iSCSI RAID controller bay
iSCSI RAID controller A
TotalStorage DS300 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Storage
Option
Number
Description
Height
Bays Supported1
Maximum
Quantity1
Ultra320 HDDs
90P1305
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1306
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1307
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1318
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1380
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1319
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1381
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1382
SSL
1 ... 14
14
Notes:
1. DS300 model 1RL in its base configuration supports seven HDDs. Installation of eight or more HDDs
requires the optional Power Supply and HDD Kit.
TotalStorage DS300 Other Options
Option Number
Description
Max Qty
1
73P3601
-
73P2701
PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Ethernet Adapter by
Intel2
-
31P9601
PRO/1000 MT Server Ethernet Adapter by Intel2
-
13N1775
DS300 Power Supply and HDD Kit3
1
13N1776
DS300 Redundant Controller Upgrade4
13N1778
TotalStorage Flashcopy for DS300 and DS400
1
5
-
Notes:
1. Hardware iSCSI initiator which installs into a supported server and connects via ethernet cabling directly
to the DS300 or to an ethernet switch.
2. Alternative to the Hardware iSCSI initiator when used in conjunction with a supported iSCSI software
initiator (free from NOS vendor). Installs into a supported server and connects via ethernet cabling
directly to the DS300 or to an ethernet switch. The host server's integrated ethernet controller can be used
as an alternative to one of the supported ethernet adapters.
3. Available for DS300 model 1RL. Provides a second power supply and a HDD kit to support up to 14
HDDs.
4. Available for DS300 model 1RS and 1ES. Provides a second controller for redundancy with dual iSCSI
ports and a dedicated ethernet port for management.
5. Simplifies backup and restore procedures. Currently supported on single controller models only.
293
294
COG
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
Form Factor
Max Cfg Wt
17001RS
Ultra320
LVDS
14/
14
Y
4,200.0
4,200.01
442mm x 575mm
x 128mm
(17.4in x 22.64in
x 5.04in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
39.46kg
(87lbs)
2/2 380w
TotalStorage
DS400 - Single
Controller
Express Model3, 4
17001ES
Ultra320
LVDS
14/
14
Y
4,200.0
4,200.01
442mm x 575mm
x 128mm
(17.4in x 22.64in
x 5.04in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
39.46kg
(87lbs)
2/2 380w
TotalStorage
DS400 - Dual
Controller 5
17002RD
Ultra320
LVDS
14/
14
Y
4,200.0
12TB2
442mm x 575mm
x 128mm
(17.4in x 22.64in
x 5.04in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
39.46kg
(87lbs)
2/2 380w
TotalStorage
DS400 - Dual
Controller
Express Model 5, 6
17002ED
Ultra320
LVDS
14/
14
Y
4,200.0
12TB2
442mm x 575mm
x 128mm
(17.4in x 22.64in
x 5.04in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
39.46kg
(87lbs)
2/2 380w
Note:
Storage Type
TotalStorage
DS400 - Single
Controller 3
Name
Part Number
Notes:
1. Support for additional storage capacity via EXP400 available at a later date.
2. 12TB of total storage is supported via 40 300GB SCSI HDDs that includes DS400 internal HDD bays and
two EXP400 expansion units.
3. Ships standard with a single controller. Can be upgraded to dual-controllers.
4. Also includes four 146GB HDDs, two short-wave SFP modules, two DS4000 Host Bus Adapters and two
5m LC-LC Fibre Channel cables.
5. Ships standard with a dual-controller.
6. Also includes four 146GB HDDs, four short-wave SFP modules, four DS4000 Host Bus Adapters and four
5m LC-LC Fibre Channel cables.
295
1700-1RS
1700-2RD
-
-
2/4
4/4
Max Redundant Host Connections
-
2
-
-
Redundant Drive Loops (std/max)
-
-
Host Partitions (std/max)
Management
Connector
Host Ports
(1 and 2)
Expansion Ports
(1 and 2)
RAID controller
filler panel
(Side B)
Option
Number
Description
Height
Bays Supported
Maximum
Quantity
Ultra320 HDDs
90P1305
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1306
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1307
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1318
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1380
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1319
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1381
SSL
1 ... 14
14
90P1382
SSL
1 ... 14
14
-
-
2
17331RU
296
COG
EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit2
Notes:
1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the "Other Options" table for
possible required related options.
2. 13 HDDs supported in each EXP400 when attached to DS400. Attachment requires one 0.8mm VHDCI to- 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI cable per controller in the DS400. In addition, a second ESM for the EXP400 is
required for redundancy when attached to a dual controller DS400.
Table 62. TotalStorage DS400 Other Options
Option Number
Description
24P0960
DS4000 Host Bus Adapter1
13N1777
DS400 Redundant Controller Upgrade2
13N1779
Max Qty
1
3
-
DS400 EXP400 Attach License
4
13N1778
TotalStorage Flashcopy for DS300 and DS400
-
13N1796
Single Short-Wave SFP Module
45
03K9310
2m External Ultra2 SCSI Cable6
03K9311
4
6
4.2m External Ultra2 SCSI Cable
4
Notes:
1. Installs into a supported server and connects via fibre channel cabling directly to the DS400 or to a
supported fibre channel switch.
2. Available for DS400 model 1RS and 1ES. Provides a second controller for redundancy with dual 2Gb fibre
channel ports.
3. License to attach two EXP400 expansion units. Currently supported on Dual Controller models only.
4. Simplifies backup and restore procedures. Currently supported on single controller models only.
5. Does not ship with any SFP modules. Four are supported with two controllers.
6. 0.8mm VHDCI -to- 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI cable.
297
298
COG
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
Form Factor
Max Cfg Wt
1724100
SATA
14/14
Y
0/3.5TB
28TB2
481.8mm x
597.4mm x
132.3mm
(18.97in x
23.52in x
5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
40kg
(88.2lbs)
2/2 390w
DS4100
Dual
Controller
Express
Model3
172410J
SATA
14/14
Y
1.25TB/
3.5TB4
28TB2
481.8mm x
597.4mm x
132.3mm
(18.97in x
23.52in x
5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
40kg
(88.2lbs)
2/2 390w
DS4100
Single
Controller1
17241SC
SATA
14/14
Y
750GB/
3.5TB5
3.5TB6
481.8mm x
597.4mm x
132.3mm
(18.97in x
23.52in x
5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
37.27kg
(82.2lbs)
1/1 390w
DS4100
Single
Controller
Express
Model7
17241SJ
SATA
14/14
Y
1.25TB/
3.5TB4
3.5TB6
481.8mm x
597.4mm x
132.3mm
(18.97in x
23.52in x
5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
37.27kg
(82.2lbs)
1/1 390w
Note:
Storage Type
DS4100
Dual
Controller1
Name
Part Number
Notes:
1. DS4100 ships with the rail mounting kit and two (model 1SC ships with one) 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power
cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). If U.S. wall-outlet power cords are required, then order necessary
quantity of PN 94G6667.
299
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
28TB of total storage is supported via 112 250GB SATA HDDs installed in a redundant storage loop that
includes DS4100 internal HDD bays and seven DS4000 EXP100 expansion units.
DS4100 Dual Controller Express Model ships standard with five 250GB HDDs, two SW SFPs, two 1M LC
Fibre Cables, rail mounting kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14). If
U.S. wall-outlet power cords are required, then order necessary quantity of PN 94G6667.
Models 10J and 1SJ ship standard with five 250GB SATA HDDs.
Model 1SC ships standard with three 250GB SATA HDDs.
Single controller models do not support attachment to external expansion units.
DS4100 Single Controller Express Model ships standard with five 250GB HDDs, two SW SFPs, two 1M
LC Fibre Cables, rail mounting kit and one 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cord (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14).
If U.S. wall-outlet power cord is required, then order PN 94G6667.
1724-100
1724-1SC
*/161
*/161
4/4
2/2
2
-
2/2
0/0
1/1
0/0
Notes:
1. Ships with a single Host Default Group.
Ethernet 1
Host port 2
Host port 1
Ethernet 2
Expansion port 1
Host port 4
Serial port
Host port 3
Controller A
300
COG
Expansion port 2
Serial port
Controller B
Option
Number
Description
Height
Bays Supported
Max Qty
SL
1... 14
14
FastT SATA HDDs
90P1350
250GB 7200 rpm FAStT SATA HDD
1
171010U
Form Factor
Rack (3U)
FAStT EXP100 Storage Expansion
Unit2
Notes:
possible related options
2. Model 1SC currently does not support attachment to external expansion units.
Option
Number
Description
DS4100 Model 100
24P8997
DS4100 Flash Copy
25R0051
DS4100 Intel Pack
25R0060
DS4100 Linux/Intel Host Kit1
25R0061
DS4100 Novell Netware Host Kit1
25R0062
DS4100 VMware Host Kit1
25R0063
DS4100 AIX Host Kit1
25R0066
DS4100 Sun Host Kit1
25R0137
DS4100 Linux for Power Host Kit1
25R0069
DS4100 HP-UX Host Kit
25R0072
DS4100 4 Storage Partition Activation
25R0074
25R0077
25R0080
DS4100 4 to 8 Storage Partition Upgrade
25R0081
39M5602
DS4100 Enhanced Remote Mirroring2
DS4100 Model 1SC
24P8997
DS4100 Flash Copy
25R0051
DS4100 Intel Pack
301
Option
Number
Description
25R0060
DS4100 Linux/Intel Host Kit
25R0061
DS4100 Novell Netware Host Kit
25R0062
DS4100 VMware Host Kit
25R0063
DS4100 AIX Host Kit
25R0066
DS4100 Sun Host Kit
25R0137
DS4100 Linux for Power Host Kit
25R0069
25R0072
25R0074
25R0077
25R0080
25R0081
Other Options
19K1271
Short-wave SFP Module
19K1272
Long-wave SFP Module
19K1247
1m LC-LC Fibre Channel Cable
19K1248
19K1249
19K1250
1m LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter Cable3
Notes:
1. Licensed one per DS4100.
2. Available for DS4100 Dual Controller only.
3. Designed to connect a 1Gb device or cable to a 2Gb device or cable.
302
COG
Storage Type
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
Form Factor
Max Cfg Wt
DS4300 Single
Controller1
17226LU
Fibre
Channel
14/
14
Y
4.2TB
4.2TB
481.8mm x 597.4mm
x 132.3mm (18.97in
x 23.52in x 5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
41.04kg
(90.48lbs)
1/2 390w
DS4300 Single
Controller
Express
Model2
17226LJ
Fibre
Channel
14/
14
Y
4.2TB
4.2TB
481.8mm x 597.4mm
x 132.3mm (18.97in
x 23.52in x 5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
41.04kg
(90.48lbs)
1/2 390w
DS4300 Dual
Controller3
172260U
Fibre
Channel
14/
14
Y
4.2TB 16.8TB4 481.8mm x 597.4mm
x 132.3mm (18.97in
x 23.52in x 5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
45.87kg
(101.26lbs)
2/2 390w
DS4300 Dual
Controller
Express
Model5
172260J
Fibre
Channel
14/
14
Y
4.2TB 16.8TB4 481.8mm x 597.4mm
x 132.3mm (18.97in
x 23.52in x 5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
45.87kg
(101.26lbs)
2/2 390w
DS4300 Dual
Controller
Express
Model (No
Hard
Drives)6
172260K
Fibre
Channel
14/
14
Y
4.2TB 16.8TB4 481.8mm x 597.4mm
x 132.3mm (18.97in
x 23.52in x 5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
45.87kg
(101.26lbs)
2/2 390w
DS4300
Turbo7
24P8215
Fibre
Channel
14/
14
Y
4.2TB 33.6TB9 481.8mm x 597.4mm
x 132.3mm (18.97in
x 23.52in x 5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
45.87kg
(101.26lbs)
2/2 390w
DS4300
Turbo
Express
Model8
172260L
Fibre
Channel
14/
14
Y
4.2TB 33.6TB9 481.8mm x 597.4mm
x 132.3mm (18.97in
x 23.52in x 5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
45.87kg
(101.26lbs)
2/2 390w
Name
Part Number
Note:
Requires attachment to a Fibre Channel host bus adapter or to a Fibre Channel/SAN switch.
303
Notes:
1. DS4300 - Single Controller provides a single, low-cost RAID controller and can be upgraded to DS4300 Dual Controller. Ships with the rail mounting kit, a 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cord (IEC 320-C13 to IEC
320-C14) and a 2.8m U.S. line cord (100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).
2. DS4300 - Single Controller Express Model provides a single, low-cost RAID controller and can be
upgraded to DS4300 - Dual Controller. Ships with two shortwave SFPs, two 1 meter fibre optic cables,
rail mounting kit, a 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cord (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14.) and a 2.8m U.S. line
cord (100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).
3. DS4300 - Dual Controller provides two RAID controllers with 256MB Cache each and can be upgraded to
DS4300 Turbo. Ships with the rail mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cord (IEC 320-C13 to IEC
320-C14) and two 2.8m U.S. line cords (100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).
4. Based on a maximum of 56 300GB FC HDDs installed in the redundant storage loop that includes the
DS4300 internal HDD bays and three FAStT EXP700 expansion units.
5. DS4300 - Dual Controller Express Model provides two RAID controllers with 256MB Cache each and can
be upgraded to DS4300 Turbo. Ships with two SFPs, two 1 meter fibre cables, ten 73.4GB 10k RPM hard
disks, rail mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cord (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m
U.S. line cords (100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).
6. DS4300 - Dual Controller Express Model provides two RAID controllers with 256MB Cache each and can
be upgraded to DS4300 Turbo. Ships with two SFPs, two 1 meter fibre cables, rail mounting kit, two
2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cord (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m U.S. line cords (100-120V,
C13 to NEMA 5-15P).
7. DS4300 Turbo provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with the rail mounting kit,
two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cord (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m U.S. line cords (100120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).
8. DS4300 Turbo Express Model provides two RAID controllers with 512MB cache each. Ships with two
shortwave SFPs, two 1 meter fibre cables, rail mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cord (IEC
320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m U.S. line cords (100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P).
9. Based on a maximum of 112 300GB FC HDDs installed in the redundant storage loop that includes the
DS4300 internal HDD bays and seven EXP700 expansion units.
304
COG
17226LU
1722-60U
1
1
24P8215
*/16
*/16
8/64
2
4/4
4/4
-
2
2
0/22
2/2
2/2
-
1/1
1/1
2/4
Notes:
1. Ships with a single Default Host Group which does not provide storage partitioning capabilities.
2. Adding host and expansion ports requires upgrading to dual controllers.
Ethernet 1
Host port 2
Host port 1
Ethernet 2
Expansion port 1
Host port 4
Serial port
Host port 3
Controller A
Expansion port 2
Serial port
Controller B
305
Option
Number
Description
Height
Bays Supported
Maximum
Quantity
06P5762
73.4GB 10K rpm 2Gbps FC Disk Module
SL
1 ... 14
14
32P0765
SL
1 ... 14
14
73P8005
300GB 10K rpm 2Gbps FC Disk Module
SL
1 ... 14
14
06P5772
SL
1 ... 14
14
32P0768
73.4GB 15K rpm 2Gbps Disk Module
SL
1 ... 14
14
73P8022
SL
1 ... 14
14
22R5030
DS4000 73GB 10K FC HDD - 4 Pack
SL
1 ... 14
-
22R5031
SL
1 ... 14
-
22R5032
SL
1 ... 14
-
22R5033
SL
1 ... 14
-
22R5034
SL
1 ... 14
-
1
171010U
-
17401RU
-
1740710
-
Notes:
possible related options.
306
COG
Option
Number
24P8149
24P8151
Description
Max Qty
DS4300 1st EXP700 Attach1
DS4300 2nd EXP700 Attach
2
-
3
24P8066
DS4300 Two EXP700 Attach
-
24P8183
4
DS4300 3rd EPX700 Attach
-
24P8180
DS4300 Three EXP700 Attach5
-
24P8067
24P8068
6, 7, 8
-
DS4300 Intel Pack
7, 8
7, 8
24P8069
DS4300 Novell Netware Host Kit
-
24P8070
DS4300 VMware Host Kit7, 8
-
24P8072
24P8073
7, 9
DS4300 AIX Host Kit
DS4300 Sun Host Kit
-
7, 8
7, 8
-
24P8074
25R0091
DS4300 Linux for Power Host Kit7, 8
10
24P8075
DS4300 4-Storage Partition Activation
-
24P8157
-
24P8221
-
24P8154
24P8223
24P8963
8
-
11
DS4300 Entry Upgrade Kit
12
24P8964
DS4300 Entry Turbo Option Upgrade Kit
-
24P8216
DS4300 Turbo Option Upgrade Kit13
-
24P8222
DS4300 Turbo 8 to 64 Partitions
-
24P8224
DS4300 Turbo 16 to 64 Partition Upgrade
-
24P8217
DS4300 Turbo FlashCopy Activation
-
24P8218
DS4300 Turbo VolumeCopy Activation
-
24P8219
DS4300 Turbo combined FlashCopy and VolumeCopy Activation
-
25R0168
DS4300 Turbo Enhanced Remote Mirror
-
25R0416
DS4300 Database Backup (DB2/AIX)
-
22R5037
DS4300 Express Model Intel Pack14
-
22R5038
22R5039
14
-
DS4300 Express Model AIX Host Kit
14
DS4300 Express Model HP Host Kit
-
14
-
22R5040
DS4300 Express Model Sun Host Kit
22R5041
DS4300 Express Model 4-Storage Partition Kit14
22R5042
22R5043
14
DS4300 Express Model FlashCopy Activation
14
DS4300 Express Model 1st EXP Attach
-
307
Option
Number
Description
14
Max Qty
22R5044
DS4300 Express Model Two EXP Attach
-
19K1271
6
19K1247
-
19K1248
-
19K1249
-
19K1250
-
Notes:
1. License to attach 15 to 28 HDDs.
3. License kit upgrade to support up to 42 HDDs.
5. License to attach up to 56 HDDs.
6. Upgrade to support four partitions and provides the Novell Netware and Linux Host kits.
8. This option is available for all models of DS4300.
9. This option is not available for DS4300 - Single Controller.
10. Upgrade to support four partitions.
11. Upgrades DS4300 - Single Controller to DS4300 - Dual Controller by providing two RAID controllers
with 256MB Cache each and an additional power supply.
12. Upgrades DS4300 - Single Controller to DS4300 Turbo by providing two RAID controllers with 1GB
Cache each, an additional power supply, license to attach 112 HDDs through seven EXP700s and license
for eight partitions.
13. The DS4300 Turbo option includes two RAID Blades with 1GB Cache each (2GB total), FAStT Storage
Manager v8.4, license to attach 112 HDDs through seven EXP700s and license for eight partitions.
14. For DS4300 Express Models only.
308
COG
0/0
-
-
67.2TB2
Note:
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
-
Max Cfg Wt
Storage Type
174290U
Form Factor
Part Number
DS45001
Name
482mm x 635mm x
174.5mm (18.97in x
24.0in x 6.87in)
Rack
Drawer
(4U)
43.9kg
(97lbs)
2/2 175w
Notes:
1. DS4500 provides two RAID controllers with 1GB Cache each. Ships with rail mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft
intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m U.S. line cords (100-120V, C13 to
NEMA 5-15P).
2. Based on a maximum of 224 300GB Fibre Channel HDDs installed in a maximum of 16 DS4000 EXP700
expansion units. A maximum of eight expansion units are supported in a redundant drive loop (cable
pair). Four drive-side mini hubs are required to support two loops running in redundant mode.
1742-90U
16/64
4/81
4
2/42
1/2
Notes:
1. DS4500 ships standard with two DS4000 mini-hubs installed as host ports providing two host ports each.
Two more mini-hubs can be added for a total of eight host ports.
2. DS4500 ships standard with two DS4000 mini-hubs installed as expansion ports providing one expansion
port each. Two more mini-hubs can be added for a total of four expansion ports.
309
Figure 70. FAStT900 storage server
Option Number
Description
171010U
17401RU
1740710
Notes:
1.
External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the “Other Options” table for
310
COG
Option Number
24P7981
24P7982
Description
FAStT900 AIX Host Kit
Max Qty
1
-
1
-
FAStT900 Sun Host Kit
1
24P7983
FAStT900 HP-UX Host Kit
-
25R0103
FAStT900 Linux for Power Host Kit1
-
24P7984
FAStT900 Upgrade for 16 to 64 Storage Partitions
-
24P7985
1
FAStT900 FlashCopy Activation
2
24P8227
FAStT900 VolumeCopy Activation
-
24P8228
FAStT900 combined FlashCopy and VolumeCopy Activation2
-
25R0415
DS4500/DS4400 Database Backup (DB2/AIX)
-
25R0167
DS4500 Enhanced Remote Mirror
-
19K1269
FAStT700/900 Mini Hub
8
19K1271
16
19K1247
-
19K1248
-
19K1249
-
19K1250
-
Notes:
2. Requires Storage Manager v8.4.
311
312
COG
Part Number
Storage Type
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
Form Factor
Max Cfg Wt
DS48001
181582H
-
0/0
-
-
67.2TB3
482mm x 635mm x 174.5mm
(18.97in x 24.0in x 6.87in)
Rack
Drawer
(4U)
43.9kg
(97lbs)
2/2 540w
DS48002
181584H
-
0/0
-
-
67.2TB3
482mm x 635mm x 174.5mm
(18.97in x 24.0in x 6.87in)
Rack
Drawer
(4U)
36.38kg
(80.2
lbs)
2/2 540w
Note:
Name
Notes:
1. DS4800 Model 82H provides two RAID controllers with 2GB Cache each. Ships with the rail mounting
kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14.)
2. DS4800 Model 84H provides two RAID controllers with 4GB Cache each. Ships with the rail mounting
kit and two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14.)
3. Based on a maximum of 224 300GB Fibre Channel HDDs installed in a maximum of 16 DS4000 EXP710
expansion units.
181582H
181584H
8/64
8/64
1
8/8
8/81
4
4
8/81
8/81
Notes:
1. DS4800 ships standard with eight SFP's which can be used in any of the Host Ports or Expansion Ports.
Up to eight additional SFP's can be ordered to add full support for all ports.
313
Dual-ported
drive channels
Ethernet ports
RS-232
serial port
Host channels
Controller A
Host channels
Controller B
RS-232
serial port
Dual-ported
drive channels
Ethernet ports
Figure 71. DS4800 rear view
Option Number
Description
171010U
1740710
Notes:
1. External options may require software upgrades, licenses, etc. Refer to the 'Other Options' table for
Option Number
22R4253
DS4800 Novell Netware Host Kit1
22R4255
DS4800 VMware ESX Host Kit
Max Qty
-
22R4252
22R4254
314
Description
1
1
1
-
DS4800 AIX Host Kit
1
22R4256
DS4800 SUN Host Kit
22R4257
DS4800 HP-UX Host Kit1
1
-
22R4258
DS4800 Linux on Power Host
22R4670
DS4800 Upgrade from 8-16 Storage Partitions
-
22R4671
-
22R4259
-
22R4244
DS4800 FlashCopy Activation
-
COG
Option Number
Description
Max Qty
22R4245
DS4800 VolumeCopy Activation
-
22R4246
DS4800 Flash/VolumeCopy Activation
-
22R4247
DS4800 Enhanced Remote Mirror Activation
-
22R4248
DS4800 FC/SATA Enclosure Intermix Option
-
22R4242
SW 4Gbps SFP Pair2
4
19K1247
-
19K1248
-
19K1249
-
Notes:
2. Option includes two 4Gbps SW SFPs.
315
316
COG
Chapter 37. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100 Storage Expansion
Unit
Storage Type
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
Form Factor
Max Cfg Wt
DS4000
EXP1001, 2
171010U
SATA
14/14
Y
3.5TB
481.8mm x 597.4mm x
132.3mm (18.97in x 23.52in
x 5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
40.2kg
(57lbs)
2/2 390w
DS4000
EXP100
1XP3
17241XP
SATA
14/14
Y
3.5TB
481.8mm x 597.4mm x
132.3mm (18.97in x 23.52in
x 5.21in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
40.2kg
(57lbs)
2/2 390w
Name
Part Number
Table 72. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit At-A-Glance
Notes:
1. Attachment to a supported Storage Server is required. This expansion unit does not attach directly to the
server.
2. DS4000 EXP100 ships with the rail mounting kit, two 2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to
IEC 320-C14), and two U.S. power cords (IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P).
3. 1724-1XP provides the same expansion capabilities as the 1710-10U, but comes with a one-year warranty
versus a three-year warranty.
ESM A
Input port 1
ESM B
Input port 2
Output port 1
1 Gb/s
X10
Output port 2
2 Gb/s
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
317
TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Options
Option
Number
Description
Height
Bays
Supported
Max Qty
FastT SATA HDDs
90P1350
250GB 7200 rpm FAStT SATA HDD
SL
1 ... 14
14
22R5035
DS4000 250GB 7200RPM SATA HDD - 5 Pack
SL
1 ... 14
14
TotalStorage DS4000 EXP100 Other Options
Option Number
318
Description
19K1271
19K1247
19K1248
19K1249
COG
Chapter 38. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Storage Expansion
482mm x 597mm x
132mm
(18.97in x 23.52in x
5.21in)
4.2TB
Max Cfg Wt
Y
Form Factor
14/
14
Fibre
Channel
Sept 09
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
17401RU
Storage Type
DS4000
EXP7001, 2
Withdrawal Date
Name
Part Number
Table 73. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit At-A-Glance
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
41.47kg
(98.2lbs)
2/2 400w
Notes:
server.
2. DS4000 EXP700 accommodates up to four, optional, short-wave SFP modules. The unit ships with two
2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14) and two 2.8m U.S. line cords (100-120v,
C13 to NEMA 5-15P).
1740-1RU
ESMs (std/max)
2/21
Input Ports (std/max)
2/2
Output Ports (std/max)
2/2
Notes:
1.
Ships standard with two ESMs, each providing one input port and one output port.
319
ESM A
Input port 1
ESM B
Output port 2
Input port 2
Output port 1
1 Gb/s
X10
2 Gb/s
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
Part Number
Description
Height
Bays Supported
Maximum
Quantity
06P5762
SL
1... 14
14
32P0765
SL
1... 14
14
73P8005
SL
1 ... 14
14
06P5772
SL
1... 14
14
32P0768
SL
1... 14
14
73P8022
SL
1 ... 14
14
Option Number
320
Description
Max Qty
19K1271
Short-wave SFP module
4
19K1247
-
19K1248
-
19K1249
-
COG
Chapter 39. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Fibre Channel
Storage Expansion Unit
482mm x 597mm x
132mm (18.97in x
23.52in x 5.21 in)
Rack
Drawer
(3U)
44.47kg
(98.2lbs)
4.2TB
Max Cfg Wt
Y
Form Factor
14/14
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Fibre
Channel
1740710
HDD Bays (Std/Max)
Storage Type
DS4000
EXP7101, 2
Part Number
Name
Table 75. TotalStorage DS4000 EXP710 Fibre Channel Storage Expansion Unit At-A-Glance
2/2 - 390w
Notes:
server.
2. DS4000 EXP710 accommodates up to four, optional, short-wave SFP modules. The unit ships with two
2.8m/9ft intra-rack power cords (IEC 320-C13 to IEC320-C14). If U.S. wall-outlet power cords are
required, then order quantity two of PN 94G6667.
1740-710
ESMs (std/max)
2/21
Input Ports (std/max)
2/2
Output Ports (std/max)
2/2
Notes:
1.
Ships standard with two ESMs, each providing one input port and one output port.
321
ESM A
Input port 1
ESM B
Input port 2
Output port 1
1 Gb/s
X10
Output port 2
2 Gb/s
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
Option Number
Description
Height
Bays Supported
Max Qty
06P5762
SL
1 ... 14
14
32P0765
SL
1 ... 14
14
73P8005
SL
1 ... 14
14
06P5772
SL
1 ... 14
14
32P0768
SL
1 ... 14
14
73P8022
SL
1 ... 14
14
22R5030
SL
1 ... 14
-
22R5031
SL
1 ... 14
-
22R5032
SL
1 ... 14
-
22R5033
SL
1 ... 14
-
22R5034
SL
1 ... 14
-
Option Number
Note:
322
Description
Max Qty
19K1271
4
19K1247
4
19K1248
4
19K1249
4
94G6667
4.3m, 100-120V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
2
A minimum of two fiber optic cables are required for attachment to DS4000 Disk Systems or to other DS4000
Expansion Units.
COG
Chapter 40. Additional Fibre Channel Components
Table 77. TotalStorage Switch L10
Option Number
2006L10
Description
TotalStorage Switch L10
1, 2
Ports (Std/Max)1
SFP Modules (Std)
10/10
4
Related Options
26K7909
TotalStorage L10 Rack Mount Kit3
13N1796
22R0483
Short-wave SFP Module (4-pack)
Notes:
1. Provides 10 ports in a 1/2-rack width, 1U high chassis. Ships standard with four short-wave SFP
modules, serial cable and a rack power cord.
2. Supports short-wave connections only.
3. Supports two L10 switches in a 1U rack space.
Table 78. TotalStorage SAN Fabric Switch Model H08
Option Number
Description
2005H08
H08 1, 2
Withdrawal
Date
Ports (Std/Max)
SFP Modules (Std)
10/28/2005
8/8
4
Related Options
22R0579
H08 Remote Switch Activation
22R0549
H08 Extended Fabric Activation
22R0552
H08 Full Fabric Activation
22R0555
H08 Performance Bundle Activation
22R0558
H08 Advanced Security Activation
17P7180
Fabric Manager V4 Max Domains for
H08/H16
22R0483
19K1272
Notes:
1. Provides 8 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with four short-wave SFP modules, a rack power
cord and rail kit.
2. Supports short-wave and long-wave connections.
323
Table 79. TotalStorage SAN Fabric Switch Model H16
Option Number
2005H16
Description
ModelH16 1, 2
Withdrawal
Date
Ports (Std/Max)
SFP Modules (Std)
10/28/2005
16/16
8
Related Options
22R0491
H16 Remote Switch Activation
22R0494
H16 Extended Fabric Activation
22R0497
H16 Full Fabric Activation
22R0500
H16 Performance Bundle Activation
22R0503
H16 Advanced Security Activation
17P7180
Fabric Manager V4 Max Domains for
H08/H16
22R0483
19K1272
Notes:
1. Provides 16 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with eight short-wave SFP modules, two rack
power cords and a rail kit.
Table 80. IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-2 Express Model
Option Number
200516B
Description
IBM TotalStorage SAN16B-2 Express Model
1, 2
Ports (Std/Max)
SFP Modules (Std)
8/16
8
Related Options
22R5332
16B Express Model 4-Port Upgrade3
22R4901
16B 4-Port Activation 4
22R4891
16B Advanced Security Activation
22R4904
16B Fabric Watch
22R5460
16B Full Fabric Activation
22R5469
16B Performance Bundle Activation
22R4897
4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Pack
22R4902
4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver
19K1272
Long-wave SFP Module5
Notes:
1. Provides 16 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with eight short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, rack
power cord and a rail kit.
3. Includes four 4GBps SW SFP transceivers and port activation for four ports.
4. Provides port activation only for four ports. One optional SFP transceiver is required per port.
5. Long-wave SFP Module operates at 2Gbps transfer rate.
324
COG
Table 81. TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Express Model
Option Number
200532B
Description
1, 2
IBM TotalStorage SAN32B-2 Express Model
Ports (Std/Max)
SFP Modules (Std)
16/32
16
Related Options
22R5128
32B Fabric Manager v4 Max Domains
22R5129
32B Remote Switch Activation
22R4894
32B Extended Fabric Activation
22R4895
32B Advanced Security Activation
22R4896
32B Performance Bundle
22R5505
32B 8-Port Activation
22R4897
4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver 4 Pack
22R4902
4 Gbps SW SFP Transceiver
19K1272
Long-wave SFP Module3
Notes:
1. Provides 32 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with sixteen short-wave 4 Gbps SFP modules, rack
power cord and a rail kit.
3. Long-wave SFP Module operates at 2Gbps transfer rate.
Table 82. TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch
Option Number
202612E
Description
TotalStorage SAN 12M-1 Switch
1, 2
Ports (Std/Max)
SFP Modules (Std)
4/12
4
Related Options
22R2206
SAN12M-1 4-port FlexPort Expansion Kit 3
22R2205
SAN12M-1 Full Fabric Capable Activation
22R2207
SAN12M-1 Long-wave SFP Module
Notes:
1. Provides up to 12 ports in a 1U high chassis. Ships standard with four short-wave SFP modules a rack
power cord and rail kit.
3. Provides necessary hardware and activation to expand the SAN12M-1 switch in four port increments.
Chapter 40. Additional Fibre Channel Components
325
326
COG
Chapter 41. External Storage Configuration Examples
Table 83. Cable Group Legend
Cable Group A (0.8mm to 0.8mm)
03K9310
Netfinity 2m Ultra2 SCSI Cable
03K9311
Netfinity 4.2m Ultra2 SCSI Cable
Cable Group SW (short-wave)
19K1247
19K1248
19K1249
Cable Group LW (long-wave)1
-
Customer Supplied
Notes:
1. Customer-supplied cables of longer lengths can be used. Short-wave supports up to 500m. Long-wave
supports up to 10km.
The illustration below shows what a typical solution might look like in terms of where short-wave and longwave cables would be used. Actual implementation may vary based on individual hardware.
Host System
HBA
SW
SW or LW ISL (Inter-switch link
Switch
Switch
SW or LW
Disk system
SW
1 Gb/s
2 Gb/s
Storage expansion unit
X10
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
Figure 72. Typical short-wave and long-wave cabling usage
327
Host System A
HBA 1
Host System A
HBA 2
HBA 1
Host System B
HBA 2
DS4300
HBA 1
DS4300
Host System A
HBA 1
Host System B
HBA 2
SW
HBA 1
SW
SW
Switch 1
HBA 2
SW
Switch 2
SW or LW
SW or LW
DS4100
Host System A
HBA 1
HBA 2
SW
SW
Host System B
HBA 1
SW
Switch 1
SW or LW
SW or LW
DS4100
Figure 73. DS4100 and DS4300 Host Attach Examples
COG
SW
Switch 2
SW or LW
328
HBA 2
SW or LW
DS4100
HBA 2
Host System A
HBA 1
Host System B
HBA 2
HBA 1
HBA 2
SW
SW
SW
SW
DS4100
SW
DS4000 EXP100
1 Gb/s
SW
2 Gb/s
X10
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
Host System A
HBA 1
Host System B
HBA 2
HBA 1
Switch 1
HBA 2
Switch 2
SW
SW
SW
SW
DS4300
SW or LW
SW or LW
SW
DS4000 EXP100
1 Gb/s
2 Gb/s
SW
X10
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
DS4000 EXP100
1 Gb/s
SW
2 Gb/s
SW
X10
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
DS4000 EXP100
1 Gb/s
SW
2 Gb/s
SW
X10
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
Figure 74. DS4100 and DS4300 Drive Attach Examples
Chapter 41. External Storage Configuration Examples
329
DS4000 EXP710
1 Gb/s
2 Gb/s
Drive Loop A
X10
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
Drive Loop B
1 Gb/s
X10
2 Gb/s
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
1 Gb/s
Host System A
2 Gb/s
Host System ‘x’
X10
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
HBA 1
HBA 2
SW
SW
....
HBA 1
SW
HBA 2
SW
1 Gb/s
X10
2 Gb/s
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
Switch 1
Switch 2
DS4500
SW or LW
SW or LW
Note: All Drive-Side cabling is SW
1 Gb/s
X10
2 Gb/s
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
1 Gb/s
X10
2 Gb/s
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
1 Gb/s
X10
2 Gb/s
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
Drive Loop C
Drive Loop D
1 Gb/s
X10
2 Gb/s
X1
Conflict
Tray Number
DS4000 EXP710
Figure 75. DS4500 Host and Drive Attach Examples
330
COG
Chapter 42. Rack Cabinets and Options
Table 84. Rack Cabinets
NetBay11
Standard Rack
S2 25U
Standard Rack
9306110
93072SX
93074SX
93074EX
930842S
930842E
11U
25U
42U
42U
42U
42U
Sidewall
Compartments
0
2
6
6
4
4
Front Stabilizers
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
2
Machine Type
Model
1
EIA Capacity
S2 42U Standard Rack
NetBay42 Enterprise Rack
Side Stabilizers
NR
NR
Std
NR
NR
NR
Casters
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Leveling Feet
NA
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Side Covers
Std
Std
Std
NR
Std
NR
Rack Attachment
Kit3
NA
NA
NR
Std
NR
Std
Glass Front Door
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Perforated Front
Door
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Perforated Rear
Door
NA
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Height (mm/in)4
611 /24.1
1344/53
1999/78.7
1999/78.7
2020 /79.5
2020 /79.5
Width (mm/in)
518/20.4
605/23.8
605/23.8
600/23.6
648/25.5
648/25.5
331
Table 84. Rack Cabinets
NetBay11
Standard Rack
S2 25U
Standard Rack
9306110
93072SX
93074SX
93074EX
930842S
930842E
Depth (mm/in)
873/34.4
1000/39.4
1000/39.4
1000/39.4
1105/43.5
1105/43.5
Empty Weight
(kg/lb)
36/79
100/220
125/276
94/207
261/575
234/516
Max Load (kg/lb)
182/401
567/1250
907/2000
907/2000
667/1470
667/1470
Total Weight
(kg/lb)
218/481
667/1470
1032/2276
1032/2276
928/2045
901/1986
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Machine Type
Model
Shippable Loaded5
Note:
S2 42U Standard Rack
NetBay42 Enterprise Rack
NR - Not Required; NA - Not Available; 1U - 1.75in (44.45mm)
Notes:
1. Conforms to EIA 310 - D Standard 19in rack specification for a Type A cabinet with universal hole
spacing.
2. Side stabilizer brackets are included to bolt the cabinet to the floor. They are needed when a single,
standalone cabinet is lightly loaded. See the installation instructions for additional information.
3. Required to attach racks together to make a suite.
4. Minimum clearance to the ceiling is 305mm / 12in.
5. ‘Shippable loaded’ means the cabinet is capable of being transported with equipment installed. Required
packaging is provided. The integrator/assembler is responsible for assuring the stability of the shipped
configuration. Rack Integration Services are available from IBM.
332
COG
Server System Rack Alternatives
Table 85. System Rack Alternatives
9307-2SX S2 25U
9307-4SX S2 42U
9307-4EX S2 42U
9308-42S NetBAY42ER
9308-42E NetBAY42EX
Enterprise Racks
9306-110 NetBAY11
32P1474
Standard Racks
13N0956
5U Extended Depth Tower-to-Rack Kit
59P4211
5Ux24D Tower-to-Rack Kit III
26K6095
59P4817
09N4300
Conversion Kits
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
xSeries 3062
X
X
X
X
X
X
xSeries 336
X
X
X
X
X
X
xSeries 346
X
X
X
X
X
X
xSeries 365
X
X
X
X
X
X
xSeries 366
X
X
X
X
X
X
xSeries 445
X
X
X
X
X
X
xSeries 455
X
X
X
X
X
X
xSeries 460
X
X
X
X
X
X
BladeCenter
X
X
X
X
X
X
eServer 326
X
X
X
X
X
X
BladeCenter
T, 8720
X
X
X
X
X
X
BladeCenter
T, 8730
X
X
X
X
X
X
Servers
xSeries 2061
1
xSeries 226
1
xSeries 236
xSeries 255
X
X
X
X
Notes:
1. Rack installation requires appropriate conversion kit.
2. If installed in older IBM racks, the server should not be installed behind a glass door that blocks air flow.
Remove the glass door or replace with an optional perforated door. To order a rack extension kit for
withdrawn IBM racks, visit the Options Continuation Program Website. See the 'Information Sources'
section for the URL.
333
IBM Rack-Mounted Units
1
x226
8648
4
26
57
495 / 707
1/1
1
x226 w/redundant
power
8648
4
26
57
480/685
2/2
2
x236
8841
5
24
101
625/893
1/2
1
14ft IEC 320-C19/C14
P/N 12J5995
1/1
P/N 36L8886
340/485
Y-cable 2xC13/C14
P/N 25R2567
46
9ft IEC 320-C14
19
9ft NEMA 6-15P
P/N 1838574
4
9ft NEMA 5-15P
P/N 6952300
Approx Weight
(lbs)3
8482
P/N 6952301
Depth (in)
6ft NEMA 5-15P
Size (U)2
x2064
Description
Machine
Type / Model
Power (Watts)
Typical/Max
(All cords to same
source)
Number of P/S
and Line Cords
basic/max
Standard Power Cords1
Server System
Units:
4
530/1000
2/2
5
x255
8685
7
25
120
2
x3066
8836
1
20
28
300/430
1/1
1
x336
8837
1
26
32
385/550
1/2
1
x336 w/redundant
power
8837
1
26
34
385/550
2/2
1
x346
8840
2
28
62
580/830
1/2
x365
8862
3
28
86
770/1100
2/2
x366
8863
3
28
86
1200/
1700
2/2
x4457
8687
4
28
120
800/950
2/2
x455
8855
4
28
120
600/700
2/2
x460
8872
3
28
85
1200/
1700
2/2
e326
8848
1
26
32
400/587
1/1
BladeCenter w/2
2000W power
supplies
8677
7
28
150
1800/
2650
2/2
2
BladeCenter w/4
2000W power
supplies
8677
7
28
246
3700/
5300
4/4
4
86842RX
3
26
56
260/520
2/2
2
2
EXP400
17331RU
3
22
85
310
2/2
2
2
DS300
1701xxx
3
23
90
391/558
1/2
1
DS400
-
3
23
90
391/558
2/2
2
DS4100
1724100
3
22
99
275
2/2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
I/O Units:
RXE-100
Storage Units:
334
COG
1
IBM Rack-Mounted Units
102
390
2/2
2
2
DS4400
17421RU
4
24
85
140
2/2
2
2
DS4500
174290U
4
24
85
140
2/2
2
2
DS4000 EXP100
171010U
3
23.5
89
245
2/2
2
2
DS4000 EXP700
17401RU
3
23
91
245
2/2
2
2
FC Switch 16-port
2005H16
1
12
12
200
2/2
NetBAY 1U xSeries
Tape Enclosure
45591UX
1
20
16
-
1/1
NetBAY Tape
Enclosure
0034B0X
4
18
39
320
1/1
3607 Series
SDLTpro Tape
Autoloader
360716X
2
29.7
66
60
1/1
1
3607 Series LTO
Tape Autoloader
360726X
2
29.7
66
60
1/1
1
NetBAY 1U Tape
Enclosure
45591UX
1
20
16 3
1/1
1
NetBAY 4U Tape
Enclosure
45594UX
4
18
253
1/1
SDLT/LTO
Modular Tape
Library
4560SLX
5
31
70
14ft IEC 320-C19/C14
P/N 12J5995
24
P/N 36L8886
3
Y-cable 2xC13/C14
P/N 25R2567
9ft IEC 320-C14
9ft NEMA 6-15P
P/N 1838574
9ft NEMA 5-15P
P/N 6952300
Approx Weight
(lbs)3
172260U
P/N 6952301
Depth (in)
6ft NEMA 5-15P
Size (U)2
DS4300
Description
Machine
Type / Model
Power (Watts)
Typical/Max
(All cords to same
source)
Number of P/S
and Line Cords
basic/max
2
Tape Components:
300
1/1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes:
1. Optional rack power cords: P/N 94G6667 - 14ft NEMA 5-15P; P/N 94G7448 - 14ft IEC 320-C14.
2. 1U = 1.75in (44.45mm).
3. Weight equals maximum configuration, except for the 4559 Tape Enclosures where it is the weight
without tape drives.
4. Rack installation requires appropriate tower-to-rack conversion kit.
5. Additional power cords are not required. This power supply option shares use of line cords provided
with the base system. Should be ordered in pairs to maintain redundancy.
6. If installed in older IBM racks, the server should not be installed behind a glass door that blocks air flow.
Remove the glass door or replace with an optional perforated door. To order a rack extension kit for
withdrawn IBM racks, visit the Options Continuation Program Website at www.pc.ibm.com/ww/ocp.
7. Internal power supply logic limits low voltage (100-127 VAC) to 550w per power supply. Thus,
configurations requiring more power are not redundant for low voltage installations, e.g., configurations
with more than two processors.
335
General rack placement rules and other information:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Locate heaviest components at the bottom of the rack (i.e., UPS, then servers or storage, etc.).
Do not extend more than one component on side rails at a time.
Maximum of three UPSs (including no more than two APC 5000 UPSs) per rack.
Utilize sidewall compartments for mounting PDUs and console switches prior to using EIA space.
When mounting components in a rack, consider user and service requirements.
When selecting length of power, console and storage cables, consider extension of cable management
arms and overall cable routing.
BTUs = Watts x 3.41.
•
Power Supply Options
Power Supply
Part Number
Usable with
370w
31P6133
x2552
585w
90P5280
x336
625w
26K5097
x346
670w
26K9560
x236
950w
73P9709
x365
1300w
13M7413
x366
1800w
13N0570
BladeCenter3
2
2000w
26K4816
BladeCenter
3
2
DS300 Upgrade
13N1775
DS300-1RL
8.2ft NEMA 5-15P
12J5112
8.2ft IEC 320-C20
00N7701
14ft IEC 320-C14
12J5995
9ft IEC 320-C20
74P4430
IEC 320-C19
Y-cable 2xC13/C14 25R2567
9ft IEC 320-C14
36L8886
9ft NEMA 5-15P
6952300
6ft NEMA 5-15P
6952301
IEC 320-C13
1
1
1
1
1
2
336
Notes:
1. Optional rack power cords: P/N 94G6667 - 14ft NEMA 5-15P; P/N 94G7448 - 14ft IEC 320-C14.
2. Additional power cords are not required. This power supply option shares use of line cords provided
with the base system. Should be ordered in pairs to maintain redundancy.
3. Refer to Appendix eServer BladeCenter Power Upgrade Guidelines for important information that will
help determine when a BladeCenter power module upgrade is necessary.
COG
Rack Options
Option
Number
Description
Information
Console Support:
28L4707
Netfinity Rack Keyboard Tray
Supports keyboards in racks, also used with Flat Panel Monitor
Rack Mount Kit II.
94G7444
Monitor Compartment
Size depends on monitor, space for CRT or Flat Panel Monitor
and a console switch.
17231UX
1U 17in Flat Panel Monitor Console
Kit with Travel Keyboard (US)
1U, built-in 17in Flat Panel Monitor (17in viewable image),
includes Travel Keyboard - US English (P/N 73P3144). Help
optimize your rack space utilization with the 1U Console Kit.
17231NX
Kit without keyboard
1U, built-in 17in Flat Panel Monitor (17in viewable image), space
for Travel Keyboard.
17232UX
Kit with Travel Keyboard (US)
2U, built-in 15in Flat Panel Monitor (15in viewable image),
includes Travel Keyboard - US English (P/N 73P3144).
17232NX
Kit without keyboard (US)
2U, built-in 15in Flat Panel Monitor (15in viewable image), space
for Travel Keyboard.
09N4290
NetBAY 1 x 4 Console Switch
1U, mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space or Monitor
Compartment; supports one to four servers, one console.
09N4291
NetBAY 2 x 8 Console Switch
1U, mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space or Monitor
Compartment; supports one to eight servers, two consoles (only
one console when installed in the Monitor Compartment).
09N4293
Console Cable Set - 7ft
Connects servers to console switch.
94G7447
Connects servers to console switch.
1735L04
Local Console Manager
1U, mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space or behind 1U
Console Kit; supports one to 64 servers, one local console.
1735R16
Remote Console Manager
1U, mounts in sidewall compartments or EIA space; supports
one to 256 servers, one local console and two remote consoles.
Access your installation remotely or locally with IBM ACT
Console switches.
32P1636
Short KVM Conversion Option
Converts the console signals of servers without cable
management arms (not on slides) so they can be chained to
connect to a Local or Remote Console Manager using Cat5 cable.
32P1652
Long KVM Conversion Option
Converts the console signals of servers with cable management
arms (on slides) so they can be chained to connect to a Local or
Remote Console Manager using Cat5 cable.
73P5832
USB Conversion Option
Converts the console signals of servers with USB and VGA
console ports and cable management arms (on slides) so they
can be chained to connect to a Local or Remote Console Manager
using Cat5 cable.
32P1637
C2T Conversion Option
Converts the console signals of a chain of C2T-capable servers so
they can be connected to a Local or Remote Console Manager
using Cat5 cable.
Power Distribution Support:
32P1761
DPI 100-127 PDU with Fixed NEMA
L5-15P line cord
1U, 100-127v, 12a, single-phase, mounts in sidewall
compartment or EIA space, six NEMA 5-15R outlets, requires
one L5-15R wall receptacle.
337
Rack Options
Option
Number
Description
Information
32P1736
DPI Universal Rack PDU with NEMA
L5-20P and L6-20P (US line cords)
compartment or EIA space, seven IEC 320-C13 outlets, requires
one NEMA L5-20R or L6-20R wall receptacle.
32P1751
DPI 30a/125v Front-end PDU with
NEMA L5-30P
compartment or EIA space, three IEC 320-C19 outlets, requires
one NEMA L5-30R wall receptacle.
32P1766
NEMA L6-30P
one NEMA L6-30R wall receptacle.
32P1767
IEC 309 2P+Gnd
one 60a IEC 309 2P+G wall receptacle.
26K4246
DPI Single-phase 30a/208V C13
Enterprise PDU (US)
compartment or EIA space, twelve IEC 320-C13 outlets, requires
one NEMA L6-30R wall receptacle. Ideal for x300 and x400
xSeries Servers. Match voltage to your Data Center room
power requirements.
26K4242
Enterprise PDU (US)
compartment or EIA space, twelve IEC 320-C13 outlets, requires
one 60a IEC 309 2P+G wall receptacle. Ideal for x300 and x400
xSeries Servers. Match voltage to your Data Center room
power requirements.
26K4244
DPI Three-phase 60a/208V C13
Enterprise PDU (US)
1U, 200-208v, three-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or
EIA space, twelve IEC 320-C13 outlets in three groups of four,
28a per group, requires one 60a IEC 309 3P+G (delta) wall
receptacle. Ideal for x300 and x400 xSeries Servers. Match
voltage to your Data Center room power requirements.
26K4256
Enterprise PDU (US)
compartment or EIA space, six IEC 320-C19 outlets, requires one
60a IEC 309 2P+G wall receptacle. Ideal for BladeCenter
solutions. Match voltage to your Data Center room power
requirements.
26K4258
DPI Three-phase 60a/208V C19
Enterprise PDU (US)
1U, 200-208v, three-phase, mounts in sidewall compartment or
EIA space, six IEC 320-C19 outlets in three groups of two, 28a
per group, requires one 60a IEC 309 3P+G (delta) wall
receptacle. Ideal for BladeCenter solutions. Match voltage to
your Data Center room power requirements.
73P5855
DPI Single-phase 60a/208v High
Density PDU
compartment or EIA space, twelve 320-C19 outlets, requires one
60a IEC 309 2P+G wall receptacle.
73P5847
DPI Three-phase 60a/208v High
Density PDU
1U, 200-208v, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space,
twelve 320-C19 outlets in three groups of four, 28a per group,
requires one 60a IEC 309 3P+G wall receptacle.
32P1020
2U, 120V, 9.5A, six NEMA 5-15R outlets, requires one NEMA
L5-15R wall receptacle.
2130R30
UPS3000XLV (US)
2U, 120v, 24a, six IEC C13 outlets, 1 NEMA L5-20R outlet,
requires one NEMA L5-30R wall receptacle.
2130R31
UPS3000XHV (US)
2U, 200-240v, 14.25a, seven IEC C13 outlets, 1 IEC C19 outlet,
requires one NEMA L6-20R wall receptacle.
338
COG
Rack Options
Option
Number
Description
Information
32P1692
UPS Extended Run Battery Pack (2U)
2U, up to four may be attached to the UPS3000XLV or XHV to
extend run time when using the batteries.
21306RX
UPS7500XHV (US)
6U, 200-240v, 38a, four IEC C19 outlets, requires electrician to
wire to terminal block to single phase 50A wall receptacle.
Protect system uptime by using UPS.
21308RX
UPS10000XHV (US)
6U, 200-240v, 50a, four IEC C19 outlets, requires electrician to
wire to terminal block to single phase 70A wall receptacle.
Protect system uptime by using UPS.
25R5582
UPS Extend Run Battery Pack (3U)
3U, up to four may be attached to the UPS7500XHV or
UPS10000XHV to extend run time when using the batteries.
Increase run time during power outages by adding this option
to your configuration.
94G6667
Rack Power Cord - C13/NEMA 5-15P
IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P (14ft).
94G7448
Rack Power Cord - C13/C14
IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14 (14ft).
23K4809
Rack Power Cable - C13/C20
IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C20 (2.8m).
90P4849
Rack Power Cable - C19/C20
IEC 320-C19 to IEC 320-C20 (2.5m).
Mechanical Options:
94G6670
Blank Filler Panel Kit
Consists of one 5U, one 3U, and two 1U blank filler panels.
25R5559
1U Quick Install Filler Panel Kit
Consists of five 1U blank filler panels.
25R5560
3U Quick Install Filler Panel Kit
Consists of five 3U blank filler panels.
94G7442
Fixed shelf
Supports up to 100lbs.
339
9308-xxx
9306-110
(inches)
9307-xxx
(inches)
(inches)
A
20.4
23.6
25.5
Width of rack
B
34.4
39.4
43.5
Depth of rack (not including front stabilizer)
C
21
24/12.5
26
Description
Box Footprint
Front/rear door clearance (when required)
Operational Clearance
D
24.4
27.5
29.5
Width of Operational Clearance area
E
74.4
93.4
110
Depth of Operational Clearance area
F
2
2
2
Left/Right sides of rack to Operational Clearance
area
G
30
36
36
Front of rack to Operational Clearance area
H
10
24
26
Rear of rack to Operational Clearance area
I
26
95.6
97.5
Width of Service Clearance area
J
78.3
129.4
133.5
Depth of Service Clearance area
K
2.8
36
36
Left/Right sides of rack to Service Clearance area
L
36
60
60
Front of rack to Service Clearance area
M
30
30
30
Rear of rack to Service Clearance area
Service Clearance
340
COG
341
342
COG
Chapter 43. Rack Console Options
A console consisting of a keyboard, monitor and pointing device is required by each server for system
maintenance and support. The console may be local or remote and may be dedicated to a single server or
shared across a large array of servers, which requires the use of one or more console switching devices.
Flat Panel Monitor Console Kits
Figure 76. 1U 15in Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit
343
344
COG
Multi-server Console Switching
Figure 79. Standard PS/2 Keyboard - Video - Mouse (KVM)
Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing later in this section.
345
Figure 80. IBM C2T Interconnect Cable Chaining Technology
Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing later in this section.
346
COG
Figure 81. IBM Advanced Connectivity Technology (ACT)
347
Switch Options
Ports
Standard Parts
Twolevel
Tiering
Qty
Type
Qty
max KVM servers
max USB servers
max BladeCenter
C2T chains
ACT chains
KVM switches
max KVM servers
local console
remote consoles
1U black filler panel
1.8m Cat5 cable
Cat5 terminator
EIA monitoring brackets
side-wall monitoring brackets
09N4290
1x4
Console
Switch
KVM
PS2
4
PS2
1
4
-
4
4
-
4
16
1 - 1
-
-
1
1
09N4291
2x8
Console
Switch
KVM
PS2
8
PS2
2
8
-
8
8
-
8
64
2 - 1
-
-
1
1
1735L04
Local
Console
Manager
ACT
Cat5
4
PS2
1 64
64
12
64
4
4
32
1 - 1 1
4
1
1
1735R16
Remote
Console
Manager
ACT
Cat5
16
PS2
1 256
256
48
256
16
16
128
1 2 1 1
16
1
1
LAN
1
Description
Part Number
Type
OUT
Type of switch
IN
Capacity
Switch Placement Rules
Mounting Locations
1x4
2x8
LCM
RCM
Monitor shelf\switch bay
yes
yes
yes
no
3U Console\switch bay
yes
yes
yes
yes
1U 17in Console\switch bay
yes
yes
yes
no
1U 15in Console\switch bay
yes
yes
yes
no
With 2U console1
yes
yes
yes
yes
Side-wall compartment
yes
yes
yes
yes
U compartment (EIA space)
yes
yes
yes
yes
Notes:
1.
Mounts above 2U console.
348
COG
3.8m KVM cable
260m C2T chaining cable1
2m C2T chaining cable2
2m C2T breakout cable
250m KCO cable
1.5m KCO cable
114mm CCO cable
1.5m UCO cable
150mm Cat5 cable
350mm Cat5 cable
1.8m Cat5 cable
09N4293
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
servers with PS2
KVM ports3
[a]
94G7447
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
servers with PS2
KVM ports3
[b]
with
server
C2T Interconnect
chaining cable
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(included with
x335)4
[c]
06P4792
C2T Interconnect Cable
Kit
-
-
-
1
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
x335
[d]
32P1636
short KVM Conversion
Option kit
-
-
-
-
-
4
-
-
-
4
-
-
(x305, x306, BC,
Console Switch)5
[e]
32P1652
long KVM Conversion
Option kit
-
-
-
-
-
-
4
-
-
-
4
-
servers with
cable
management
arms
[f]
32P1637
C2T Interconnect
Conversion Option kit
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
1
x3355
[g]
73P5832
USB Conversion
Option Kit
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4
-
4
-
e325, e326, x382,
x4555
Label
[h]
Note:
-
Cat5 cable
Usage
2.1m KVM cable
[a]
Part Number
Description
Cable Options
provided with option or by customer
KVM switches may be interconnected to form a two-level tier for attaching up to 16, 32 or 64 servers.
Notes:
1. Short C2T Interconnect chaining cable included standard with the C2T-capable servers.
2. C2T Interconnect Cable Kit (P/N 06P4792) includes a long C2T chaining cable for use when
interconnected servers are farther than three EIA units apart.
3. PS2 KVM connectors: keyboard 5-pin DIN, mouse 5-pin DIN, video HD-15 VGA.
4. C2T Interconnect ports use special connectors.
5. ACT conversion options convert from PS2 KVM, USB plus VGA or C2T interconnect to Cat5 RJ45
connectors.
349
350
COG
Chapter 44. xSeries Rack Power Configurator
Rack Power Products:
Distributed Power Interface (DPI) Power Distribution Units (PDUs)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DPI 100-127v NEMA PDU
DPI Universal Rack PDU
DPI Single-phase Front-end PDUs
DPI Single-phase Enterprise PDUs
DPI Three-phase Enterprise PDUs
DPI Single-phase High Density PDU
DPI Three-phase High Density PDU
Possible Power Configurations:
Note: P/S = Power Supply
Single Rack PDU or Enterprise C13 PDU
Rack PDU
7 outlets - C13
100-240Vac
15a
Device / Unit
(1)
P/S
FE- PDU
3 outlets - C19
single-phase
P
D C13
U
E- PDU
12 outlets - C13
single- or
three-phase
(1)
Rack PDU
HD- PDU
12 outlets - C19
single- or
three-phase
(2) or (5)
Units with
redundant p/s
P
D
U
P/S
Units with C20 Inlets
eg. x365, BladeCenter 2XX
(6)
P/S
(5) or (7)
(8)
P
D
U
P
D
U
P/S
P/S Units with
C14 Inlets
(4)
E- PDU
6 outlets - C19
single- or
three-phase
Redundant Power Distribution
(1)
Front-end PDU, High Density PDU, or
Enterprise C19 PDU
Units with
P/S C14 Inlets
pn 23K4809 2.8m C13/C20 power cable
P/S
(2) or (5)
PDU used as UPS back-end
(1)
with PDU and UPS
with PDU and UPS with PDU
Device / Unit
(1)
P
D
U C13
(3)
C13
UPS
(3)
(2)
UPS
(5)
Units with
redundant p/s
P
D
U
P
D
U
P
D
U
C19
(5)
(1)
Units with
redundant p/s
(2)
(5)
UPS
(3)
351
Notes:
1. Each device usually comes with a power cord. The PDU requires the power cord to have an IEC 320-C14
plug. Order 94G7448 (14ft) if appropriate cord is not provided with the device.
2. Each PDU and UPS comes with a country-specific power cord.
3. Internal rack power cable is provided with APC SmartUPS 5000 UPS.
4. One 2m internal rack power cable provided with DPI Rack PDU.
5. Line cord provided with Front-end PDU.
6. UPS comes with a country-specific power cord or a terminal block.
7. Devices with C20 power inlets included 2.8m C19 to C20 power cords.
8. Enterprise and High Density PDUs include hardwired or pluggable line cord.
9. Option 23K4809 provides a C13 to C20 power cord to attach normal devices with C14 power inlets
directly to Front-end, Enterprise C19, or High Density PDUs.
Table 86. Outlets
Outlets
C19
C13
5-15R
NEMA PDU
0
0
6
Rack PDU
0
7
0
Front-end PDU
3
0
0
Enterprise C13 PDU
0
12
0
Enterprise C19 PDU
6
0
0
High Density PDU
12
0
0
US models
EMEA models
Outlets
C19
C13
5-15R
L5-20R
C19
C13
L5-20R
APC 2U
1400RM
0
0
6
0
0
4
0
IBM 3000X
LV
0
6
0
11
0
6
11
IBM 3000X
HV
1
7
0
0
1
7
0
APC5000RM
2
8
0
0
2
8
0
IBM 7500X
HV
4
0
0
0
4
0
0
IBM 10000X
HV
4
0
0
0
4
0
0
Notes:
1. Includes L5-20P to L5-15R adapter cable.
352
COG
Typical Rack Power Configurations
Simple: one Enterprise PDU
(single circuit, 6 or 12 outlets)
Simple: two Rack PDUs
(two circuits, 14 outlets)
Rack
Cabinet
Redundant: six Rack PDUs
and two Front-end PDUs
(dual circuit, 42 outlets)
Simple: three Rack PDUs
and one Front-end PDU
(single circuit, 21 outlets)
Rack
Cabinet
Rack
Cabinet
P
D
U
P
D
U
P
D
U
P
D
U
P
D
U
P
D
U
F
E
F
E
Rack
Cabinet
P
D
U
(2)
Rack PDU
7 outlets - C13
1 inlet - C20
P
D
U
E
P
D
U
P
D
U
Enterprise PDU
12 outlets - C13
or 6 outlets - C19
1 inlet - hardwired
or pluggable
Front-end PDU
3 outlets - C19
1 inlet - hardwired
(1)
(1)
P
D
U
P
D
U
(2)
F
E
(3)
(3)
Notes:
1. Each PDU and UPS comes with a country-specific power cord.
2. One 2m internal rack power cable provided with DPI Rack PDU.
3. Line cord provided with Front-end PDU.
Attention: Customers are responsible for providing a dedicated circuit for each line cord protected with an
appropriate circuit breaker.
Rack Rules and PDU Capacities
•
•
NetBay and DPI PDUs cannot be mixed in the same side-wall compartment.
DPI Rack PDUs can be cabled to NetBay Front-end PDUs.
PDUs per Rack
Standard
Enterprise
25U
42U
9308
2-bay
2-bay
2-bay
3-bay
4-bay
Rack PDUs
4
8
8
8
12
Front-end PDUs
2
4
2
4
4
Enterprise PDUs
2
4
2
4
4
High Density
PDUs
2
4
4
4
4
Total PDUs
4
12
8
12
16
353
Standard Racks
Enterprise Racks
9306-420, 421
9307-4SX, 4EX
9308-42P, X, S, E
B
A
A
9306-250
9307-2SX
C
U
A
U
B
U
D
C
B
D
F
E
Side-wall Compartment Arrangements
2-bays per compartment
(9306, 9307)
Rack
PDU
Rack
PDU
(9308)
(9308)
Rack
PDU
Rack
PDU
Front-end
PDU
(9308)
Rack
PDU
Rack
PDU
Rack
PDU
Rack
PDU
Rack
PDU
Rack
PDU
Rack
PDU
Rack
PDU
Front-end
PDU
Rack
PDU
Rack
PDU
Front-end
PDU
E- & HD-PDUs
(9306/9307)
Enterprise,
High
Density
PDU
Front-end
PDU
Rack
PDU
Rack
PDU
Front-end
PDU
Front-end
PDU
Rack
PDU
Front-end
PDU
E- & HD-PDUs
(9308)
Rack
PDU
Rack
PDU
Note: The above is intended to show only typical arrangements, not all possible arrangements.
354
COG
Enterprise,
High
Density
PDU
355
Country-Specific Considerations: USA, Canada, parts of Latin America,
Taiwan
Rack PDUs
Plug Type
Number
32P1761 NEMA L5-15P
Source Circuit
PDU Output
(single phase 50/60Hz) (single phase 50/60Hz)
six 100-127Vac, NEMA 5-15R
100-127Vac, 15a
receptacles, shared 12a
100-127Vac, 20a
seven 100-127Vac, shared 15a
200-240Vac, 20a
Part
Power Cables:
(1) Device to Rack PDU or Enterprise C13 PDU power cable
IEC C13 to C14, 10/15a cable
typical: 36L8886 (2.8m)
requirement: C14 plug, long enough to reach
available option: 94G7448 (14ft)
(2) Rack PDU to wall line cord
IEC C19 to country-specific connector, 16/20a, 14ft (4.3m)
(3) Rack PDU to UPS power cable
IEC C19 to C20, 16/20a
00N7700 (2m)
provided with 37L6861 APC SU-5000RMB
(4) Rack PDU to Front-end PDU power cable
IEC C19 to C20, 16/20a
00N7698 (1m) provided with the NetBAY Front-end PDUs
00N7700 (2m) provided with the DPI Front-end PDUs
(5) Front-end PDU to wall line cord
hardwired to country-specific connector, 30/32a, 60/63a, 8.2ft
(2.5m)
(7) Device to High Density PDU power cable
IEC C19 to C20, 16/20a, 2.5m
(8) Enterprise PDU to wall line cord
hardwired or pluggable to country-specific connector, 30/60a, 14ft
(4.3m)
(9) High Density PDU to wall line cord
hardwired or plugugable to country-specific connector, 60a, 8.2ft
(2.5m)
(10) Device to FE-, E-, or HD-PDU power cable
option: 23K4809 9ft (2.8m)
32P1736 NEMA L5-20P
NEMA L6-20P
Front-end PDUs
(2) Line Cords: Rack PDU
Part
Plug Type
Number
32P1751 NEMA L5-30P
32P1766 NEMA L6-30P
32P1767 IEC 309-2P+G
(5) Line Cords: Front-end
PDU
(8) Line Cords:Enterprise PDU
(9) Line Cords:High Density PDU
Source Circuit (50/60Hz)
PDU Output
(single phase 50/60Hz)
100-127Vac, 30a,
single-phase
208Vac, 30a, single-phase
line-to-line with ground
three 100-127Vac, 20a each, shared
PDU Output
twelve 208Vac, 10a each, shared
24a
48a
28a per four outlet phase group
24a
three 208Vac, 20a each, shared 24a
three 208Vac, 20a each, shared
48a
Enterprise PDUs
Part
Plug Type
Number
26K4246 NEMA L6-30P
26K4242 IEC 309 2P+G
26K4244 IEC 309 3P+G
26K4256 IEC 309 2P+G
26K4258 IEC 309 3P+G
dedicated circuit
dedicated circuit
208Vac, 60a, three-phase
delta dedicated circuit
dedicated circuit
six 208Vac, 16a each, shared 48a
per two outlet phase group
High Density PDUs
Part
Plug Type
Number
73P5855 IEC 309 2P+G
73P5847 IEC 309 3P+G
dedicated circuit
PDU Output
48a
Power Load Capacity
Legend
N
NEMA PDU with a 12a circuit breaker
C
Rack PDU with a 15a circuit breaker
W
FE PDU with a 20a fuse per outlet
S
E PDU with 20a circuit breaker per C19 outlet or C13
outlet pair or HD PDU with 20a circuit breaker per outlet
Max leakage current > 3.5ma
A customer-supplied dedicated circuit is assumed.
Actual power values (watts) may vary based on actual source voltage.
356
COG
357
Country-Specific Considerations: Europe, Africa, Asia Pacific, parts of
Latin America
Rack PDUs
Part
Number
32P1761
Power Cables:
typical: 36L8886 (2.8m)
(2) Line Cords: Rack PDUs
IEC C19 to C20, 16/20a
00N7700 (2m)
IEC C19 to C20, 16/20a
NEMA L5-15P
Source Circuit
100-127Vac, 15a
32P1737
32P1738
32P1739
32P1740
32P1741
32P1742
NEMA L5-20P
NEMA L6-20P
CEE7-VII
IEC 309-P+N+Gnd
SII 32
CEI 23-16
SABS 164
BS 1363/A
100-127Vac, 20a
200-208Vac, 20a
220-240Vac, 16a
220-240Vac, 16a
220-240Vac, 16a
220-240Vac, 16a
220-240Vac, 16a
220-240Vac, 13a
32P1745
NBR 6147
100-127Vac, 15a
32P1747
IRAM 2073
220-240Vac, 15a
32P1743
AS/NZ 3112
220-240Vac, 15a
32P1744
GB 2099.1
220-240Vac, 15a
32P1746
IS6538
220-240Vac, 16a
32P1736
(5) Line Cords: Front-end PDUs
hardwired to country-specific connector, 30/32a, 60/63a, 8.2ft (2.5m)
Plug Type
PDU Output
six 100-127Vac, NEMA 5-15R
seven 208Vac, shared 15a
seven 220-240Vac, shared
15a
seven 220-240Vac, shared
15a
IEC C19 to C20, 16/20a, 2.5m
Front-end PDUs
(8) Line Cords:Enterprise PDU
hardwired or pluggable to country-specific connector, 30/60a, 14ft
(4.3m)
hardwired or plugugable to country-specific connector, 60a, 8.2ft (2.5m)
option: 23K4809 9ft (2.8m)
Part
Number
Plug Type
PDU Output
32P1751
NEMA L5-30P
100-127Vac, 30a, single-phase
32P1766
NEMA L6-30P
24a
three 200-208Vac, 20a each, share d
24a
48a
32a
48a
32P1752
IEC 309-2P+G
IEC 309-P+N+G 220-240Vac, 32a, single-phase
32P1754
IEC 309-P+N+G 220-240Vac, 63a, single-phase
32P1767
Enterprise PDUs
Part
Number
PDU Output
26K4241 IEC 309 P+N+G
Plug Type
dedicated circuit
twelve 220-240Vac, 10a each,
shared 32a
26K4243
IEC 309 P+N+G
dedicated circuit
shared 63a
26K4245
IEC 309 3P+N+G 380-415Vac, 32a, three-phase
wye dedicated circuit
26K4257
IEC 309 P+N+G
26K4259
IEC 309 3P+N+G 380-415Vac, 32a, three-phase
wye dedicated circuit
dedicated circuit
shared 32a per four outlet phase
group
six 220-240Vac, 16a each, shared
63a
six 220-240Vac, 16a each, shared
32a per two outlet phase group
High Density PDUs
Part
Number
Plug Type
PDU Output
73P5856
IEC 309 P+N+G
shared 63a
73P5844
IEC 309 3P+N+G
380-415Vac, 32a, three-phase
wye
shared 32a per four outlet phase
group
Power Load Capacity
Legend
C
W
S
E PDU with 20a circuit breaker per C19 outlet or C13
Actual power values (watts) may vary based on actual source voltage.
358
COG
@ country specific:
IEC 309-2P+G
CEE7-VII
SII 32
SABS 164
BS 1363 w/fuse
CEI 23-16
etc.
Power Load Capacity
220-240Vac
various @
C
1 phase
220v
230v
1400W
235v
240v
3300w 3450w 3525w 3600w
16a
C
220v
230v
235v
240v
1400W
2346w 2453w 2506w 2560w
220-240Vac
shared 32a
309-P+N+G
C
W
1 phase
220v
230v
1400W
235v
240v
2346w 2453w 2506w 2560w
1ph
32a
C
220v
230v
235v
240v
7040w 7360w 7520w 7680w
220v
230v
235v
240v
1400W
2346w 2453w 2506w 2560w
220v
C
230v
235v
240v
1400W
3300w 3450w 3525w 3600w
220-240Vac
shared 63a
309-P+N+G
C
W
1 phase
220v
230v
235v
240v
9900w 10350w 10575w 10800w
309-P+N+G
230v
1400W
235v
240v
3300w 3450w 3525w 3600w
1ph
63a
220v
220-240Vac
220v
230v
235v
C
220v
230v
1400W
235v
240v
3300w 3450w 3525w 3600w
240v
S
13860w 14490w 14805w 15120w
1 phase
1ph
63a
220v
230v
235v
240v
7040w 7360w 7520w 7680w
309-3P+N+G
380-415Vac
220v
3 phase
delta
32a
230v
235v
240v
S
7040w 7360w 7520w 7680w
220v
3ph
230v
235v
240v
7040w 7360w 7520w 7680w
220v
230v
235v
240v
21120w 22080w 22560w 23040w
359
Country-Specific Considerations: Japan
Rack PDUs
Power Cables:
Part
Number
32P1761
typical: 36L8886 (2.8m)
(2) Line Cords: Rack PDU
32P1736
NEMA L5-15P
Source Circuit
100Vac, 15a
NEMA L5-20P
NEMA L6-20P
100Vac, 20a
200Vac, 20a
IEC C19 to C20, 16/20a
00N7700 (2m)
Part
Number
Plug Type
32P1751 NEMA L5-30P
32P1766 NEMA L6-30P
(5) Line Cords: Front-end PDU
32P1767 IEC 309-2P+G
hardwired to country-specific connector, 30/32a, 60/63a, 8.2ft (2.5m)
IEC C19 to C20, 16/20a, 2.5m
PDU Output
PDU Output
dedicated circuit
dedicated circuit
200Vac, 60a, three-phase delta
dedicated circuit
dedicated circuit
dedicated circuit
24a
48a
PDU Output
dedicated circuit
dedicated circuit
48a
Enterprise PDUs
hardwired or pluggable to country-specific connector, 30/60a, 14ft (4.3m)
PDU Output
six 100Vac, NEMA 5-15R
Front-end PDUs
IEC C19 to C20, 16/20a
Plug Type
Part
Number
hardwired or plugugable to country-specific connector, 60a, 8.2ft (2.5m)
Plug Type
26K4246 NEMA L6-30P
option: 23K4809 9ft (2.8m)
26K4242 IEC 309 2P+G
26K4244 IEC 309 3P+G
26K4256 IEC 309 2P+G
26K4258 IEC 309 3P+G
per two outlet phase group
High Density PDUs
Part
Number
Plug Type
73P5855 IEC 309 2P+G
73P5847 IEC 309 3P+G
Power Load Capacity
Legend
N
NEMA PDU with a 12a circuit breaker
C
W
S
E PDU with a 20a circuit breaker per C19 outlet or C13
Max leakage current > 3.5ma
Actual power values may vary based on actual source voltage.
360
COG
361
Rack PDU Power Cables
Legend:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Device to wall line cord
Device to PDU/UPS power cable
Rack PDU to wall line cord
Rack PDU to Front-end PDU or UPS power cable
Front-end PDU, Enterprise PDU, High-density PDU, or UPS to wall line cord
Wall
1
Device
2
Rack
PDU
3
4
Front-end PDU
or UPS
362
COG
5
PDU Power Cord Plug Types
A
IEC 320-C13/C14
B
IEC 320-C19/C20
250Vac/10a (fig 15/26)
WW - intra-rack
250Vac/16a (fig 56/61)
WW - intra-rack
G
NEMA 5-15P
H
NEMA L5-20P
125Vac/15a (fig 4)
North America
M
IRAM 2073
125Vac/20a single-phase 125Vac/30a single-phase 250Vac/20a
(fig 8)
(fig 9)
single-phase (fig 11)
North America
North America
North America
N
NBR 6147
250Vac/15a (fig 2)
Argentina
O
CEE7-VII
125Vac/15a (fig 69 )
Brazil
P
IEC 309 P+N+G
SI32
CEI 23-16
SABS 164
BS 1363/A
w/ fuse
250Vac/16a (fig 18)
Europe (other)
U
AS/NZ 3112
250Vac/16A (fig 46)
Denmark/Switzerland
V
GB 2099.1
250Vac/16a (fig 32)
Israel
W
IS6538
250Vac/16a (fig 25)
Italy
250Vac/16a (fig 22)
South Africa
250Vac/13a (fig 23)
UK
Y
special Burndy connector
250Vac/15a (fig 54)
250Vac?/15a (fig 62)
Australia / New Zealand China
250Vac/16a (fig 68)
India
C
IEC 309 2P+G
D
IEC 309 3P+G
E
IEC 309 P+N+G
60A single-phase (fig
46)
I
NEMA L5-30P
60A single-phase (fig
46)
J
NEMA L6-20P
32A/63A single-phase 32A three-phase (fig 46)
(fig 46)
K
L
NEMA L6-30P
NEMA L21-30P
Q
250Vac/30a
single-phase (fig 12)
North America
R
F
IEC 309 3P+N+G
250Vac/30a
three-phase (fig 65)
North America
S
T
Note: Match letters with Key columns in the following chart to identify power cables with these plug types.
363
32P1736
Country/Comments
DPI Universal Rack
PDU (US)
Cable Length (m/ft)
---
Rating (a/v)
32P1761
Plug Type
Cable Part Number
DPI 100-127V
NEMA PDU (US)
Plug Type
Option Part Number
PDU Power Cables
Rack PDUs
hardwired
--
NEMA L520P
H 15a/
125v
2.8m/
9ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...;
includes one
00N7700
12J5117
IEC 320-C19
B
NEMA L520P
H 18a/
J 125v
4.3m/
14ft
14F1553
IEC 320-C19
B
NEMA L620P
18a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...;
includes one
00N7700
DPI Universal Rack
PDU (Argentina)
32P1747
36L8885
IEC 320-C19
B
IRAM 2073
M 15a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
Argentina;
includes one
00N7700
DPI Universal Rack
PDU (Brazil)
32P1745
49P2115
IEC 320-C19
B
NBR 6147
N 15a/
125v
4.3m/
14ft
Brazil; includes
one 00N7700
DPI Universal Rack
PDU (Europe)
32P1737
14F1554
IEC 320-C19
B
CEE7-VII
O 16a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
Europe (other);
includes one
00N770
DPI Universal Rack
PDU (Denmark)
32P1738
36L8823
IEC 320-C19
B
IEC 309
P+N+Gnd
P
16a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
Denmark;
includes one
00N7700
DPI Universal Rack
PDU (Israel)
32P1739
14F1561
IEC 320-C19
B
SI 32
Q 16a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
Israel; includes
one 00N7700
DPI Universal Rack
PDU (Italy)
32P1740
14F1560
IEC 320-C19
B
CEI 23-16
R
16a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
Italy; includes
one 00N7700
DPI Universal Rack
PDU (South Africa)
32P1741
14F1557
IEC 320-C19
B
SABS 164
S
16a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
South Africa;
includes one
00N7700
DPI Universal Rack
PDU (UK)
32P1742
12J5988
IEC 320-C19
B
BS 1363/A
w/fuse
T
13a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
UK; includes
one 00N7700
DPI Universal Rack
PDU (Aus/NZ)
32P1743
14F1559
IEC 320-C19
B
AS/NZ
3112
U 15a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
Australia/
New Zealand;
includes one
00N7700
DPI Universal Rack
PDU (China)
32P1744
01K9852
IEC 320-C19
B
GB 2099.1
V
15a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
China;
includes one
00N7700
DPI Universal Rack
PDU (India)
32P1746
49P2083
IEC 320-C19
B
IS6538
W 16a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
India; includes
one 00N7700
364
COG
Y
NEMA L530P
H 30a/
125v
2.8m/
9ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...
DPI Single-phase
30A Front-end PDU
- HV (US)
32P1766
74P4312
Burndy
Y
NEMA L630P
J
30a/
208v
2.8m/
9ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...
DPI Single-phase
60A Front-end PDU
- HV (US)
32P1767
74P4313
Burndy
Y
IEC 309
2P+Gnd
C
60a/
208v
2.8m/
9ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...
DPI Single-phase
32A Front-end PDU
- HV (I)
32P1752
74P4315
Burndy
Y
IEC 309
P+N+Gnd
C
32a/
250v
2.8m/
9ft
International
DPI Single-phase
63A Front-end PDU
- HV (I)
32P1754
74P4311
Burndy
Y
IEC 309
P+N+Gnd
C
63a/
250v
2.8m/
9ft
International
DPI Single-phase
208V 30A C13
Enterprise PDU (US)
26K4246
25R2555
Burndy
Y
NEMA L630P
J
30a/
208v
4.3m/
14ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...
DPI Single-phase
208v 60A C13
Enterprise PDU (US)
26K4242
25R2556
Burndy
Y
IEC 309
2P+G
C
60a/
208v
4.3m/
14ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...
DPI Three-phase
208V 60A C13
Enterprise PDU (US)
26K4244
---
hardwired
--
IEC 309
3P+G delta
D 60a/
208v
4.3m/
14ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...
DPI Single-phase
208V 60A C19
Enterprise PDU (US)
26K4256
25R2556
Burndy
Y
IEC 309
2P+G
C
60a/
208v
4.3m/
14ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...
DPI Three-phase
208v 60A C19
Enterprise PDU (US)
26K4258
---
hardwired
--
IEC 309
3P+G delta
D 60a/
208v
4.3m/
14ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...
DPI Single-phase
220-240V 32A C13
Enterprise PDU
(International)
26K4241
25R2553
Burndy
Y
IEC 309
P+N+G
E
32a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
International
DPI Single-phase
220-240V 63A C13
Enterprise PDU
(International)
26K4243
25R2554
Burndy
Y
IEC 309
P+N+G
E
63a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
International
Plug Type
Country/Comments
Burndy
Cable Length (m/ft)
74P4314
Rating (a/v)
Cable Part Number
32P1751
Plug Type
Option Part Number
DPI Single-phase
30A Front-end PDU
- LV (US)
Front-end PDUs
Enterprise PDUs
365
Cable Length (m/ft)
Burndy
Y
IEC 309
3P+N+G
wye
F
32a/
415v
4.3m/
14ft
International
DPI Single-phase
220-240V 63A C19
Enterprise PDU
(International)
26K4257
25R2554
Burndy
Y
IEC 309
P+N+G
E
63a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
International
DPI Three-phase
380-415V 32A C19
Enterprise PDU
(International)
26K4259
25R2552
Burndy
Y
IEC 309
3P+N+G
wye
F
32a/
415v
4.3m/
14ft
International
DPI Single-phase
208V 60A High
Density PDU (US)
73P5855
---
hardwired
--
IEC 309
2P+G
C
60a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...
DPI Three -phase
208V 60A High
Density PDU (US)
73P5847
---
hardwired
--
IEC 309
3P+G
D 60a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...
DPI Singlephase220-240V 63A
High Density PDU
(International)
73P5856
---
hardwired
--
IEC 309
P+N+G
E
63a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
International
DPI Three-phase
380-415V 32A High
Density PDU
(International)
73P5844
---
hardwired
--
IEC 309
3P+N+G
F
32a/
415v
4.3m/
14ft
International
Country/Comments
Rating (a/v)
25R2552
Plug Type
Cable Part Number
26K4245
Plug Type
Option Part Number
DPI Three-phase
380-415V 32A C13
Enterprise PDU
(International)
High Density PDUs
366
COG
IEC 320-C13
A NEMA 515P
G 10a/
125v
4.3m/
14ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...
Rack Power Cable
Type C12 option
94G7448
36L8861
IEC 320-C13
A IEC 320C14
A 10a/
250v
4.3m/
14ft
Worldwide
1.5m IEC 320C13/C14
24P7469
36L8860
IEC 320-C13
A IEC 320C14
A 10a/
250v
1.5m/
4.9ft
Worldwide
2.8m IEC 320C13/C20
23K4809
74P4430
IEC 320-C13
A IEC 320C20
B
10a/
250v
2.8m/
9ft
Worldwide
1m IEC power cable
---
00N7698
IEC 320-C19
B
IEC 320C20
B
16a/
250v
1m/3.
3ft
Worldwide
2m IEC power cable
---
00N7700
IEC 320-C19
B
IEC 320C20
B
16a/
250v
2m/6.
5ft
Worldwide
Power Cord
Extension option
24P7864
11F0114
NEMA L630R
K NEMA L630P
K
30a/
208v
1.8m/
6ft
US, Canada,
Mexico,...
Power Cord
Extension option
24P7887
21H7693
IEC 309 2P+G C IEC 309
2P+G
C
32a/
350v
1.8m/
6ft
International
Power Cord
Extension option
24P7888
88G4764
IEC 309 3P+G F
F
32a/
415v
1.8m/
6ft
International
Plug Type
Country/Comments
Plug Type
13F9961
Cable Length (m/ft)
Cable Part Number
94G6667
Rating (a/v)
Option Part Number
Rack Power Cable
Type A14 option
Power Cables
Note:
IEC 309
3P+N+G
US = United States, I = International, LV = Low Voltage (100-127Vac), HV = High Voltage (200-250Vac), NEMA
= National Electrical Manufacturers Association, IEC = International Electrotechnical Commission.
367
368
COG
Appendix A. Internal Tape Drive Attributes
Legend
Half-high - approximate height 41mm/1.6in
SL
Slim-line - approximate height 25mm/1in
2/4
1/1
-
20/40GB DDS/4 4mm Internal Tape
Drive
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in) HH or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
2.75/5.5
1/1
45591UX
45594UX
71P9145
36/72GB DDS/5 Internal SCSI Tape
Drive
Ultra2
(16-bit)
89mm (3.5in) HH or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
3.5/7
0/1
45591UX
45594UX
59P6719
Tape Drive
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
3/6
0/1
45594UX
59P6745
Drive
Ultra160
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
8/16
0/1
45591UX
59P6717
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
7.5/15
0/1
45591UX
45594UX
59P6736
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
16/32
1/1
3503B1X
45594UX
59P6746
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) HH
6/12
1/1
45591UX
45594UX
59P6744
Drive
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
35/70
0/1
3503B1X
4559FHX
45594UX
Description
Form Factor
89mm (3.5in) SL or
133mm
(5.25in) HH
Storage Interface
-
Option Number
Ext Tape Enclosures1
HH
Data/Cleaning Cartridges Included
Full-high - approximate height 81mm/3.2in
MB/sec - Native/Compressed
FH
Tape Drives
48P7042
20/40GB TR7 Internal IDE Tape
Drive
00N7991
369
133mm
(5.25in) FH
80/160
0/1
4559FHX
45594UX
Ultra2
(16-bit)
133mm
(5.25in) FH
3/6
5/1
3503B1X
Ext Tape Enclosures1
Data/Cleaning Cartridges Included
Ultra160
Form Factor
MB/sec - Native/Compressed
400/800GB LTO Generation 3 SCSI
Tape Drive
Storage Interface
Description
Option Number
25R0012
Tape Autoloaders
00N7992
120/240GB DDS/4 Tape Autoloader
45591UX
NetBay 1U xSeries Tape Enclosure2
Ultra160
(16-bit)
1U Rack
-
-
-
45594UX
4U Rackmount SCSI Tape Enclosure
Ultra2
(16-bit)
4U Rack
-
-
-
4559HHX
Half-High SCSI Tape Enclosure3
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop or Rack
Shelf (2.52in tall)
-
-
-
4559FHX
Full-High SCSI Tape Enclosure4
Ultra160
(16-bit)
Desktop or Rack
Shelf (4.41in tall)
-
-
-
3503B1X
Full-High SCSI Tape Enclosure5
Ultra2
(16-bit)
Desktop
or 3U Rack
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Associated Options
-
-
Notes:
1. For installation of an internal tape drive into a server, see the appropriate system section.
2. 1U rack-mounted enclosure that supports one or two half-high tape drives. It allows each of these tape
drives to be independently attached to a supported xSeries server or both to be daisy-chained to a single
server. Includes two 3m 68-pin to.8mm VHDCI external cables.
3. Desktop or rack tape enclosure which supports a single 133mm (5.25in) half-high tape drive. Requires a
fixed shelf if installed in a rack (allow an additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a power cord and an
external 68-pin to 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI cable.
4. Desktop or rack tape enclosure which supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high tape drive. Requires a
fixed shelf if installed in a rack (allow an additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a power cord and an
external 68-pin to 0.8mm VHDCI SCSI cable.
5. Black desktop or 3U rack tape enclosure supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high LVD tape device
including DLT tape drives. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a rack (allow additional 1U for fixed
shelf). Includes a 90w power supply, cooling fan, external terminator, power cord (country-specific), and
2m 68-pin to 0.8mm external cable.
370
COG
Appendix B. External Tape and Tape Library Attributes
Installing tape devices on the same bus as other devices may impact performance of those devices.
External Tape Drives
Table 87. 200/400GB 2U LTO Generation 2 Tape Autoloader 3623 Model 2LX
Option
Number
Description
36232LX 200/400GB 2U LTO Generation 2
Tape Autoloader 3623 Model 2LX2
Form
Factor
Storage Interface
Ultra160 (16-bit,
LVD)
Max.
Storage1
2U Rack 1.6TB/3.2TB
MB/sec1
Data Cartridges
(std/max)
35/70
1/8
Related Options
71P9159
LTO Gen 2 Data Cartridge
(200/400GB) Pack of Five
Notes:
1. Data provided is in the syntax of Native/Compressed.
2. 3623-2LX ships with an external 3m SCSI cable (0.8mm VHDCI -to- 68pin), a 2.8m 100-120v line cord (IEC
320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P), a 4.3m rack power cable, one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge.
Table 88. 1.28TB/2.56TB 36232SX SDLT320 Tape Autoloader
Option
Number
36232SX
Description
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Max.
Storage1
1.28TB/2.56TB 36232SX SDLT320
Tape Autoloader2
Ultra320 (16bit, LVD)
2U Rack
1.28TB/2.56
TB
MB/sec1
Data Cartridges
(std/max)
16/32
0/8
Related Options
71P9153
SDLT Data Cartridge Pack of Five
Notes:
2. 3623-2SX ships with an external 3m SCSI cable (0.8mm VHDCI -to- 68pin), a 2.8m 100-120v line cord (IEC
320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P), a 4.3m rack power cable and one cleaning cartridge.
371
Table 89. TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive 3580 Model L23
Option
Number
18P9133
Description
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Max.
Storage1
TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive
3580 Model L232
Ultra320 (16bit, LVD)
Standalone or
5U Rack3
200GB/400
GB
MB/sec1
Data Cartridges
(std/max)
35/70
1/1
Related Options
71P9159
(200/400GB)
Notes:
2. 3580 Model L23 is an Ultrium 2 tape drive and ships with an external 4.5m SCSI cable (0.8m VHDCI -to68pin), a .4m drive -to- drive SCSI cable (68pin -to- 68pin), SCSI terminator, a 1.8m 100-120v line cord
(IEC320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P), one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. The same tape drive is
available with a 2.8m 200-240v line cord (IEC 320-C13 to NEMA6-15P) when ordered as 18P9484.
3. Rack installations require the 5U rack-mount kit P/N 18P9012.
Table 90. TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive 3580 Model L33
Option
Number
Description
3580L3H TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Drive
3580 Model L332
Storage
Interface
Form
Factor
Max.
Storage1
MB/sec1
Data Cartridges
(std/max)
Ultra320 (16-bit,
LVD)
Standalone or
Rack
Mount3
400/800GB
80/160
1/1
Related Options
25R0032
(400/800GB)
Notes:
2. 3580 Model L33 is an Ultrium 3 tape drive and ships with an external 2.5m SCSI cable (0.8mm VHDCI to- 68pin), one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge. A power cord does not ship standard with the
unit.
3. A 19in rack mount shelf (option 96P1565) is available for placing in a rack.
372
COG
Table 91. TotalStorage Ultrium Tape 2U Autoloader 3581 Model L28
Option
Number
3581L28
Description
TotalStorage Ultrium Tape 2U
Autoloader 3581 Model L282
Storage Interface
Ultra160 (16-bit,
LVD)
Form
Factor
Max.
Storage1
MB/sec1
Data Cartridges
(std/max)
Standalong or
2U
Rack3
1.6TB/3.2TB
35/70
1/8
Related Options
71P9159
Notes:
2. 3581 Model L28 is an Ultrium 2 tape drive and ships with an external 2.5m SCSI cable, one data cartridge
and one cleaning cartridge. It does not ship with a power cord.
3. Rack installations require the 2U rack-mount kit P/N 24R0998.
Table 92. TotalStorage Ultrium Tape 2U Autoloader 3581 Model F28
Option
Number
3581F28
Description
TotalStorage Ultrium Tape 2U
Autoloader 3581 Model F282
Storage Interface
2Gb Fibre
Channel
Form
Factor
Max.
Storage1
MB/sec1
Data Cartridges
(std/max)
Standaloneor
2U
Rack3
1.6TB/3.2TB
35/70
1/8
Related Options
71P9159
Notes:
2. 3581 Model F28 is an Ultrium 2 tape drive and ships with one data cartridge and one cleaning cartridge.
It does not ship with a power cord.
3. Rack installations require the 2U rack-mount kit P/N 24R0998.
373
Tape Libraries
SCSI Interface and Cable Legend
F
Female - External
M
Male - External
68
16-bit, 68-pin High Density connector
0.8
16-bit, 68-pin Very High Density Connection Interface (VHDI) 0.8mm connector
SE
Single-ended SCSI
HVD
High Voltage Differential SCSI
LVD
Low Voltage Differential SCSI
Related Options
59P6657
Modular Fibre Channel Option4,5
59P6659
Modular LTO Cartridge
Magazine Option 3, 5, 6
59P6660
Modular SDLT Drive Upgrade
Option 3, 5, 7
59P6661
Modular SDLT Cartridge
Magazine Option 3, 5, 8
59P6662
Modular Elevator Link Option5, 9
59P6663
Modular Elevator Link Extension
Option 5, 10
24P8936
Modular SDLT600 Drive Upgrade
Option 3, 5, 11
71P9146
LTO Generation 2 Drive Sled 5, 12
71P9159
LTO Data Cartridge - Five Pack 13
374
COG
0/2
0/2
MB/sec - Native/Compressed1
0/30 (LTO
only); 0/26
(SDLT only)
Max Storage - Native/Compressed
Form Factor
5U
Rack
Quantity of Drives (Std/Max)
LVD
Cartridge Mags (Std/Max)
SDLT / LTO Modular Tape
Library (5U rack)2
Data Cartridges (Std/Max)
4560SLX
Storage Interface
Description
Part Number
Table 93. SDLT/LTO Modular Tape Library (5U Rack)
4.16TB/8.32T
B (all SDLT);
3TB/6TB (all
LTO)3
16/32
(all SDLT);
15/30
(all LTO)3
SDLT Data Cartridge - Five Pack14
Form Factor
Description
71P9153
Storage Interface
Part Number
Table 93. SDLT/LTO Modular Tape Library (5U Rack) (continued)
Notes:
1. Transfer rates are for single SCSI channel configurations. Tape Libraries utilizing split library or dual host
configurations may obtain higher rates. Data compression typically provides a 2X improvement in
capacity and transfer rate, but since data compression is affected by many factors, actual improvements
may be more or less than 2X.
2. SDLT/LTO Tape Library supports either LTO or SDLT (or both if the application software supports
mixed media and the drives and magazines are matched). Up to eight units can be stacked. Two
magazines and two drive sleds can be installed in each unit. An external LVD SCSI cable with 0.8mm
VHDCI connectors at each end ships standard with the library unit. A single 300w power supply with an
IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P low voltage power cord is standard. Attaches to a single host server using a
SCSI connection or to either a Fibre Channel switch or single server through a Fibre Channel connection
if a Modular Fibre Channel Option is installed. This option ships without a controller.
3. Data transfer speed and capacity are rated separately for LTO and SDLT media. Compressed speed and
data capacity may be less than the maximum indicated.
4. Ships with external LVD SCSI cable with 0.8mm VHDCI connector for connection to the tape drive.
Requires a short- or long-wave SFP Module (P/N 19K1271, 2) for connection to Fibre Channel cable.
Supports three to four drive sleds (or two layers) only. Fibre Channel attachment includes either a single
server using a FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter or a Fibre Channel switch.
5. Option contains an LVD storage interface.
6. One or two magazines are supported. Up to 15 tape data cartridges (P/N 08L9120) are supported in each
magazine. This option ships without a data cartridge. Maximum storage capacity equals 3TB/6TB
(native/compressed).
7. Ships with external 0.5m LVD SCSI cable. Supported configurations are none, one or two drives. When a
drive sled is not installed, the library unit must be cabled to another unit that contains at least one drive
upgrade option. The Modular LTO Drive Upgrade Option includes one LTO Cleaning Cartridge (P/N
08L9124) and the Modular SDLT Drive Upgrade Option includes one SDLT Cleaning Cartridge (P/N
19P4357). This option is shipped without a controller. Data transfer rate equals 16/32
(native/compressed) MB/sec.
8. One or two magazines are supported. Up to 13 tape data cartridges (P/N 35L1119) are supported in each
magazine. This option ships without a data cartridge. Maximum storage capacity equals 4.16TB/8.32TB
(native/compressed).
9. Required to connect two library units.
10. Required to connect each additional library unit (from three through eight).
11. The SDLT600 Drive Sled installs directly into an available drive bay of the 4560SLX tape library.
Maximum storage capacity equals 300GB/600GB (native/compressed). Data transfer rate equals 36/72
(native/compressed) MB/sec. Option includes one cleaning cartridge.
12. Provides a means for mounting LTO Generation 2 (LTO2) SCSI tape drives in the 4560SLX library.
13. Maximum storage capacity equals 200GB/400GB (native/compressed).
14. Maximum storage capacity equals 160GB/320GB (native/compressed).
375
2/2
1/2
100GB/
300GB
1/20
Form Factor
6U
Rack
HVD
Magstar MP 3570 Tape Subsystem 2
3570C21
Storage Interface
Description
Part Number
Table 94. Magstar MP 3570 Tape Subsystem (PN 3570C21)
7/15
Related Options
08L6517
3570 Adapter Card Kit 3, 4
08L6480
Second “C” Drive for C214, 5
05H2462
Magstar MP Fast Access Linear Tape Cartridge, Bformat 6, 7
05H2463
Magstar MP Cleaning Cartridge 6
08L6187
Magstar MP Fast Access Linear Tape Cartridge, Cformat 6
Notes:
2. Includes rack mounting hardware and two power cords (120V and 250V). Models B22 and C22 include
an additional two power cords. Option includes a 4.5m cable, controller and cleaning cartridge.
3. Required for Dual Host or Split Library configurations with 3570B2x or 3570C2x containing two drives.
Option includes a 4.5m cable and controller.
4. Option contains an HVD storage interface.
5. Required for either dual host or split library operation. Should be installed by a qualified service
personnel. Data transfer rate equals 7/15 (native/compressed) MB/sec. Option ships without a
controller.
6. Magstar MP Media can be ordered by calling 888-IBM-MEDIA or 888-426-6334 in the US, Canada or
Puerto Rico.
7. B-format tape cartridges can be used in either Magstar MP 3570 Model B or C tape drives.
376
COG
6U
Rack
2/2
2/2 3
100GB/
300GB
1/20
Form Factor
Storage Interface
HVD
Magstar MP 3570 Tape Subsystem 2
3570C22
Description
Part Number
Table 95. Magstar MP 3570 Tape Subsystem (PN 3570C22)
7/15
Related Options
08L6517
3570 Adapter Card Kit 4, 5
08L6480
Second “C” Drive for C215, 6
05H2462
Magstar MP Fast Access Linear Tape Cartridge, Bformat 7, 8
05H2463
Magstar MP Cleaning Cartridge 7
08L6187
Magstar MP Fast Access Linear Tape Cartridge, Cformat 7
Notes:
may be more or less than 2X. Option includes a 4.5m cable, controller and cleaning cartridge.
2. Includes rack mounting hardware and two power cords (120V and 250V). Models B22 and C22 include
an additional two power cords.
3. The two tape drives are daisy-chained on the same SCSI bus with an included 0.5M SCSI cable. Dual
Host and Split Library factors, actual improvements may be more or less than 2X.
4. Required for Dual Host or Split Library configurations with 3570B2x or 3570C2x containing two drives.
Option includes a 4.5m cable and controller.
5. Option contains an HVD storage interface.
6. Required for either dual host or split library operation. Should be installed by a qualified service
personnel. Data transfer rate equals 7/15 (native/compressed) MB/sec. Option ships without a
controller.
7. Magstar MP Media can be ordered by calling 888-IBM-MEDIA or 888-426-6334 in the US, Canada or
Puerto Rico.
8. B-format tape cartridges can be used in either Magstar MP 3570 Model B or C tape drives.
377
2/2
1/2
1/23
Form Factor
Standalone
or 4U
Rack4
Ultra160
(16-bit)3
TotalStorage Ultrium LVD Tape Library 3582
Model L23 2
18P9212
Storage Interface
Description
Part Number
Table 96. TotalStorage Ultrium LVD Tape Library 3582 Model L23
4.8TB/
9.6TB
35/7
0
Related Options
18P9234
Additional 3582 Ultrium 2 LVD Tape Drive
18P9235
Additional 3582 Ultrium 2 HVD Tape Drive
18P9236
Additional 3582 Ultrium 2 Fibre Tape Drive
18P9237
3582 Stand-alone Cover Kit
18P9238
3582 Magazine Kit with Dust Cover
18P9239
3582 Remote Management Unit
09K9310
03K9311
01K8027
2m External 0.8mm SCSI Cable
19K1247
19K1248
19K1249
19K1250
LC-SC Fibre Channel Cable
08L9870
LTO Ultrium 200GB Data Cartridge
71P9207
LTO Ultrium 200GB Data Cartridge (20-pack)
35L2086
LTO Cleaning Cartridge
Notes:
2. Option P/N 18P9212 includes a U.S./Canada 110v power cord and cleaning cartridge and ships without
an external cable and controller. Option P/N 18P9522 is the same unit with a U.S./Canada 250v power
cord.
3. Support provided for HVD installations.
4. Rack-mount kit ships with unit. Stand-alone kit is optional.
378
COG
Standalone
or 4U
Rack 3
2/2
1/2
4.8TB/
9.6TB
1/23
Form Factor
Storage Interface
2Gb Fibre
Channel
TotalStorage Ultrium LVD Tape Library 3582
Model F23 2
18P9337
Description
Part Number
Table 97. TotalStorage Ultrium LVD Tape Library 3582 Model F23
35/70
Related Options
18P9234
Additional 3582 Ultrium 2 LVD Tape Drive
18P9235
Additional 3582 Ultrium 2 HVD Tape Drive
18P9236
Additional 3582 Ultrium 2 Fibre Tape Drive
18P9237
3582 Stand-alone Cover Kit
18P9238
3582 Magazine Kit with Dust Cover
18P9239
3582 Remote Management Unit
09K9310
03K9311
01K8027
2m External 0.8mm SCSI Cable
19K1247
19K1248
19K1249
19K1250
LC-SC Fibre Channel Cable
08L9870
LTO Ultrium 200GB Data Cartridge
71P9207
LTO Ultrium 200GB Data Cartridge (20-pack)
35L2086
LTO Cleaning Cartridge
Notes:
2. Option P/N 18P9337 includes a U.S./Canada 110v power cord and cleaning cartridge and ships without
an external cable and controller. Option P/N 18P9529 is the same unit with a U.S./Canada 250v power
cord.
3. Rack-mount kit ships with unit. Stand-alone kit is optional.
379
380
COG
Appendix C. UPS Runtime Estimate (minutes)
Steps to determine UPS runtimes and suitable UPS for desired configurations:
1.
Using the 'Power Load Data' table, sum the load (watts) of all devices in the configuration. Use either
Maximum Load for minimum runtimes, or Typical Load for typical runtimes.
2.
Using the 'Runtimes' table, locate the configuration's total load calculated in step 1.
3.
Select the most appropriate UPS model to achieve the desired runtime.
Note: If the configuration's total load is greater than the entries in the 'Runtimes' table, split the load across
two or more UPS units.
Table 98. Power Load Data
Server
# Power Cords (Std/Max)
xSeries 2062
Watts Load
(Typ/Max)1
1/1
340/485
1/1
495/707
xSeries 226 (redundant power supplies)
2/2
480/685
xSeries 2362
2
xSeries 226 (single power supply)
2
1/2
625/893
2
2/2
370/530
2
xSeries 255 (two power supplies)
2/2
530/1000
2
xSeries 306
1/1
300/430
xSeries 3362
1/2
385/550
2
1/2
581/830
2
1/2
1190/1700
2
xSeries 445
2/2
800/950
xSeries 4552
1/2
800/950
2
2/2
1190/1700
xSeries 255 (four power supplies)
xSeries 346
xSeries 366
xSeries 460
2
1/1
400/587
2, 3
BladeCenter (two 2000W power supplies)
2/4
1855/2650
BladeCenter (four 2000W power supplies)2, 3
4/4
3710/5300
2/2
260/370
EXP400 Storage Expansion Unit (17331RU)
2/2
310/440
DS4100 Disk System (1724100)2
eServer 326
Other Devices
RXE-100 (8684-2RX)2
2
2/2
275/390
2
2/2
390/557
2
DS4400 Disk System (17421RU)
2/2
275/390
2
DS4500 Disk System (174290U)
2/2
275/390
(171010U)2
2/2
245/350
DS4300 Disk System (172260U)
381
Table 98. Power Load Data (continued)
Server
# Power Cords (Std/Max)
Watts Load
(Typ/Max)1
(17401RU)2
2/2
245/350
SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-Port (2005H16)
2/2
140/200
SAN Fibre Channel Switch, 16-Port (2109F16)
1/2
126/180
Tape Autoloader (3607)
1/1
50/80
Tape Autoloader (3623)
1/1
50/130
NetBAY 1U Tape Enclosure (45591UX)
1/1
50/100
NetBAY 4U Tape Enclosure (45594UX)
1/1
160/300
SDLT/LTO Modular Tape Library (4560SLX)
1/1
300/430
Notes:
1. This table represents general guidelines for selecting the appropriate UPS based on minimum and typical
runtime estimates. A ‘maximum configuration’ load will result in ‘minimum’ UPS runtime. ‘Typical’
loads are based on a production system running at approximately 70% of maximum capacity (based on
the power delivered to the device from the power source, i.e., 70% of the value provided as a maximum
equals the rating of the power supply). The ‘typical’ loads represent a more likely configuration;
therefore, they provide a more likely estimate of runtime. The values listed as typical generally are equal
to the rating of the power supply. Since power supplies operate at 70% of load, the system power
supplies are actually operating at 70% of the values listed, though the power required from the source is
what is listed. Customer environments are unique and are unlikely to be precisely represented by any of
the specific entries in the table.
2. Power-Factor Corrected (PFC) power supply.
3. Use with IBM UPS7500X or UPS10000X only.
382
COG
Total Configuration Runtime Estimator
Table 99. APC UPS Runtimes (time presented in minutes)1
Rack Mount
Int'l Descrip.
2U SU-1400RMiB
Int'l PN
32P1022
U.S. Descrip.
2U SU-1400RMB
U.S. PN
32P1020
Total Load (Watts)
Runtime Minutes
200
45
250
34
300
25
350
22
400
18
450
15
500
13
550
11
600
10
650
9
700
8
750
8
800
7
850
7
900
6
950
5
Notes:
1.
Data provided by APC.
383
Table 100. APC UPS Attributes
Rack Mount
Int'l Descrip.
Int'l PN
U.S. Descrip.
U.S. PN
2U SU-1400RMiB1
32P1022
2U SU-1400RMB
32P1020
UPS Attributes
Communication Links to Servers
Color
1
black
EIA Height
2U
Int'l Models
50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC:
220-240(xxx)2, 3
10 Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles
4
16 Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU) receptacles
-
Line Cord Receptacle (IEC 320-)
C14
U.S. Models
120(120)2
Receptacles (NEMA 5-15R)
6
10 Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles
-
16 Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU) receptacles
-
Line Cord Length, NEMA Plug
6ft, L5-15P
Notes:
1.
Two IEC power cables are provided to attach devices to the UPS outlets, which are 1.8m long with IEC
320-C13 / C14 connectors.
2.
How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as is the UPS output when electric service
is active. When electric service is interrupted and the UPS is on battery, the UPS output is 208 VAC.
3.
Battery output may be set to 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC.
384
COG
Table 101. IBM UPS700T, 1000T, 1500T Runtimes1
Tower
UPS750T
UPS1000T
UPS1500T
Total Load (Watts)
Runtime (Minutes)
Runtime (Minutes)
Runtime (Minutes)
50
105
224
269
100
57
127
157
200
28
64
80
300
18
41
51
400
13
29
37
500
10
23
28
600
--
18
22
700
--
15
18
800
--
12
15
900
--
11
13
1000
--
9
11
1200
--
--
9
1400
--
--
7
Notes:
1.
385
Table 102. IBM UPS750T, 1000T, 1500T Attributes
Tower
UPS750THV
UPS1000THV
UPS1500THV
21302TX
21304TX
21306TX
UPS750TLV
UPS1000TLV
UPS1500TLV
21301TX
21303TX
21305TX
UPS750TJV
UPS1000TJV
UPS1500TJV
21307TX
21308TX
21309TX
Serial/USB/Enet
Serial/USB/Enet
-
black
black
black
one
one
one
220-240(xxx)1
220-240(xxx)1, 2
220-240(xxx)
10-Amp, IEC 320-C13 (Device) receptacles
6
8
8
16-Amp, IEC 320-C19 (PDU) receptacles
-
-
-
Receptacles (NEMA L5-20R)
-
-
-
-
Int’l Descrip.
Int’l Part Number
US Descrip.
US Part Number
Japan Descrip.
Japan Part Number
UPS Attributes
Communications Links to Servers
Color
APC SmartSlot
Int’l Models
3
3
C143
C14
C14
100-127(120)1
100-127(120)1
100-127(120)1
6
8
8
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6ft, 5-15P
6ft, 5-15P
6ft, 5-15P
-
C20
-
US Models and
Japan Models
Notes:
1. How-to-Read example for 200-240(208): Input VAC is 200-240 as is the UPS output when electric service
2. Battery output may be set to 220, 225, 230 or 240 VAC.
3. Country-specific line cords available as options.
386
COG
Table 103. IBM UPS3000XLV and XHV Runtimes1
Number of Battery Packs
Internal Only
+1
+2
+3
+4
Runtime Hours /
Minutes
Runtime Hours /
Minutes
Runtime Hours /
Minutes
Runtime Hours /
Minutes
Runtime Hours /
Minutes
200
1/45
7/5
13/32
19/50
24/16
250
1/15
5/48
11/57
17/36
20/56
300
1/9
3/58
9/42
14/36
17/36
350
60
3/24
8/43
13/15
16/42
400
50
2/50
6/55
10/55
15/3
450
45.5
2/41
5/59
9/ 50
14/0
500
41.8
2/37
5/12
8/53
12/32
550
39
2/33
4/36
8/0
11/7
600
35.5
2/24
3/37
6/29
8/55
650
33.8
2/19
3/14
5/51
8/19
700
30.6
2/12
3/1
5/10
7/51
750
28
2/7
2/52
4/47
7/30
800
23.7
1/54
2/42
3/57
6/7
850
21.9
1/48
2/38
3/29
5/23
900
20
1/40
2/34
3/13
4/58
950
18.1
1/30
2/30
3/0
4/36
1000
15.5
1/20
2/21
2/52
3/46
1100
14.4
1/8
2/15
2/50
3/35
1200
13
1/1
2/8
2/43
3/9
1300
12.3
57.5
2/4
2/39
3/0
1400
10.9
53
1/54
2/32
2/49
1500
10
51.4
1/48
2/28
2/45
1600
8.4
48
1/35
2/19
2/39
1700
7.7
46.3
1/30
2/13
2/37
1800
6.85
42
1/15
2/0
2/30
1900
6.5
39.7
1/6
1/54
2/24
2000
6.2
37
1/2
1/48
2/18
2100
5.7
32.4
58
1/37
2/9
2200
5.5
30.8
56.3
1/33
2/7.5
2300
5.1
28.9
53.9
1/25
2/3
2400
4.9
28.2
53
1/21
1/59
2500
4.45
26.9
50.7
1/13
1/50
Total Load
(Watts)
387
Table 103. IBM UPS3000XLV and XHV Runtimes1 (continued)
Internal Only
+1
+2
+3
+4
Runtime Hours /
Minutes
Runtime Hours /
Minutes
Runtime Hours /
Minutes
Runtime Hours /
Minutes
Runtime Hours /
Minutes
2600
4.2
26
49.4
1/9
1/46
2700
4
25.1
48.3
1/6
1/42
2800
3.8
24.2
47
1/2.5
1/39
2850
3.6
23.4
46
1/0
1/36
Total Load
(Watts)
Note:
If the Total Configuration Load is greater than the entries above, split the load across two or more UPS units.
Notes:
1. Data provided by APC.
388
COG
Table 104. IBM UPS3000XLV and XHV Attributes
Tower or Rack Mount
Int’l Desc.
UPS3000XLV
UPS3000XHV
UPS Extend Run
Battery Pack
Int’l Part Number
32P1681
various
32P1692
US Desc.
UPS3000XLV
UPS3000XHV
UPS Extend Run
Battery Pack
US Part Number
2130R30
2130R31
32P1692
UPS Attributes
Communications Links to Servers
Serial/USB/Enet
Serial/USB/Enet
-
black
black
black
2U
2U
2U
120(120)1
220-240(xxx)1, 2
-
2400
2850
-
6
7
-
-
13
-
-
-
Color
EIA Height
Int’l Models
Maximum power capacity (watts)
1
4
9ft, L5-30P
-
-
-
C20
-
120(120)1
200-240(208)1
-
2400
2850
-
-
-
-
14
-
-
65
75
-
3
US Models
-
1
-
9ft, L5-30P
-
-
-
C206
-
Notes:
3. One 2m PDU jumper cable ships with the UPS for attachment from the IEC 320-C19 receptacles to a
Power Distribution Units (PDUs) with C20 inlets.
4. Includes L5-20P to L5-15R adapter cable.
5. Four IEC power cables are provided to attach devices to the UPS outlets, which are 2m long with IEC
320-C13/C14 connectors.
6. US line cord is 8ft (2.5m) long with NEMA L6-20P power plug.
389
Table 105. IBM UPS7500XHV, 10000XHV Runtimes1
+0
+1
+2
+4
Total Load (Watts)
Runtime
(Hours/Minutes)
Runtime
(Hours/Minutes)
Runtime
(Hours/Minutes)
Runtime
(Hours/Minutes)
200
4/6
7/36
11/54
20/54
300
3/6
5/48
9/6
16/0
400
2/30
4/36
7/18
12/48
500
2/6
3/54
6/6
10/42
600
1/48
3/18
5/12
9/12
700
1/30
2/54
4/30
8/0
800
1/18
2/30
4/0
7/0
900
1/12
2/18
3/36
6/12
1000
1/6
2/0
3/12
5/42
1200
55
1/42
2/42
4/48
1400
47
1/30
2/18
4/6
1600
41
1/12
2/0
3/36
1800
36
1/6
1/48
3/12
2000
32
1/0
1/36
2/54
3000
19
39
1/0
1/48
4000
13
28
46
1/18
5000
10
21
35
1/0
6000
7
16
28
52
7000
5
13
23
44
8000
4
11
20
37
Note:
UPS7500 is rated for up to 6000 total watts; UPS10000 is rated for up to 8000 total watts.
Notes:
1.
390
COG
Table 106. IBM UPS7500XHV, 10000XHV Attributes
Tower or Rack Mount
UPS7500XHV
UPS10000XHV
UPS Extend Run
Battery Pack
21306RX
21308RX
25R5582
UPS7500XHV
UPS10000XHV
UPS Extend Run
Battery Pack
21306RX
21308RX
25R5582
Serial/USB/Enet
Serial/USB/Enet
--
black
black
black
6U
6U
3U
220-240(xxx) 1, 2
220-240(xxx)1, 2
--
6000
8000
--
10 Amp, IEC 320-C13 receptacles
--
--
--
43, 4
43, 4
Int'l Descrip.
Int'l PN
U.S. Descrip.
U.S. PN
UPS Attributes
Communication Links to Servers
Color
EIA Height
Int'l Models
5
-5
terminal block
terminal block
--
200-240(208)1
200-240(208)1
--
6000
8000
--
--
--
--
3, 4
3, 4
Line Cord Receptacle
US Models
Line Cord Receptacle
4
4
5
terminal block
-5
terminal block
--
Notes:
3. Four IEC power cables are provided to attach devices or PDUs to the UPS outlet, which are 2m long with
IEC 320-C19/C20 connectors.
4. Each outlet is protected by a 15amp circuit breaker.
5. Requires electrician to connect directly to the terminal block inlet.
391
392
COG
IBM system management solutions allow you to run your business-critical applications using innovative
hardware technology that prevents most outages and recovers rapidly from the few that do occur. This
technology makes xSeries simpler to service and easier to manage.
This section shows the available range of standard and optional system management processors and
describes the features and configuration process for each. This section further demonstrates how these
service processors can be interconnected to form a communication network for alerting and monitoring a
wide range of system functions and hardware conditions.
Legend
ISMP
Integrated System Management Processor
BMC
Baseboard Management Controller
RSA II
RSA II SL
Remoter Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine
ASMIC
Advanced System Management Interconnect1
Notes:
1. An advanced system management interconnect network is for interconnectivity of legacy service
processors and/or RSA IIs with one RSA II serving as the gateway to the customer LAN routing alerts
and management functions. Service processors that can support an ASM network are: Remote
Supervisor Adapter II, Remote Supervisor Adapter, Integrated Systems Management Processor,
Advanced Systems Management PCI Adapter and the Advanced Systems Management Processor.
393
System Management Support by Server
Table 107. Support by Server
ISMP1
BMC1
RSAII2
RSAII SL3
ASMIC
x206
-
-
optional
-
optional
x226
-
-
optional
-
optional
x236
-
standard
-
optional
-
x255
standard
-
optional
-
standard
x306
-
-
optional
-
optional
x336
-
standard
-
optional
-
x3434
-
-
-
-
-
x346
-
standard
-
optional
-
x365
-
-
standard
-
cable kit option5
x366
-
standard
-
optional
-
x4456
-
-
standard5
-
standard
7
x455
-
-
-
-
cable kit option5
e326
-
standard
-
-
-
Server
Notes:
1. This service processor is integrated into the systemboard.
2. This service processor is a PCI adapter.
3. This service processor is a pluggable module with a dedicated connector.
4. x343 has its own integrated service processor which is not compatible with other service processors.
5. ASM interconnect requires a breakout cable contained in cable kit option 03K9309.
6. x445 uses the RSAII-EXA and not the RSAII.
7. x455 ships standard with the RSA adapter which is no longer available as an option.
System Management Functional Comparison
Table 108. Functional Comparison
ISMP
BMC
RSA II
RSAII SL
yes1
yes
yes
yes
Remote out-of-band
alerting
yes
2
yes
yes
yes
Out-of-band
environmental
monitoring
yes2
yes
yes
yes
System voltage
monitoring
yes
yes
yes
yes
Feature/Function
Monitoring &
Alerting
In-band alerting
394
COG
Table 108. Functional Comparison (continued)
ISMP
BMC
RSA II
RSAII SL
Battery voltage
monitoring
no
yes
yes
yes
System temperature
monitoring
yes
yes
yes
yes
Fan speed monitoring
yes
yes
yes
yes
Fan speed control
yes
yes
yes
yes
Fan tachometer
monitoring
yes
yes
yes
yes
Power good signal
monitor
yes
yes
yes
yes
NMI detection
yes
yes
yes
yes
SMI detection and
generation
yes
yes3
yes
yes
Auto server-restart
watchdog alert
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
2
yes
yes
yes
Feature/Function
Management
System reset control
Remote system power
control
yes
Text console
redirection
no
yes
yes
yes
Remind button
detection
yes
yes3
yes
yes
System LED control
(power, disk, alert)
yes
yes
yes
yes
Lightpath LED
control
yes
yes
yes
yes
RS-485 Interconnect
network
yes
no
yes
no
Remote access via
LAN/serial
yes4
yes
yes
no
no
yes
yes
no
Other
Serial-over-LAN
Notes:
1. Requires IBM Director Agent
2. Available via the ASM interconnect or from customer LAN with RSAII installed.
3. Not available on e326.
4. Requires the addition of a RSAII to serve as a gateway to customer LAN.
395
Advanced System Management Examples
1. Sample ASM Network
The ASM interconnect network is logically and distinctly separate from the customer LAN. Thus, the ASMnodes are not required to be connected into the LAN. A system with the RSAII or the RSAII-EXA installed
will serve as the gateway to the customer LAN and the Director server.
Legend
RSAII-host
System which has the RSAII or RSAII-EXA adapter installed that will be serving as the gateway for
the ASM network to the customer LAN for management.
ASM-node
ASM-node=all systems in the ASM network excluding the RSAII-host.
RSA
Refers to RSAII or RSAII-EXA
Cabling rules:
1. Connect the ASM breakout cable to the RSA adapter in the RSAII-host.
2. Using a standard ethernet cable(RJ45), connect one ASM port of RSAII-host's ASM breakout cable to an
ASM port of the first ASM-node.
3. Using standard ethernet cables(RJ45), connect remaining ASM port of first ASM-node to an ASM port of
the second ASM-node and continue daisy-chaining all remaining ASM-nodes in the same manner. The
total ASM interconnect network may be no longer than 91.4m (300ft).
4. Using a standard ethernet cable(RJ45), connect the ethernet port of the RSAII-host's RSA adapter to the
customer LAN for ASM management of the ASM network from a remote management console.
5. An Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit may be required. See the Support by Server
Table for more information.
396
COG
Remote management console
Ethernet LAN
RSAII-host
ASM-node with RSAII installed
RSAII breakout cable
ASM ports (RS-485)
Ethernet cabling
ASM-nodes using integrated
ASM ports (RS-485)
Figure 82. Sample ASM Network
Note: RSAII-SlimLine and BMC management do not support a dedicated ASM network.
397
2. RSAII-SlimLine and BMC Management
Note: RSAII-SlimLine and BMC management do not support a dedicated ASM network. Management
access is via the Customer LAN using the appropriate ASM ethernet port.
Note: BMC access is shared with a designated system ethernet port. The RSAII-SlimLine access is through a
separate, dedicated ethernet port.
RSAII-SlimLine (uses dedicated port)
Ethernet LAN
BMC (shares system ethernet 1)
Figure 83. Sample RSAII-SlimLine and BMC Management
398
COG
3. Advanced System Management Scenario
IBM
RSAII-SlimLine (uses dedicated port)
BMC (shares system ethernet 1)
Ethernet LAN
RSAII-host
ASM-node with RSAII installed
RSAII breakout cable
ASM ports (RS-485)
Ethernet cabling
ASM-nodes using integrated
ASM ports (RS-485)
Figure 84. Advanced System Management Scenario
399
400
COG
Appendix E. xSeries I/O Option Attributes
Option
Number
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support1
Lowprofile
Capable
HotPlug2
PCI
Voltage
Key
MHz1
Storage Controllers
06P5740
ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI
Controller3
Half
64-bit
-
X
Universal
66
13N2190
ServeRAID-6i+ Controller4
Half
64-bit
-
-
3.3
1335
02R0988
Cache)6
Full
64-bit
-
-
3.3
1335
32P0033
Cache)6
Full
64-bit
-
-
3.3
1335
71P8642
ServeRAID-7k Controller7
-
-
-
-
-
-
71P8648
ServeRAID-7t SATA RAID
Controller8
Half
64-bit
X
-
Universal
66
71P8594
Single Channel Ultra320 SCSI
Controller9
Half
64-bit
X
-
Universal
133
13N2249
-
64-bit
X
X
Universal
133
Half
64-bit
X
X
Universal
1335
Options10
24P0960
FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter11
174290U
cord)
-
-
-
-
-
-
17421RU
FAStT700 Fibre Channel Storage
Server
-
-
-
-
-
-
172260U
cord, English pubs)
-
-
-
-
-
-
Networking
22P4501
Intel Pro/100S Desktop Adapter12
Half
32-bit
-
-
Universal
33
22P6501
Pro/1000 T Desktop Adapter by
Intel13
Half
32-bit
-
-
Universal
33
06P3601
10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter13
Half
32-bit
-
X
Universal
33
31P9601
Intel13
Half
64-bit
X
X
Universal
1336
73P3601
Half
64-bit
-
X
Universal
66
73P3501
Adapter11
Half
PCI E 1X
-
X
3.3v
-
73P4101
NetXtreme 1000 T+ Ethernet
Adapter
Half
64-bit
-
X
Universal
133
401
Option
Number
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support1
Lowprofile
Capable
HotPlug2
PCI
Voltage
Key
MHz1
73P4001
NetXtreme 1000 SX+ Fiber
Ethernet Adapter11
Half
64-bit
-
X
Universal
133
73P4201
NetXtreme 1000 T+ Dual Port
Ethernet Adapter11, 13
Half
64-bit
-
X
Universal
133
-
-
-
-
-
-
System Management14
03K9309
Advanced System Management
Interconnect Cable Kit15
09N7585
Remote Supervisor Adapter16
Half
32-bit
-
-
Universal17
33
59P2984
Remote Supervisor Adapter II18
Half
32-bit
-
-
Universal17
66
73P9341
SlimLine19
-
-
-
-
-
-
Communications
1519100
IXA Adapter20
Full
64-bit
-
-
3.3v
66
22P5888
PCI Parallel Port Adapter (low
profile)
Half
32-bit
-
-
5
33
-
-
-
-
-
-
Remote I/O Expansion
8684-1RX
Enclosure21
Related I/O Cables
02R2068
Ultra320 Internal Single-drop 24in
LVD SCSI Cable22
-
-
-
-
-
-
32P8164
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10K3661
24, 25
USB to Serial Adapter
Notes:
frequency of the slowest adapter. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/66MHz,
64-bit PCI-based servers.
2. Hot-plug feature only supported in systems with Active PCI slots. For network operating system
support, point your browser to www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.
3. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and
provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and either one internal or one external Ultra160
connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.
4. ServeRAID-6i+ Controller is a PCI-X adapter supporting both Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs in a
dedicated or mixed environment, allowing each HDD to perform at rated capacity. The adapter installs
into limited PCI slots and converts both channels of the integrated SCSI controller to RAID in conjunction
with the LSI 1030 chipset. Both standard and the optional SCSI HDD backplanes as well as internal tape
drives and external SCSI devices cabled directly to the onboard controller connectors. Supports up to
1,064MB/s data transfers across the PCI bus with 128MB ECC SDRAMM write-back cache with battery
backup. Supports RAID levels 0, 1, 10, 5, 50 and 1E. The option includes brackets for installation in both
low-profile and standard PCI slots. Internal and external tape drives are supported by ServeRAID-6i+
only when a second channel on the integrated controller is available and the RAID configuration
designates the second channel as a conventional SCSI bus. See system sections for supported tape drives.
5. This adapter is designed using PCI-X technology.
6. ServeRAID-6M (P/Ns 02R0988, 32P0033) are PCI-X adapters powered by a 600MHz Intel xScale
processor, providing 256MB or 128MB of ECC SDRAM battery-backed cache. The dual-channel Ultra320
controller includes two internal 68-pin connectors and two external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors,
402
COG
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
supporting up to 14 HDDs on each channel at data transfer rates of up to 1,064MB/s. Supports RAID
levels 0, 1, 10, 1EO, 5, 50 and 5EE with both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs.
ServeRAID-7k is available for select systems, installs into a dedicated slot and does not consume a PCI
slot. It works in conjunction with the integrated SCSI controller providing the following RAID levels: 0,
00, 1, 10, 1E, 1E0, 5 and 50.
ServeRAID-7t is a low-profile capable, four-port SATA controller supporting RAID levels 0, 1, 5 and 10.
All ports are internal. ServeRAID-7t is a universal PCI 2.2 compliant adapter powered by Intel’s 400MHz
80302 I/O processor and has 64MB of cache.
Single Channel Ultra320 SCSI Controller (P/N 71P8594) provides a single channel with one 68-pin
internal connector, a four-drop multimode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm VHDCI
connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized. Hardware is included in the option to
support either low-profile (2U) or full-size (3U) installations.
See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.
The option includes brackets for installation in both low-profile and full-size PCI slots.
For use of the Alert on LAN 2 features in the Desktop adapter, the system must be enabled with
IBM-compatible Alert on LAN 2 hardware and software components. Use of the Wake on LAN function
requires a PCI 2.2 compatible system that supports Wake on LAN and provides auxiliary 3.3v power
through the PCI bus.
Use of the Wake on LAN function requires a PCI 2.2 compatible system that supports Wake on LAN and
provides auxiliary power through the PCI bus.
Up to 24 Integrated System Management Processors or Remote Supervisors Adapters may be
interconnected with an aggregate connection length of no more than 91.4m (300ft). This interconnect
network of 24 devices may also include a maximum of 12 Advanced System Management Processors or
advanced System Management PCI Adapters. A customer-supplied Cat5 cable is required for each
interconnection.
When a standard Remote Supervisor Adapter or ASM PCI Adapter is installed in a dedicated PCI slot
with an external connector, support for connection to other servers in an ASM interconnect network
requires an optional Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit (P/N 03K9309). Where
applicable, direct connection to the RXE drawer management controller in an RXE-100 Remote
Expansion Enclosure is supported through a standard Interconnect Management Cable Kit with 3.5m
cable (8m optional cable is available). Support is provided through a single LAN or modem connection.
Remote Supervisor Adapter (P/N 09N7585) includes an adapter card, 20-pin ribbon cable, AC power
adapter, power cable, power cable for UPS attachment, single pigtail cable, two RS-485 terminators and
1ft Cat5 cable.
Although the voltage key of this adapter is universal (compatible with 3.3 or 5v slots), the BIOS of each
system limits installation to a specific PCI slot.
Remote Supervisor Adapter II (P/N 59P2984) includes an internal 20-pin ribbon cable for connection to
the system planar, an interconnect cable, a 56w AC power adapter, an intra-rack power cable and a
country-specific wall power cord. External connectors include an RS230 (9-pin) serial port, 10/100 base T
Ethernet port (RJ-45), interconnect port (RJ-11) and power connector. The interconnect cable includes a
single RJ-11 connector and dual RJ-48 ports. Supports an interconnect network of up to 24 RSAs or ISMPs
with aggregate cable connection length of 300ft (91.4m) or less. No more than 12 ASMPs are supported in
an interconnect network. RJ-45 bus is self-terminating, i.e., terminators are not required for the
interconnect bus.
Remote Supervisor Adapter II SlimLine is similar to RSA II and is available for select systems. It installs
into a dedicated slot on the systemboard and does not consume a PCI slot. An external AC adapter is not
required as this card uses standby power from the system’s power.
Some xSeries servers support the IXA Adapter (P/N 1519100) for connection to iSeries models. Refer to
system sections for PCI slot restrictions.
RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure supports up to 12 additional PCI-X slots. Cable required for
connection included with expansion unit, which attaches to a standard integrated RIO port located on
the back of the system chassis. An optional longer cable is available. Refer to RXE-100 section for
diagrams and supported options.
Required to connect RAID controllers to the hot-swap backplane in x235 or x345.
Required to enable external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors on some systems.
When supported, this option can be used for certain external device connections when only USB ports
rather than serial or parallel ports are present on a system chassis.
Available only in the US.
Appendix E. xSeries I/O Option Attributes
403
404
COG
Appendix F. BladeCenter® Power Module Upgrade Guidelines
This Technical Update contains information that will help you determine whether you need to upgrade the
power modules in your IBM® Eserver™ BladeCenter™ Type 8677 unit when installing IBM Eserver
BladeCenter blade servers or options.
Note: These guidelines apply to an IBM Eserver BladeCenter Type 8677 unit. These guidelines do not apply
to an IBM Eserver BladeCenter T Type 8720 or 8730 unit.
Attention: Nonredundant power is not supported in BladeCenter products. Power modules must always be
present in power bays 1 and 2. When any blade server or option is in blade bays 7 through 14, power
modules must be present in all four power-module bays.
If a power module fails or an ac power failure occurs, BladeCenter units configured for redundant power
operation, as described in this document, will operate in a nonredundant mode, and the blower modules will
run at full speed. You must replace the failing power module or restore ac power as soon as possible to regain
redundant power operation and to reset the blower modules to their normal operating speed.
As of the date of this printing, four BladeCenter power-module options are supported:
•
IBM BladeCenter 1200W Power Supply Module (part number 48P7052)
•
IBM BladeCenter 1200W to 1400W Power Supply Upgrade Kit (part number 90P0197)
•
IBM BladeCenter 1800W Power Supply Module (part number 13N0570)
•
IBM BladeCenter 2000W Power Supply Module (part number 26K4816)
Go to http://www.ibm.com/pc/compat/ for information about these options.
Updates to this document are available from the IBM Web site. Complete the following steps to check for
updated documentation and technical updates:
1.
Go to http://www.ibm.com/pc/support/.
2.
In the Learn section, click Online publications.
3.
On the "Online publications” page, in the Brand field, select Servers.
4.
In the Family field, select your BladeCenter device.
5.
Click Continue.
Keep this Technical Update with your BladeCenter and blade server documentation for future reference.
405
BladeCenter power overview
Your BladeCenter unit is separated into two power domains. Power domain A supports all the BladeCenter
modules and bays 1 through 6; power domain A uses power modules 1 and 2.
Power domain B supports bays 7 through 14 and uses power modules 3 and 4. To support devices in power
domain B, a power-supply option (consisting of two power modules) must be installed.
BladeCenter unit front view
BladeCenter unit rear view
I/O module bay 3
Power module 1
I/O module 1
Power module 3
Blower module 1
Power domain A
Management
module 1
AC
AC
DC
DC
AC
AC
DC
DC
Power domain B
Blower module 2
Power module 4
I/O module 2
I/O module bay 4
Management
module bay 2
Power module 2
Important:
1.
The power modules must be installed in pairs in a domain and must match each other in capacity
(wattage, amperage, and so on).
2.
A power domain operating above the capacity of a single power module results in a nonredundant
power condition.
3.
In a pair of power modules, a power module that is not connected to 200-240 volt ac power source results
in a nonredundant power condition.
4.
To provide true redundant power, BladeCenter power modules 1 and 3 must be connected to a different
200-240 volt ac power source than power modules 2 and 4.
5.
An installed power module must be connected to an ac power source and must not be used as a filler.
The following tables list the power requirement for each IBM Eserver BladeCenter blade server or option
that is available as of the date of this printing. These power requirements assume that each blade server is
fully configured and are based on typical workloads. Use the values in these tables and complete the upgrade
calculation (see “Upgrade calculation” on page 409) to determine which power modules are needed to
deliver full power redundancy for your configuration.
406
COG
Table 109. HS20 blade server power values
Eserver BladeCenter HS20 blade server
IBM power units for the corresponding
number of installed microprocessors
1 microprocessor
2 microprocessors
2.0 GHz/400 MHz (8678-21X)
0.9
1.1
2.4 GHz/400 MHz (8678-41X)
0.9
1.2
2.6 GHz/400 MHz (8678-51X)
1.0
1.2
2.8 GHz/400 MHz (8678-61X)
1.0
1.3
2.4 GHz/533 MHz (8832-9TX)
0.9
1.2
2.8 GHz/533 MHz (8832-21X, 8832-L1X, 8832-LTX)
1.0
1.5
3.06 GHz/533 MHz (8832-31X, 8832-M1X)
1.2
1.6
Does not apply
1.9
3.2 GHz/533 MHz (8832-G1X, 8832-J1X, 8832-GTX)
1.2
1.65
2.8 to 3.6 GHz/800 MHz EM64T (8843-XXX)
1.4
2.3
3.06 GHz/533 MHz (8832-N1X)
Table 110. JS20 blade server power values
Eserver BladeCenter JS20 blade server
IBM power units for two
installed microprocessors
1.6 GHz/800 MHz (8842-21X)
1.5
2.2 GHz/1.1GHz (8842-41X)
1.6
Table 111. BladeCenter expansion unit power values
Eserver BladeCenter Expansion unit
SCSI Storage Expansion Unit, SCSI Storage Expansion Unit 2
IBM power units
0.4
407
Table 112. HS40 blade server power values
Eserver BladeCenter HS40 blade
server (occupies 2 bays)
IBM power units and the corresponding number of installed microprocessors
(power unit value for each bay)
1 microprocessor
2 microprocessors
3 microprocessors
4 microprocessors
2.0 GHz/400 MHz (8839-21X)
0.70
0.90
1.10
1.30
2.2 GHz/400 MHz (8839-51X)
0.70
0.95
1.15
1.40
2.7 GHz/400 MHz (8839-61X, 88396TX)
0.75
1.0
1.25
1.55
2.8 GHz/400 MHz (8839-41X)
0.75
1.0
1.30
1.55
3.0 GHz/400 MHz (8839-71X)
0.80
1.1
1.35
1.67
Important:
The HS40 blade server occupies two adjacent bays. When you complete the “Power worksheets” on page 411,
enter the power unit value from Table 112 twice, once for each bay that the blade server occupies. If you
install an HS40 blade server in bays 6 and 7, the blade server will use power from both power domain A and
power domain B. In the power worksheets, enter the power unit value twice, once for bay 6 of power domain
A and once for bay 7 of power domain B.
408
COG
Upgrade calculation
Complete the following steps to determine the power-module capacity that is needed to maintain full
redundancy in each power domain.
If you have two 2000 W power modules installed in power domain A and two 2000 W power modules
installed in power domain B, you do not need to complete this upgrade calculation. Your system meets the
requirements to maintain full power redundancy in both domains.
Attention: If you are replacing the existing power modules with 2000 W power modules, you must upgrade
the management-module firmware. If two management modules are installed in the BladeCenter unit, both
management modules must be upgraded to the same level of firmware. Go to the IBM Support Web site at
http://www.ibm.com/pc/support/ and obtain the latest firmware.
1.
In the power worksheets on page 411, list the blade servers or other devices that are installed in the bays.
2.
In the tables on page 407, look up the number of IBM power units associated with each device and enter
it in the applicable power worksheet (see “Example calculation” on page 412).
3.
Add all of the IBM power unit values for each domain and enter the totals.
4.
To maintain full power redundancy in power domain A, make sure that the power modules in bays 1 and
2 are connected to different 200-240 volt ac power sources and meet the requirements in the following
table:
Table 113. Power Domain A minimum power requirements
Sum of IBM power units for blade servers in Power domain A
Minimum power module required
Less than 7.4
1200 W (labeled 7.5A)
Greater than or equal to 7.4 and less than 9.0
1400 W (labeled 9A)
1800 W (labeled 12A)
Greater than or equal to 10.0
Important: If the sum of the power unit values in power domain A is greater than the capacity of the
installed power modules, power domain A has nonredundant power. Complete the following steps:
a.
Determine whether rearranging the installed devices between power domain A and power domain B
in the BladeCenter unit will sufficiently reduce the power requirements for the power domain (use
the power worksheets on page 411).
b.
If rearranging the installed devices does not sufficiently reduce the power requirements, the power
modules must be upgraded to maintain redundancy. Install the 1200W to 1400W Power Supply
Upgrade Kit (part number 90P0197) on the power modules to attain 1400 W, install the 1800W Power
Supply Module option (part number 13N0570) to attain 1800 W, or install the 2000W Power Supply
Module option (part number 26K4816) to attain 2000 W. Go to http://www.ibm.com/pc/compat/
for information about ordering these options.
409
5.
To maintain full power redundancy in power domain B, make sure that the power modules in bays 1 and
2 are connected to different 200-240 volt ac power sources and meet the requirements in the following
table:
Table 114. Power Domain B minimum power requirements
Sum of IBM power units for blade servers in Power domain B
Minimum power module required
Less than 9.9
1400 W (labeled 9A)
1800 W (labeled 12A)
Greater than or equal to 13.4
Important: If the sum of the power unit values in power domain B is greater than the capacity of the
installed power modules, power domain B has nonredundant power. Complete the following steps:
a.
Determine whether rearranging the installed devices between power domain A and power domain B
in the BladeCenter unit will sufficiently reduce the power requirements for the power domain (use
the power worksheets on page 411).
b.
If rearranging the installed devices does not sufficiently reduce the power requirements, the power
modules must be upgraded to maintain redundancy. Install the 1200W to 1400W Power Supply
Upgrade Kit (part number 90P0197) on the power modules to attain 1400 W, install the 1800W Power
Supply Module option (part number 13N0570) to attain 1800 W, or install the 2000W Power Supply
Module option (part number 26K4816) to attain 2000 W. Go to http://www.ibm.com/pc/compat/
for information about ordering these options.
Statement 13:
DANGER
Overloading a branch circuit is potentially a fire hazard and a shock hazard under certain
conditions. To avoid these hazards, ensure that your system electrical requirements do not exceed
branch circuit protection requirements. Refer to the information that is provided with your device
for electrical specifications.
Power distribution unit assessment
If your calculations indicate that you need to upgrade your power modules, you will also need to reassess
your power distribution unit (PDU) configuration. Use the IBM BladeCenter Planning and Installation Guide to
determine the number and types of PDUs that you need. Complete the following steps to obtain the
BladeCenter Planning and Installation Guide:
1.
Go to http://www.ibm.com/pc/support/.
2.
Click the BladeCenter link under Servers, and then select the brand Servers and the family BladeCenter.
3.
Click Continue.
4.
From the View by document type menu, click Online publications.
410
COG
Power worksheets
Power domain A worksheet (for power modules 1 and 2)
Blade bay
Description of installed device
IBM power units
1
2
3
4
5
6
Total
Power domain B worksheet (for power modules 3 and 4)
Blade bay
IBM power units
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Total
411
Example calculation
Power domain A worksheet (for power modules 1 and 2)
Blade bay
IBM power units
1
3.06 GHz/533 MHz HS20 blade server with 2 microprocessors 8832-31X
1.6
2
SCSI Storage Expansion Unit
0.4
3
1.6
4
SCSI Storage Expansion Unit
0.4
5
1.6
6
1.6
Total
7.2
Result:
•
7.2 IBM power units < 7.4 IBM power units
•
Two 1200 W power modules will provide full power redundancy for power domain A
Power domain B worksheet (for power modules 3 and 4)
Blade bay
IBM power units
7
3.06 GHz/533 MHz HS20 blade server with 2 microprocessors 8832-N1X
1.9
8
1.9
9
1.9
10
1.9
11
3.2 GHz/533 MHz HS20 blade server with 2 microprocessors 8832-G1X
1.65
12
2.8 GHz/400 MHz HS40 blade server with 4 microprocessors - first bay
(HS40 occupies 2 bays) 8832-41X
1.55
13
2.8 GHz/400 MHz HS40 blade server with 4 microprocessors - second bay
(HS40 occupies 2 bays) 8839-41X
1.55
14
3.2 GHz/533 MHz HS20 blade server with 2 microprocessors 8832-G1X
1.65
Total
14.0
Result:
•
14.0 IBM power units > 13.4 IBM power units
•
Two 2000 W power modules will provide full power redundancy for power domain B
Attention: To maintain proper system cooling, each unoccupied blade bay must contain a filler blade. To
maintain proper module cooling, each unoccupied I/O, management-module or power-module bay must
contain a filler. An installed power module must be powered and must not be used as a filler.
412
COG
Appendix G. xSeries DC Power and NEBS-compliant Models
The following models, designed for the telecommunications industry and may utilize DC Power and/or are
NEBS compliant.
Refer to individual system sections for complete configuration details.
Model
xSeries 343 DC Power model 8847-14X
xSeries 343 DC Power model 8847-24X
BladeCenter T DC Power model 8720-1RX
BladeCenter T AC Power model 8730-1RX
BladeCenter HS20 8832-9TX
BladeCenter HS20 8832-LTX
BladeCenter JS20 8842-4TY
Description
2.4GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 P4, 1GB memory. Includes a -48v to -60v,
470w DC power supply.
2.4GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 P4, 2GB memory. Includes two -48v to -60v,
470w DC power supplies.
BladeCenter T chassis including two -48 to -60v, 1300w DC power
supplies.
BladeCenter T chassis including two -200 to -240v, 1300w DC power
supplies.
2.4GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 Xeon, 1GB memory.
2.8GHz/533MHz-512KB L2 Xeon, 1GB memory.
2-way 2.2GHz/ - 512 KB L2 PowerPC 970, 1GB memory.
413
414
COG
Important Notices
A Withdrawal Date indicates when an item is no longer available from IBM. Business Partner inventory may
be available.
IBM reserves the right to change product specifications and to discontinue marketing products without
notice.
MHz and GHz only measure microprocessor internal clock speed, not application performance. Many factors affect
application performance.
MB, GB and TB = 1,000,000, 1,000,000,000 and 1,000,000,000,000 bytes, respectively, when referring to storage capacity.
Accessible capacity is less; up to 3GB is used in service partition. Actual storage capacity will vary based upon many
factors and may be less than stated. Some numbers given for storage capacities give capacity in native mode followed by
capacity using data compression technology.
Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which they are installed may reduce the bus to the frequency of the
slowest adapter.
Tape Drives which utilize data compression technology have storage capacity that will vary depending upon whether the
drive is operating in native mode (without compression) or compressed mode. Actual storage capacity will vary based
upon many factors and may be less than the maximum possible.
Maximum internal hard disk and memory capacities may required the replacement of any standard hard drives and/or
memory and the population of all hard disk bays and memory slots with the largest currently supported drives available.
When referring to variable speed CD-ROMs, CD-Rs, CD-RWs and DVDs, actual playback speed will vary and is often
less than the maximum possible.
The information contained in this document has not been submitted to any formal IBM test and is distributed AS IS. The
use of this information or the implementation of any of these techniques is a customer responsibility and depends on the
customer’s ability to evaluate and integrate them into the customer’s operational environment. While each item may
have been reviewed by IBM for accuracy in a specific situation, there is no guarantee that the same or similar results will
be obtained elsewhere. Customers attempting to adapt these techniques to their own environments do so at their own
risk.
Visit www.ibm.com/pc/safecomputing periodically for the latest information on safe and effective computing.
For more information on IBM’s statement of Limited Warranty, please call 1-800-772-2227 in the United States,
1-800-426-2255 in Canada, or contact your IBM representative or reseller. Copies are available upon request. For
warranties including onsite service, a technician is sent after IBM attempts to resolve the problem remotely.
Energy Star compliance: The EPA, as a matter of policy, does not endorse any particular company or its products.
IBM makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-IBM products. Support (if any) for the non-IBM products
is provided by the third party, not IBM. IBM makes no warranties, express or implied, regarding non-IBM products and
services that are ServerProven, including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for
particular purpose. These products are offered and warranted solely by third parties.
Unless otherwise noted, phone numbers and fax numbers are valid only in the United States. Outside the United States,
please call your local IBM representative for assistance.
Applications included in IBM products may vary from retail versions and may not include all documentation or
functions. Not all products are sold separately. Third-party software licenses may apply.
This publication was produced in the United States. IBM may not offer the products, services or features discussed in this
document in other countries, and the information is subject to change without notice. Consult your local IBM
representative for more information on the products, services and features available in your area.
©IBM Server Group
3039 Cornwallis Rd.
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709
All the part numbers referenced in this publication are product part numbers and not service part numbers.
This publication could contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the
information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of this publication. IBM may make improvements
415
and/or changes in the product(s) and/or program(s) described in this publication at any time. IBM reserves the right to
alter specifications and other product information without notice. It is your responsibility to obtain the latest information.
Other part numbers in addition to those listed in this document may be required to support a specific device or function.
Data on competitive products is obtained from publicly obtained information and is subject to change without notice.
Please contact the manufacturer for the most recent information.
This IBM equipment is subject to applicable rules and regulations of the United States Federal Communication
Commission (FCC).
The following items are trademarks or registered trademarks of IBM Corporation in the United States or other countries
or both: IBM, the IBM logo, Active PCI, Alert on LAN, BladeCenter, Chipkill memory, the e-business logo, ESCON, ~,
IntelliStation, LANStreamer, Light Path Diagnostics, NetBAY3, NetBAY3E, NetBAY22, Netfinity, OpenPower, OS/2,
Predictive Failure Analysis, ServeRAID, ServerGuide, ServerProven, SurePath, TechConnect, TME 10 Netfinity, Wake on
LAN, xSeries, X-Architecture, 800-CALL-IBM. For a list of additional IBM trademarks, please see
http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml.
Lotus, Lotus Notes and Lotus SmartSuite are trademarks of Lotus Development Corporation, and/or IBM Corporation.
Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.
Intel, Pentium, Celeron, Itanium, MMX, and Pentium III Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel
Corporation. Microsoft, Windows and Windows NT are trademarks or registered trademarks of the Microsoft
Corporation. UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and other countries or registered trademarks licensed
exclusively through X/Open Company Limited. Trinitron is a trademark of the Sony Corporation. Java and all Java-based
trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and/or other
countries. All other registered trademarks and trademarks are properties of their respective owners.
IBM offers configure-to-order (CTO) capability for selected products through Easy Access. Although similar to machine
type models (MTM), CTO systems utilize different part numbers called Sales Building Blocks (SBB). The contents of an
option may not entirely correspond to an SBB because only a certain component within an option package may be
required to configure a specific system. Additional or different configuration rules or limitations may apply to the SBB.
When a difference occurs, the rules will be documented in the tables, diagrams or footnotes.
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SOME STATES DO NOT
ALLOW DISCLAIMER OF EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS. THEREFORE, THIS
STATEMENT MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THERE IS NO GUARANTEE THAT IBM WILL MARKET ANY PARTICULAR
PRODUCT IN YOUR COUNTRY
The information contained in this document has not been submitted to any formal IBM test. The following paragraph
does not apply to the United Kingdom or any country where any such provisions are inconsistent with local law:
The use of this information or the implementation of any of these techniques is a customer responsibility and
depends on the customer’s ability to evaluate and integrate them into the customer’s operational
environment. While each item may have been reviewed by IBM for accuracy in a specific situation, there is no
guarantee that the same or similar results will be obtained elsewhere. Customers attempting to adapt these
techniques to their own environments do so at their own risk.
416
COG
IBM@
Printed in USA

IBM ERserver - Solutions Technical Support Web Site

Transcription

Similar documents

Correction Tape E-blast for Highland Group_July 2014

MONO CORRECTION TAPE REFILLABLE

Just cut, fold and tape this stuff to create your very own Cla

Korg Poly61

Desktop PC

PEB250 | PEB200

Next Step Hoodie Backpack Make your own table football Blue Peter

July - October 2014 - San

for your truck or van rack - Action Fabrication and Truck Equipment

ancjeviti

Data Sheet - 9 to 5 Computer